TW200831962A - Polaring plate and liquid crystal device - Google Patents

Polaring plate and liquid crystal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200831962A
TW200831962A TW096135033A TW96135033A TW200831962A TW 200831962 A TW200831962 A TW 200831962A TW 096135033 A TW096135033 A TW 096135033A TW 96135033 A TW96135033 A TW 96135033A TW 200831962 A TW200831962 A TW 200831962A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
polarizing plate
liquid crystal
group
protective film
Prior art date
Application number
TW096135033A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI495909B (en
Inventor
Kentarou Toyooka
Masaaki Suzuki
Hiroaki Sata
Akiko Yamauchi
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200831962A publication Critical patent/TW200831962A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI495909B publication Critical patent/TWI495909B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/08Copolymers of ethene
    • C08L23/0807Copolymers of ethene with unsaturated hydrocarbons only containing more than three carbon atoms
    • C08L23/0815Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic 1-olefins
    • C08L23/0823Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic cyclic olefins
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2301/00Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/10Esters of organic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
    • C08J2323/04Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
    • C08J2323/08Copolymers of ethene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2329/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal, or ketal radical; Hydrolysed polymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Derivatives of such polymer
    • C08J2329/02Homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated alcohols
    • C08J2329/04Polyvinyl alcohol; Partially hydrolysed homopolymers or copolymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/16Applications used for films

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a polarizing plate having small variation in transmission and polarizing degree caused by heat and humidity and having high endurance, as well as providing a liquid crystal display device without leading variation in colors but showing high display quality. A polarizing plate formed by laminating a first protection film, polarizer, and a second protection film in this order, which is characterized in that the first protection film has moisture permeability of 300 g/m2.day or less at 60 DEG C, 95%RH, and the second protection film is cellulose acylate film.

Description

200831962 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於偏光板及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 液晶顯示裝置係爲一種耗電小、省空間之影像顯示裝置 ,因而其用途年年擴展。 向來,雖然影像對於視角之依存性大是液晶顯示裝置的 大缺點,然而由於近年來VA模式、I PS模式等之高視角液 晶模式已達實用化了,因而就連對於電視等之要求高視角的 市場也急速地持續擴大液晶顯示裝置之需求。 隨之而來,對於液晶顯示裝置中所使用的偏光板,也開 始要求更高一層的高性能。尤其,改良對於溫度及濕度之耐 久性已是偏光板之重大課題。 就偏光板而論,一般是一種藉由在使如聚乙烯醇系薄膜 或部分均聚化聚乙烯醇、乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物系部分鹼 化薄膜這樣的親水性高分子薄膜吸附碘之際,對它進行拉伸 所製造而得之物。 但是,此等之偏光板在長期間使用之際,會有黑顯示下 的全體畫面之穿透率上昇、色味變化及產生邊緣狀漏光之問 題。 前述穿透率之上昇及邊緣狀漏光之原因,已知係因爲經 拉伸的親水性高分子之緩和及碘之分解,並受到經由保護薄 膜的來自外界之水分穿透量的大大影響。 又,做爲被使用於液晶胞側上之偏光板保護薄膜,雖然 200831962 一般可以使用醯化纖維素薄膜,然而醯化纖維素薄膜會有隨 著濕度變化而引起的光學特性變化,使得顯示性能劣化之問 題。 相對於此,在特開2005-266222號公報上則已揭示一種 提供因熱、濕度所引起的穿透率、偏光度之變化小的偏光板 之方法。 又,在特開2005-309394號公報上揭示一種將透濕度低 的保護薄膜和偏光子予以貼合而製作偏光板之方法。 然而,依照此等之方法卻未必具有充分改良耐久性之效 果。 【發明內容】 【發明槪要】 本發明之目的在於解決習用之前述問題,並達成以下之 目的。亦即,本發明之目的在於提供一種因熱、濕度引起的 穿透率、偏光板之變化小且耐久性高的偏光板。 又,本發明之目的在於提供一種不產生顯著的色味變化 之顯示裝置品質高的液晶顯示裝置。 爲了解決前述之課題,本發明人等經過銳意地檢討,結 果得到如下所述之認知見解。亦即,認識到:爲了提昇在高 溫高濕下的偏光板之耐久性並實現高的顯示品質,可以藉由 以具備能夠做爲位相差薄膜之機能的醯化纖維素薄膜,來做 爲在液晶胞之封向側的弟一*保護薄0吴,並使得隔著偏光子而 被設置在相反側上之第一保護薄膜的透濕度達到預定値以 下,就能夠實現高的顯示品質。 200831962 本發明係基於本發明人等之前述認知見解而完成者’用 以解決前述課題之手段係如下所述。 本發明之偏光板係爲一種由第一保護薄膜、偏光子及第 二保護薄膜按照此順序積層而成的偏光板,其特徵在於:前 述之第一保護薄膜之在6 0 °C、相對濕度爲9 5 %下的透濕度 爲300克/平方公尺•日以下,前述之第二保護薄膜爲醯化 纖維素薄膜。 本發明之液晶顯示裝置係爲一種由液晶胞、及配置在其 兩側上的二片偏光板之液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:至少有 一側的偏光板爲由第一保護薄膜、偏光子及第二保護薄膜按 照此順序積層而成的偏光板,其中前述之第一保護薄膜之在 6 0 °C、相對濕度爲9 5 %下的透濕度爲3 0 0克/平方公尺•曰 以下,前述之第二保護薄膜爲醯化纖維素薄膜,該偏光板之 第二保護薄膜係被貼合在液晶胞之對向側上。 【實施方式】 【發明之詳細說明】 以下,針對本發明所相關之偏光板及液晶顯示裝置進行 詳細地說明。 另外,在本實施形態之說明中,使用「〜」所表示的數 値範圍係指包括以「〜」之前後所記載的數値做爲上限値及 下限値之範圍的意思。 又,在本實施形態中之「45 °」、「平行」或「直交」係 指嚴密的角度土5 °未滿之範圍內的意思。與嚴密角度間之誤 差,較宜是小於4 °,更宜是小於3 °。又,就角度而論,「+ _ 200831962 係指順時鐘旋轉方向的意思,「-」係指逆時鐘旋轉方向的 意思。又,「遲相軸」係指折射率爲最大之方向的意思。又, 所謂「可見光區域」係指3 8 0〜7 8 0奈米的範圍。再者,折 射率之測定波長,只要沒有特別地描述,其係爲在可見光域 (λ =550奈米)之値。 又,在本實施形態之說明中所謂的「偏光板」,只要沒 有特別地描述,其係當做包括長尺偏光板及裁切成被組入於 液晶裝置的大小之偏光板兩者的意思來使用。另外,本文中 所言之「裁切」係包括「沖壓」及「切割」等。 又,在本實施形態之說明中,雖然區別地使用「偏光膜」 和「偏光板」,然而所謂的「偏光板」係指在「偏光膜」之 至少一單面上具有保護該偏光膜的透明保護薄膜之積層體 的意思。 又,在本實施形態之說明中所謂的「分子對稱軸」,雖 然在具有分子旋轉對稱軸的情況下,其係指該對稱軸,然而 沒有要求嚴謹意義下的分子旋轉對稱性之意。 一般而言,在圓盤狀液晶性化合物中,分子對稱軸係與 貫穿圓盤面中心且垂直於圓盤面的軸一致;在棒狀液晶性化 合物中,分子對稱軸係與分子的長軸一致。 又,在本說明書中,Re( λ )及Rth( λ )係各別表示波長 入之面內的遲滯及厚度方向的遲滯。(Re)係使得在KOBRA 2 1 AD Η或WR(王子計測機器(股)公司)中,波長λ的光入射 於薄膜法線方向所測定的値。 在被測定的薄膜係代表1軸或2軸之折射率楕圓體之 200831962 物的情況下,則依照以下方法來計算出Rt h ( λ )。200831962 IX. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device. [Prior Art] The liquid crystal display device is an image display device that consumes less power and is space-saving, and thus its use is expanding year by year. In the past, although the dependence of the image on the viewing angle is a big disadvantage of the liquid crystal display device, since the high viewing angle liquid crystal mode such as the VA mode and the I PS mode has been put into practical use in recent years, even a high viewing angle for the television and the like is required. The market is also rapidly expanding the demand for liquid crystal display devices. Accordingly, for the polarizing plate used in the liquid crystal display device, a higher performance of a higher layer is also required. In particular, the improvement of durability against temperature and humidity has been a major issue for polarizers. In the case of a polarizing plate, it is generally a method of adsorbing iodine by a hydrophilic polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol-based film or a partially homopolymerized polyvinyl alcohol or an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer partially alkalized film. Then, it is made by stretching it. However, when such a polarizing plate is used for a long period of time, there is a problem that the transmittance of the entire screen under the black display increases, the color odor changes, and the edge-like light leakage occurs. The reason for the increase in the transmittance and the edge leakage is known to be due to the relaxation of the stretched hydrophilic polymer and the decomposition of iodine, and is greatly affected by the amount of moisture permeation from the outside through the protective film. Further, as a polarizing plate protective film used on the cell side of the liquid crystal, although a deuterated cellulose film can be generally used in 200831962, the deuterated cellulose film may have a change in optical characteristics due to a change in humidity, so that display performance is obtained. The problem of deterioration. On the other hand, a method of providing a polarizing plate having a small change in transmittance and polarization due to heat and humidity has been disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2005-266222. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2005-309394 discloses a method of bonding a protective film having a low moisture permeability and a polarizer to form a polarizing plate. However, according to these methods, it is not necessarily effective to improve the durability. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Invention] The object of the present invention is to solve the aforementioned problems and to achieve the following objects. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate which has a small transmittance due to heat and humidity, a small change in a polarizing plate, and high durability. Further, it is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display device having high quality of a display device which does not cause a significant change in color odor. In order to solve the above problems, the inventors of the present invention have conducted an intensive review and obtained cognitive findings as described below. In other words, it has been recognized that in order to improve the durability of the polarizing plate under high temperature and high humidity and to achieve high display quality, it is possible to use a deuterated cellulose film having a function as a phase difference film. The sealing of the liquid crystal cell to the side of the protective layer is such that the moisture permeability of the first protective film provided on the opposite side across the polarizer reaches a predetermined thickness or less, thereby achieving high display quality. 200831962 The present invention has been completed based on the above-mentioned cognitive findings of the present inventors, and the means for solving the above problems are as follows. The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which the first protective film, the polarizer and the second protective film are laminated in this order, wherein the first protective film is at a relative humidity of 60 ° C. The moisture permeability at 95% is 300 g/m 2 /day or less, and the second protective film is a deuterated cellulose film. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is a liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof, wherein at least one of the polarizing plates is composed of a first protective film, a polarizer, and a polarizing plate in which the second protective film is laminated in this order, wherein the first protective film has a moisture permeability of 300 deg/m 2 曰 at 60 ° C and a relative humidity of 9.5 %. The second protective film is a deuterated cellulose film, and the second protective film of the polarizing plate is attached to the opposite side of the liquid crystal cell. [Embodiment] DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Hereinafter, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device according to the present invention will be described in detail. In the description of the present embodiment, the numerical range indicated by the use of "~" means that the numerical range described before and after "~" is used as the upper limit 値 and the lower limit 値. Further, "45 °", "parallel" or "straight" in the present embodiment means that the angle of the angled soil is less than 5 °. The difference between the angle and the tight angle is preferably less than 4 °, more preferably less than 3 °. Also, as far as the angle is concerned, "+ _ 200831962 means the clockwise direction of rotation, and "-" means the direction of the counterclockwise rotation. Further, the "late phase axis" means the direction in which the refractive index is the largest. Further, the "visible light region" means a range of 380 to 780 nm. Further, the measurement wavelength of the refractive index is 在 in the visible light region (λ = 550 nm) unless otherwise specified. In the description of the present embodiment, the "polarizing plate" is intended to include both a long-length polarizing plate and a polarizing plate of a size incorporated in a liquid crystal device, unless otherwise specified. use. In addition, the term "cutting" as used in this article includes "stamping" and "cutting". Further, in the description of the present embodiment, the "polarizing film" and the "polarizing plate" are used differently. However, the "polarizing plate" means that the polarizing film is protected on at least one side of the "polarizing film". The meaning of the laminate of the transparent protective film. Further, in the description of the present embodiment, the "molecular symmetry axis" refers to the axis of symmetry when it has a molecular axis of symmetry, but does not require the molecular rotational symmetry in a strict sense. In general, in a discotic liquid crystalline compound, the molecular symmetry axis is identical to the axis passing through the center of the disk surface and perpendicular to the disk surface; in the rod-like liquid crystal compound, the molecular symmetry axis and the long axis of the molecule Consistent. Further, in the present specification, Re(λ) and Rth(λ) each indicate hysteresis in the plane into which the wavelength is entered and hysteresis in the thickness direction. (Re) is such that in the KOBRA 2 1 AD Η or WR (Prince Measurement Machine Co., Ltd.), the light of the wavelength λ is incident on the 値 measured by the normal direction of the film. In the case where the film to be measured represents a one-axis or two-axis refractive index round body of 200831962, Rt h ( λ ) is calculated in accordance with the following method.

Rth ( Λ )係對於以面內遲相軸(依照K〇BRA 21 AD Η或 W R來決定)作爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸)(在沒有遲相軸的情況下, 則以薄膜面內之任意方向作爲旋轉軸)的薄膜法線方向,從 法線方向到單側50度爲止,以每1 0度一個間隔(step), 測定分別從其傾斜方向入射波長λ奈米的光之前述Re ( λ ) ’全部共測定6點,基於所測定的遲滯値、平均折射率之 假設値、及輸入之薄膜厚度値,藉由KOBRA21ADH或WR f 而計算出來的。 在上述之中,當從法線方向、以面內遲滯軸作爲旋轉 軸、具有在某傾斜角度上的遲滯爲零之方向的薄膜之情況 下,則將比該傾斜角大之角度的遲滯之符號改爲負以後, 再藉由KOBRA21ADH或WR而計算出來。 另外,可以遲相軸作爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸)(在無遲相軸的 情況下’則以薄膜面內之任意方向作爲旋轉軸),從任意2 個傾斜方向測定遲滯値,基於該値、平均折射率之假設値 ( 及輸入之薄膜厚度値,依照以下之式(A)及(B )計算R t h。Rth ( Λ ) is used as the tilting axis (rotating axis) for the in-plane slow phase axis (determined according to K〇BRA 21 AD Η or WR) (in the case of no slow phase axis, any direction in the film plane) In the normal direction of the film as the rotation axis, the Re (λ) of the light of the wavelength λ nm incident from the oblique direction is measured at a step of every 10 degrees from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side. ) 'A total of 6 points were measured, based on the measured hysteresis 値, the assumption of the average refractive index 及, and the input film thickness 値, calculated by KOBRA21ADH or WR f . In the above, in the case of a film having a direction in which the hysteresis at a certain inclination angle is zero from the normal direction, the in-plane hysteresis axis, and the hysteresis of the angle larger than the inclination angle After the sign is changed to negative, it is calculated by KOBRA21ADH or WR. In addition, the retardation axis (rotation axis) can be used as the axis of inclination (rotation axis in the case where there is no slow phase axis), and the hysteresis 测定 can be measured from any two inclination directions, based on the 値, The assumption of the average refractive index 値 (and the film thickness of the input 値, R th is calculated according to the following formulas (A) and (B).

Re(^)1 ny r\z (nysin(sin !)-) )}2 + (nz cos(sm )}a _d_ 一i sin (-Θ) cos {sin (-)} nx 式(A) 另外,上述之R e ( 0 )係表示自法線方向傾斜0角度之 方向的遲滯値。 200831962 又,在式(A)中的η x係表示面內遲相軸方向之折射率 ,ny係表示面內中垂直於ηχ*向之折射率,ηζ係表示· 直於ηχ與ny方向之折射率。d係表示薄膜厚度。Re(^)1 ny r\z (nysin(sin !)-) )}2 + (nz cos(sm )}a _d_ an i sin (-Θ) cos {sin (-)} nx (A) Further, R e ( 0 ) is a hysteresis 方向 which is inclined from the normal direction by an angle of 0. 200831962 Further, η x in the formula (A) represents the refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction, and ny represents The refractive index perpendicular to the ηχ* direction in the in-plane, ηζ indicates the refractive index in the direction of ηχ and ny, and d represents the film thickness.

Rth = ((nx + ny)/2— nz)xd.............式(B) 當所測量薄膜無法以1或2軸之折射率橢圓體表現, 即無所謂的光軸(optic ax is)之薄膜的情況下,則依照以下 方法計算出Rth ( λ )。Rth = ((nx + ny)/2— nz)xd............. (B) When the measured film cannot be expressed in an elliptical body with a refractive index of 1 or 2 axes, it does not matter. In the case of a film of an optical axis (optic ax is), Rth (λ) is calculated in accordance with the following method.

Rth(A)係以面內遲相軸(依照KOBRA 21ADH或WR 來決定)作爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸),相對於薄膜法線方向從- 50 度到+ 50度爲止,以每1 0度一個間隔(step),分別測定從 其傾斜方向入射波長λ奈米的光之前述R e ( λ )’全部共 測定1 1點,基於所測定的遲滯値、平均折射率之假設値及 輸入之薄膜厚度値,藉由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而計算出 來的。 又,在上述測定之中,平均折射率之假設値係可以使 用聚合物手冊(JOHN WILEY&SONS,INC)、各種光學薄膜 之目錄上的値。關於平均折射率之値爲非己知者而論’則 可以藉由阿貝折射率計來測定。主要的光學薄膜之平均折 射率値係例示如下:醯化纖維素薄膜(1 ·4 8 )、環燒煙聚合 物(1.52)、聚碳酸酯(1.59)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(1.49)、聚 苯乙烯(1 _ 59)。藉由輸入此等平均折射率之假設値和膜厚 度,以KOBRA 21ADH或WR計算出nx、ny及πζ°利用 此所計算出的nx、ny及πζ’更進一步地§十算出Νζ (ηχ -10- 200831962 —η z) / ( η x — ny)。 (偏光板) 本發明之偏光板係由依序至少積層第一保護薄膜、偏光 子及第二保護薄膜而成。 <偏光子> 前述之偏光子,雖然較宜是由聚乙烯醇(PVA)和二色性 分子構成者,然而也可以使用如特開平1 1 -248937上記載的 藉由將PVA及聚氯化乙烯予以脫水及脫氯而生成聚烯構 1 造,並將它予以配向而成之聚乙烯系偏光子。 PVA雖然是將聚乙酸乙烯酯予以鹼化而之聚合物材 料,然而,例如,也可以含有能夠和像不飽和羧酸、不飽和 磺酸、烯烴類、乙烯醚類之乙酸乙烯酯共聚合的成分。又, 也可以使用含有乙醯乙醯基、磺酸基、羰氧基、伸氧烷基等 之改性PVA。 PVA之自化度係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而適當 地選擇,例如,從溶解性等之觀點來看,較宜是80〜1 〇〇 ί : 莫耳%,更宜是9 0〜1 0 0莫耳%。 又,PVA之聚合度係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而 適當地選擇,例如,較宜是1, 〇〇〇〜10,000,更宜是1,500 〜5,0 0 0 〇 PVA之立構規正度(syndiotacticity)係沒有特別的限 制,可以按照目的而適當地選擇,例如’如專利第29782 19 號公報上所記載這樣地,爲了改良耐久性之目的’較宜是 -11- 200831962 55 %以上;然而如專利第331 7494號公報上所記載這樣地, 也較宜是可以適合使用45〜52.5%。PVA經薄膜化之後,較 宜是導入一色性分子來構成偏光子。 PVA薄膜之製造方法,一般較宜是使用將於水或有機溶 劑中溶解有PVA系樹脂的原液予以流延而成膜的方法。原 液中的聚乙烯醇系樹脂之濃度通常是5〜2 0質量%,藉由將 原液予以流延而製膜,可以製造膜厚度爲10〜200微米之 PVA薄膜。 广 . PVA薄膜之製造係可以參考專利第334251 6號公報、 特開平09-328593號公報、特開2001 -30281 7號公報及特 開2 002-1 44401號公報上所記載之方法來進行。 PVA薄膜之結晶化度係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的 而適當地選擇,例如,可以使用於專利第3251 073號公報 上所記載的平均結晶化度(Xc)爲50〜75質量。/。之PVA薄 膜’或者爲了減低面內之色相變異之目的,也可以使用在特 , 開20〇2-2362 1 4號公報上所記載的結晶化度爲38%以下之 PVA薄膜。 PVA薄膜之複折射(△ η)較宜是小的,可以適合使用在 專利第334251 6號公報上所記載的複折射爲1·0χ10·3以下 之PVA薄膜。但是,如特開2002-228835號所記載這樣地, 爲了達到既可避免PVA薄膜拉伸時之切斷並得到高偏光度 之目的,則也可以使PVA薄膜之複折射設定爲0.02以上〜 〇·〇1以下,也可以如特開2002-060505號所記載這樣地將 200831962 (nx + ny)/2— nz的値設定爲0.0003以上〜〇·〇1以下。 PVA薄膜之面內遲滯Re較宜是0奈米以上〜100奈米 以下,更宜是〇奈米以上〜50奈米以下。 又,PVA薄膜之(膜)厚度方向的遲滯Rth較宜是0奈米 以上〜500奈米以下,更宜是0奈米以上〜300奈米以下。 除此之外,本發明之偏光板亦可以適合使用於專利第 3021 494號公報上所記載的1,2-二醇鍵結量爲1.5莫耳%以 下之PVA薄膜、特開2001 -31 6492號公報上所記載的5微 米以上之光學異物爲每100平方公分500個以下之PVA薄 膜、特開2002-0301 63號公報上所記載的薄膜之TD方向的 熱水切斷溫度斑爲1 . 5 °C以下之PVA薄膜,更且亦可以適合 使用由每1〜1 〇 〇質量份的甘油等之3〜6價的多價醇與1 5 質量%以上之特開平06-289225號公報上所記載的可塑劑混 合而成的溶液所製膜形成之PVA薄膜。 PVA薄膜拉伸前之薄膜厚度係沒有特別的限制,可以按 照目的而適當地選擇,例如,從薄膜保存之安定性、拉伸之 均質性的觀點來看,較宜是1微米〜1毫米,更宜是20〜200 微米。又,也可以使用如在特開2002-23621 2號公報上所 記載地’使在水中進行4倍〜6倍拉伸時所發生的應力成爲 1 0N以下這樣之薄的PVA薄膜。 二色性分子係可以適合使用| 3 -或I 5 -等之高價的碘離 子或二色性染料。其中,在本發明中特別適合使用高價的碘 離子。高價的碘離子係可以如在「偏光板之應用」(永田良 -13- 200831962 編,CMC材料出版)、或工業材料第28卷第7號第39〜45 頁上所記載這樣地,把PVA浸漬於由使碘溶解於碘化鉀水 溶液而成的液體及/或硼酸水溶液中,於吸附、配向狀態下 生成PVA。 在使用二色性染料做爲二色性分子的情況下,較宜是偶 氮系色素’其中更宜是雙偶氮系色素和三偶氮系色素。二色 性染料較宜是水溶性物質,因此在二色性分子中導入磺酸 基、胺基、羥基等之親水性取代基,適合使用來做爲游離酸 ( 、 或鹼金屬鹽、銨鹽、胺類之鹽。 像這樣的二色性染料之具體例子,舉例來說,例如, c·丨_正紅37、剛果紅(C.丨·正紅28)、C. I.正紫羅蘭色12、 c_丨·正藍90、C· I.正藍22、C. I.正藍1、C. I.正藍151、 C·丨·正綠1等之聯苯胺系,C. I.正黃44、C. I.正紅23、C. 丨·正紅79等之二苯基尿素系,C. I.正黃12等之芪系,C. I. 正紅31等之二萘基胺系,C. I.正紅81、C· I.正紫羅蘭9、 , C. I·正藍78等J酸系。 除此之外,舉例來說,例如,其也可以是C . I .正黃8、 C.丨·正黃28、C.丨·正黃86、C. I.正黃87、C. I.正黃142、 C·丨_ 正橙 26、C· I.正橙 39、C. I·正橙 72、C· I·正橙 106、 c· I.正橙107、C. I·正紅2、C.丨·正紅39、C. I.正紅83、 C·丨·正紅89、C. I·正紅240、C·丨·正紅242、C· I.正紅247、 C· I.正紫羅蘭48、C_ I·正紫羅蘭51、C_ I·正紫羅蘭98、 c_ I·正藍15、C· I.正藍67、C. I.正藍71、C_丨·正藍98、 -14- 200831962 C. I.正藍 168、C. I.正藍 202、C. I.正藍 236、c. I.正藍 249、 C. I.正藍 270、C·丨_正綠 59、C. I.正綠 85、C. I.正棕 44、 C. I.正棕 106、C.丨·正棕 195、C· I.正棕 210、C. I.正棕 223、 C. Ι·正棕224、C. Ι·正黑1、C.丨·正黑17、C. Ι·正黑19、 C· Ι·正黑54等,更且可以使用在特開昭62— 70802號公 報、特開平1 — 1 61 202號公報、特開平1 — 1 72906號公報、 特開平1— 172 9 07號公報、特開平1 — 1 8 36 02號公報、特 開平1 — 2481 05號公報、特開平1 — 265205號公報及特開 平7 — 261 204號公報上所記載之二色性染料等。爲了製造 各種色相之二色性分子,將此等之二色性染料中之2種以上 予摻混也沒有關係。在使用二色性染料的情況下,如特開 2002 — 0 822 22號所記載這樣地,吸收厚度可以是4微米以 上。 薄膜中之該二色性分子的含有量,因爲當過低時會造成 偏光度降低,又即使過多時也會降低單板穿透率的緣故,所 以相對於構成薄膜之基料(matrix)的聚乙烯醇系聚合物而 言,通常將它調整在爲〇 · 〇 1質量%至5質量。/。之範圍。 偏光子之膜厚度,較佳爲5〜40微米,更佳爲10〜30 微米。又,如特開2002 — 1 74727號上所記載這樣地,偏光 子之厚度和後述保護薄膜之厚度的比値較宜是滿足〇 ·0 1 $ A (偏光子厚度)/B (保護薄膜膜厚度)$〇·8之範圍。 <第一保護薄膜> 前述之第一保護薄膜的特徵係爲:在6 0 °C、相對濕度 -15- 200831962 爲95%下的透濕度爲300克/平方公尺•日(day)以下,較宜 是50克/平方公尺•日以下,更宜是1〇克/平方公尺•日以 下。 第一保護薄膜只要能滿上述透濕度之條件、而穿透率在 8 0 %以上即可,並沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而適當地 選擇,例如,適合使用環烯烴系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚碳酸 酯系樹脂、或在由醯化纖維素類構成的透明基材薄膜之至少 一單面上設置具有低透濕性的被覆層之透明薄膜。此等之 中,從透濕度之觀點來看,特佳爲環烯烴系樹脂。 < <透濕度> > 此處,透濕度的測定法,雖然可以適合使用「高分子之 物性Π」(高分子實驗講座4、共立出版)之第285頁〜294 頁:蒸氣透過量的測定(質量法、溫度計法、蒸氣壓法、吸 附量法)上所記載之方法,然而在本發明則是除了將調濕條 件變更爲6 0 °C、9 5 % R Η以外,按照J丨S Z- 0 2 0 8計算出透濕 度。此時,在恆溫恆濕裝置中,以適當的時間間隔取出透濕 杯進行稱量,重複操作,以連續二個稱量分別求出每單位時 間之質量增加量,直到它成爲5 %以內之一定量,接著繼續 進行評價。 又’除了排除因試料之吸濕等所引起的影響,則測定未 放入吸濕劑的透濕杯,以補正透濕度之値。 在測定具有含乙烯醇系聚合物的樹脂層之偏光板保護 薄膜的透濕度之情況下,按照使設於透明基材薄膜上的該樹 -16- 200831962 脂層與測定杯接觸的方式來設置試樣,以和上述同樣的方 法,測定透明基材薄膜側之透濕度。 < <被覆層> > 上述醯化纖維素基材上之被覆層係沒有特別的限制,可 以按照目的而適當地選擇’例如’可以適合使用具備含有自 含氯之乙烯基單體所衍生的重複單位之聚合物的被覆層、以 由乙烯醇系聚合物而成的被覆層、由烷氧矽烷而成的化合 物、與具有和羥基或烷氧基反應之官能基的化合物、矽烷偶 C' 合劑中之至少任一種做爲主成分所形成的被覆層、由含有聚 矽氧烷的塗布組成物形成的以矽爲主成分之被覆層、含有疏 水性化合物之被覆層、由醣類和含甲醯基化合物構成的樹脂 組成物積層而成之被覆層、由含胺基高分子化合物和含胺反 應性官能基且含矽醇基之有機矽烷化合物構成的樹脂組成 物積層而成之被覆層、及含有粒子半徑爲〇.1〜10微米之無 機層狀化合物之被覆層。在此等之中,較適合使用由含氯之 乙烯基單體所衍生的重複單位之聚合物的被覆層、及乙烯醇 i 系聚合物構成的被覆層。 〔含氯之乙烯基單體〕 含氯之乙烯基單體,一般而言’舉例來說’例如,其可 以是氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯。含氯之聚合物’其係可以藉由使 氯乙烯或偏二氯乙烯單體、與能和此等共聚合之單體進行共 聚合而得。 〔能夠與含氯之乙烯基單體共聚合的單體〕 -17- 200831962 能夠與含氯之乙烯基單體共聚合的單體,舉例來說,例 如,其可以是從烯烴類、苯乙烯類、丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯 酸酯類、丙烯醯胺類、甲基丙烯醯胺類、伊康酸二酯類、馬 來酸酯類、富馬酸二酯類、N-烷基馬來醯亞胺類、馬來酸酐、 丙烯腈、乙烯醚類、乙烯酯類、乙烯酮類、乙烯異節環化合 物、縮水甘油酯類、不飽和腈類、不飽和羧酸類等之中選出 的單體。 烯烴類的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是二環戊二烯、 乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯、1-戊烯、異戊二烯、氯戊二烯、丁二 烯、2,3-二甲基丁二烯等。 苯乙烯類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是苯乙烯、甲基苯 乙烯、二甲基乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯 乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯 苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、三氟甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基 安息香酸甲基酯等。 丙烯酸酯類及甲基丙烯酸酯類的具體例子,舉例來說, 例如,其可以是丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙 烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸戊酯、丙烯酸2 -乙基己酯、丙烯酸辛酯、 丙烯酸t-辛酯、丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、丙烯酸2-丁氧基乙 酯、丙烯酸2-苯氧基乙酯、丙烯酸氯乙酯、丙烯酸氰乙酯、 丙烯酸二甲基戊基乙酯、丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸甲氧基苄酯、 丙烯酸呋喃甲酯、丙烯酸苯酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯 酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丙酯、甲基丙烯酸異丙酯、甲基丙烯酸 -18- 200831962 丁酯、甲基丙烯酸戊酯、甲基丙烯酸己酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸辛酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸 氰乙醯氧乙酯、甲基丙烯酸氯苄酯、甲基丙烯酸磺酸基丙 酯、甲基丙烯酸N-乙基-N-苯基胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-甲 氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-(3-苯基丙氧基)乙酯、甲基丙烯酸 二甲基戊基苯氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸呋喃甲酯、甲基丙烯酸 四氫呋喃酯、甲基丙烯酸苯酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酚酯、甲基丙 烯酸萘酯、甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯、丙烯酸羥丙酯、甲基丙烯酸 ί 羥丙酯、甲基丙烯酸3-氯-2-羥丙酯、甲基丙烯酸3-氯-2-羥丙酯、丙烯酸2,2-二甲基羥丙酯、丙烯酸5-羥戊酯、二乙 一醇單丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷單丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇單丙 烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2,2-二甲基-3-羥丙酯、甲基丙烯酸5-羥丙酯、二乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷單甲基丙 烯酸酯、季戊四醇單甲基丙烯酸酯等。 又,乙烯醚類之具體例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是 甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚、己基乙烯醚、辛基乙烯醚、癸基 ί 乙烯醚、乙基己基乙烯醚、甲氧基乙基乙烯醚、乙氧基乙基 乙烯醚、氯乙基乙烯醚、1-甲基-2,2-二甲基丙基乙烯醚、2-乙基丁基醚、二甲基戊基乙基乙烯醚、二乙基戊基乙基乙烯 醚、丁基戊基乙基乙烯醚、苄基乙烯醚、四氫呋喃甲基乙烯 醚、乙烯基苯基醚、乙烯基甲苯基醚、乙烯基氯苯基醚、乙 稀基-2,4 -二氯苯基醚、乙嫌基萘基醚、乙;烯基蒽基醚等。 又,乙烯酯類的具體例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是 -19- 200831962 乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、異丁酸乙烯酯、二 甲基丙酸乙烯酯、乙基丁酸乙烯酯、戊酸乙烯酯、己酸乙烯 酯、氯乙酸乙烯酯、二氯乙酸乙烯酯、甲氧基乙酸乙烯酯、 丁氧基乙醯基乙酸乙烯酯、苯基乙酸乙烯酯、乙醯基乙酸乙 烯酯、乳酸乙烯酯、/3 -苯基丁酸乙烯酯、環己基羧酸乙烯 酯、安息香酸乙烯酯、水楊酸乙烯酯、氯安息香酸乙烯酯、 四氯安息香酸乙烯酯、萘甲酸乙烯酯等。 丙烯醯胺類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是丙烯醯胺、甲 1 基丙烯醯胺、乙基丙烯醯胺、丙基丙烯醯胺、丁基丙烯醯胺、 t-丁基丙烯醯胺、環己基丙烯醯胺、苄基丙烯醯胺、羥基甲 基丙烯醯胺、甲氧基乙基丙烯醯胺、二甲基胺乙基丙烯醯 胺、苯基丙烯醯胺、二甲基丙烯醯胺、二乙基丙烯醯胺、冷 -氰乙基丙烯醯胺、N-(2-乙醯基乙醯氧基乙基)丙烯醯胺等。 甲基丙烯醯胺類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是甲基丙烯 醯胺、甲基甲基丙烯醯胺、乙基甲基丙烯醯胺、丙基甲基丙 , 烯醯胺、丁基甲基丙烯醯胺、t-丁基甲基丙烯醯胺、環己基 甲基丙烯醯胺、苄基甲基丙烯醯胺、羥基甲基甲基丙烯醯 胺、甲氧基乙基甲基丙烯醯胺、二甲基胺乙基甲基丙烯醯 胺、苯基甲基丙烯醯胺、二甲基甲基丙烯醯胺、二乙基甲基 丙烯醯胺、氰乙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(2-乙醯基乙醯氧基 乙基)甲基丙烯醯胺等。 又,也可以使用具有羥基之丙烯醯胺類,此等之例子, 舉例來說,例如,其可以是N-羥基甲基二甲基-3- -20- 200831962 側氧基-丁基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基甲基 丙烯醯胺、N-乙基-N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二羥甲基丙烯 醯胺、N_乙醇丙烯醯胺、N-丙醇丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯 胺等。 伊康酸二酯類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是伊康酸二甲 酯、伊康酸二乙酯、伊康酸二丁酯等。馬來酸二酯類,舉例 來說,例如,其可以是馬來酸二乙酯、馬來酸二甲酯、馬來 酸二丁酯等。富馬酸二酯類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是富 馬酸二乙酯、富馬酸二甲酯、富馬酸二丁酯等。 乙烯酮類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是甲基乙烯酮、苯 基乙烯酮、甲氧基乙基乙烯酮等。乙烯異節環化合物,舉例 來說,例如,其可以是乙烯吡啶、N -乙烯咪唑、N -乙烯噚噻 頓酮、N -乙烯三唑、N -乙烯吡咯烷酮等。縮水甘油酯類,舉 例來說,例如,其可以是縮水甘油丙烯酸酯、縮水甘油甲基 丙烯酸酯等。不飽和腈類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是丙烯 腈、甲基丙烯腈等。N -烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺類,舉例來說, 例如,其可以是N-乙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-丁基順丁烯二 醯亞胺等。 不飽和羧酸類,舉例來說,例如,其可以是丙烯酸、甲 基丙烯酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、巴豆酸等;更且,如 富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸等之酐等。又,也可以使用2種以 上之此等能夠共聚合單體。 於做爲在本發明中之含氯聚合物,其在特開昭 -21- 200831962 53-58553號公報、特開昭 55-4 3185號公報、特開昭 57-1 391 09號公報、特開昭 57-1 39 1 36號公報、特開昭 6 0 - 2 3 5 8 1 8號公報、特開昭 6 1 -1 0 8 6 5 0號公報、特開昭 62-256871號公報、特開昭 62-280207號公報、特開昭 6 3-256665號公報等之上係有記載。 在含氯聚合物中,含氯之乙烯單体的比例較宜是50〜 9 9質量。/〇,更宜是6 0〜9 8質量。/。,更理想是7 0〜9 7質量%。 由於含氯之乙烯單体的比例若是50%以上的話,就不會產生 ^ 透濕性惡化等之不合適,又由於若是99%以下的話’就可得 到各各種的溶劑溶解之溶解性的緣故,所以是理想的。 含氯聚合物係可以從旭化成化學品(股)公司、吳羽化學 公司購得。可以從旭化成化學品(股)公司購得者’舉例來 說,例如,「沙朗樹脂R24 1 C」、「沙朗樹脂F2 1 6」、「沙朗樹 脂R2 04」、「沙朗乳膠L502」、「沙朗乳膠L529B」、「沙朗乳 膠L5 3 6B」、「沙朗乳膠L544D」、「沙朗乳膠L549B」、「沙朗 乳膠L551B」、「沙朗乳膠L557」、「沙朗乳膠L561A」、「沙 C, 朗乳膠L116A」、「沙朗乳膠L411A」、「沙朗乳膠L120」、「沙 朗乳膠L123D」、「沙朗乳膠L106C」、「沙朗乳膠L131A」、「沙 朗乳膠L111」、「沙朗乳膠L2 32A」及「沙朗乳膠L321B」。 前述之被覆層,由於濕式塗布的例子很多的緣故,所以 使用塗布組成物中的溶劑就成爲特別重要的因子。必要條 件,舉例來說,例如,包括充分溶解上述之溶質、難以在塗 布〜乾燥過程中發生塗布不均、乾燥不均等。又,透明基材 -22- 200831962 薄膜之溶解性不會過高(防止平面性惡化、白化等之障害上 之需要)、相反地最低限度是使支撐體溶解、膨脹(密合性上 之需要)等也是合宜的特性。 溶劑雖然可以是1種,然而特佳爲使用2種以上之溶劑 來調整支撐體之溶解性、膨脹性、材料之溶解性、乾燥特性、 粒子之凝集性等。相對於透明支撐體之膨脹性低的主溶劑而 言,藉由添加膨脹性高的少量溶劑,可以不使得其他的性 能、面狀惡化,且可以提昇透明支撐體(透明基材薄膜)之密 合性。 塗布液可以含有酮系、醇系、酯系、醚系等之有機溶劑。 較佳的有機溶劑係有:四氫呋喃、酮類(甲基乙基酮、丙酮、 甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等)、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯。也適合 使用甲苯等之BTX類。 在本發明中,在含氯聚合物爲偏二氯乙烯的情況下,主 溶劑較宜是使用四氫呋喃。又,藉由選擇偏二氯乙烯之共聚 物,可以溶解於甲苯、酮系溶劑等;更宜是不使用四氫呋喃 而使用甲苯、酮系溶劑等。又,也適合使用在溶質溶解於四 氫呋喃中之範圍內添加上述溶劑者。又,在含氯聚合物被供 給來做爲乳膠分散物的情況下,適合使用水來做爲主溶劑。 在乳膠分散物的情況下,較宜是倂用界面活性劑或增黏劑 等。 在將包括含氯聚合物之被覆層塗布於透明基材薄膜的 情況下,爲了改良耐結塊性,則也較宜使用相對於含氯聚合 -23- 200831962 物而言爲 〇 · 2〜1 · 0份之蔭伊利西亞(富士西利西亞公司 製)、密如卡夕魯(水澤化學工業製)、涅普夕魯(日本矽石工 業公司製)等之矽石粉末;或者添加0.2〜5.0份之鏈烷烴蠟 (日本精蠟公司製)、二十二烷酸(日本油脂公司製)、硬脂酸 (曰本油脂公司製)等之蠟乳化液。又,也適合使用如在特開 平9-143419號公報之段落〔0012〕〜〔0016〕上所記載的 改性蠟。 含氯聚合物係由於可爲熱、光、紫外線所分解、著色, 因而較宜是和鉛、鋅、鋇等之硬脂酸及銀鹽類、氧化鎂等之 安定劑一起使用。又,也可以使用如在特開2004-359819 號公報之段落〔〇〇1 3〕〜〔0020〕上所記載的抗氧化劑。 另外,爲了提高包括含氯聚合物之被覆層和透明基材薄 膜、及其他層間之密合性之目的,則也適合使用相對於含氯 聚合物而言,添加有〇·1〜1.0份之克勒內特L(日本聚胺基 甲酸酯公司製)、塔克內特Α_3(武田藥品工業公司製)等之異 氰酸酯系黏合劑者。 塗布方法雖然是沒有特別的限制,然而係可藉由浸漬塗 布法、氣刀塗布法、簾幕塗布法、輥塗法、線-桿塗布法、 凹版印刷塗布法或擠壓塗布法(模具塗布法)(參照美國專利 2 6 8 1 2 9 4號說明書)、微凹版印刷塗布法等之公知的方法, 在此等之中,從高生產性、塗膜之均一性的觀點來看,則適 合使用微凹版印刷塗布法、模具塗布法。 乾燥之條件較宜是使塗布液膜中的有機溶劑濃度在乾 -24- 200831962 燥後成爲5質量%以下,更宜是2質量%以下,更理想是1 質量%以下。乾燥條件雖然會受到透明基材薄膜之熱強度及 搬運速度、乾燥步驟之長度等的影響,然而從膜硬度及防止 黏著的觀點來看,較宜是儘可能地使有機溶劑的含量比率愈4 低愈佳。在不含有機溶劑的情況下,也可以省略乾燥步驟, 於塗布後立刻進行紫外線照射。 被覆層之厚度較宜是1〜10微米,更宜是2〜9微米, 更理想是3〜8微米。當厚度爲1微米以下時,防濕性就會 ( 劣化;當厚度爲1 〇微米以上時,則會形成脆的膜而變得容 易著色等,因而不適合做爲偏光板保護薄膜。 又,被覆層之霧度較宜是5%以下,更宜是3%以下, 更理想是1 %以下,表面霧度和內部霧度的比係沒有特別的 限制,可以按照目的而適當地選擇,然而表面霧度較宜是 1 %以下。 〔由乙烯醇系聚合物形成之被覆層〕 構成被覆層的乙烯醇系聚合物,舉例來說,例如,其可 以是聚乙烯醇(PVA)等之單獨聚合物、或乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物 (EVOH)等。 又,此等之乙烯醇系聚合物,其係可以使用它的一部分 爲經過羰基改性、矽醇改性、環氧改性、乙醯乙醯基改性、 胺基改性或銨改性而成之物,也可以使用在它的一部分中含 有二丙·酮丙烯醯胺單位等之共聚物。 又,各種的乙烯醇系聚合物係可以單獨使用,或者也可 -25- 200831962 以組合二種以上來使用。 乙烯醇系聚合物之g化度係可以從8 0莫耳。/。以上之範 圍中來選取,然而較宜是96莫耳%以上,更宜是99莫耳。/。 以上。乙烯醇系聚合物之聚合度,從透濕度、塗布性之觀點 來看’其較宜是200〜5,000’更宜是300〜5,000,更理想 是 300〜3,000 。 爲了更進一步地減低上述乙醇系聚合物之透濕度,則 更宜是分散有無機層狀化合物。 本發明中所謂的無機層狀化合物係指具有單位結晶層 積層而成的構造,並藉由在層間配位或吸收溶劑而顯示出膨 潤或裂開性質之無機化合物。 做爲像這樣的無機化合物,舉例來說,其可以是膨潤性 之含水矽酸鹽,例如,綠土群黏土礦物(蒙脫石、g石、水 輝石等)、棕榴石(p a丨m q u r i t e)群黏土礦物、高嶺土群黏土礦 物、頁矽酸鹽(雲母等)等。 又,也適合使用合成無機層狀化合物,做爲合成無機層 狀化合物者,舉例來說,例如,其可以是合成綠土(蒙脫石、 皀石、鱗綠石(stilpnsaite)等)、合成雲母等;較宜是綠土、 蒙脫石、雲母;更宜是蒙脫石、雲母;更理想是雲母。此等 之中,從減低透濕度、抑制色味附著的觀點來看,特佳爲合 成矽石。又,此種無機層狀化合物,也可以是對於此等之無 機層狀化合物實施有機化處理而成之物。 膨潤性無機層狀化合物,從使得氣體阻障性和基材-氣 -26- 200831962 體阻障層間之密合性兩者兼顧的觀點來看,其較宜是實 粒子化處理者。 經微粒子化處理過的膨潤性無機層狀化合物通常 狀或偏平狀,平面形狀係沒有特別的限制,可以是非定 等。 經微粒子化處理過的膨潤性無機層狀化合物之平 徑(平面形狀之平均粒徑),例如,較宜是〇 · 1〜1 〇微米 宜是〇 . 5〜8微米,更理想是0.8〜6微米。當粒徑比本 小時,則透濕度減效果就不足夠;當粒徑大於該範圍時 霧度値增加、表面粗糙度增加等,因而不理想。 無機化合物之濃度較宜是3〜60質量%,更宜是3 質量%,更理想是3〜40質量%。當無機化合物之濃度 於3質量%時,透濕度減低效果就不足夠,當無機化合 濃度大於60質量%時,則霧度値增加、脆性惡化等, 不理想。 在本發明之中,可以在乙烯醇系聚合物及層狀無機Rth(A) is the in-plane slow axis (determined according to KOBRA 21ADH or WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis), from -50 degrees to +50 degrees with respect to the film normal direction, at every 1 degree Steps, respectively, measuring the above-mentioned R e ( λ )' of the light incident on the wavelength λ nm from the oblique direction thereof, and measuring 11 points based on the measured hysteresis 値, the average refractive index, and the input film Thickness 値, calculated by KOBRA 21ADH or WR. Further, among the above-mentioned measurements, the assumption of the average refractive index can be obtained by using a polymer handbook (JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC) and a catalogue of various optical films. The fact that the average refractive index is unknown to others can be measured by an Abbe refractometer. The average refractive index of the main optical films is as follows: deuterated cellulose film (1·4 8 ), ring-fired tobacco polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49) Polystyrene (1 _ 59). By inputting the assumptions of the average refractive index and the film thickness, nx, ny, and πζ are calculated by KOBRA 21ADH or WR. Using this calculated nx, ny, and πζ' further calculate Νζ(ηχ - 10- 200831962 —η z) / ( η x — ny). (Polarizing Plate) The polarizing plate of the present invention is formed by laminating at least a first protective film, a polarizer and a second protective film. <Polar photon> The above-mentioned polarizer is preferably composed of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and a dichroic molecule, but it is also possible to use PVA and poly group as described in JP-A-1-248937. A polyethylene-based polarizer obtained by dehydration and dechlorination of vinyl chloride to form a polyene structure and aligning it. Although PVA is a polymer material obtained by alkalizing polyvinyl acetate, for example, it may contain a copolymerizable with vinyl acetate such as an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an unsaturated sulfonic acid, an olefin, or a vinyl ether. ingredient. Further, a modified PVA containing an ethyl acetyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carbonyloxy group, an alkyloxy group or the like may also be used. The self-regulating degree of the PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of solubility, etc., it is preferably 80 to 1 〇〇 ί : mol %, more preferably 9 0 〜 1 0 0 mole %. Further, the degree of polymerization of the PVA is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 1, 〇〇〇 10,000 to 10,000, more preferably 1,500 〜 5, 0 0 0 〇 PVA tacticity (syndiotacticity) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2978219, it is preferably -11-200831962 55 % or more for the purpose of improving durability; However, as described in Japanese Patent No. 331 7494, it is also preferable to use 45 to 52.5%. After the PVA is thinned, it is preferred to introduce a colorimetric molecule to constitute a polarizer. The method for producing a PVA film is generally preferably a method of casting a film by using a stock solution in which a PVA resin is dissolved in water or an organic solvent. The concentration of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the stock solution is usually 5 to 20% by mass, and the film is formed by casting the stock solution, whereby a PVA film having a film thickness of 10 to 200 μm can be produced. The production of the PVA film can be carried out by the method described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 334251, the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The degree of crystallization of the PVA film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, the average degree of crystallinity (Xc) described in Patent No. 3251 073 is 50 to 75 mass. /. For the purpose of reducing the hue variation in the surface, a PVA film having a degree of crystallization of 38% or less as described in JP-A No. 20-2-2362-14 can also be used. The birefringence (??) of the PVA film is preferably small, and a PVA film having a birefringence of 1.0% or less and less than or equal to 10, 10, and 3, which is described in Japanese Patent No. 334251, can be suitably used. However, as described in JP-A-2002-228835, in order to avoid the cutting of the PVA film during stretching and to obtain a high degree of polarization, the birefringence of the PVA film can be set to 0.02 or more. In the case of 〇1 or less, the enthalpy of 200831962 (nx + ny)/2-nz may be set to 0.0003 or more to 〇·〇1 or less as described in JP-A-2002-060505. The in-plane retardation Re of the PVA film is preferably from 0 nm to less than 100 nm, more preferably from about 10,000 nm to less than 50 nm. Further, the retardation Rth of the (film) thickness direction of the PVA film is preferably from 0 nm to 500 nm, more preferably from 0 nm to 300 nm. In addition, the polarizing plate of the present invention can also be suitably used in a PVA film having a 1,2-glycol bond amount of 1.5 mol% or less as described in Japanese Patent No. 3021494, and JP-A-2001-31 6492 The optical foreign matter of 5 micrometers or more described in the publication of the publication is a PVA film of 500 or less per 100 square centimeters, and the hot water cutting temperature spot of the film described in JP-A-2002-0301 63 is 1 in the TD direction. The PVA film of 5 ° C or less may be suitably used in the form of a polyvalent alcohol having a valence of 3 to 6 per liter by mass of glycerin or the like, and a polyvalent alcohol of 15% by mass or more. A PVA film formed by forming a film of a mixture of the plasticizers described. The thickness of the film before stretching of the PVA film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, from the viewpoint of stability of film storage and homogeneity of stretching, it is preferably 1 μm to 1 mm. More preferably 20 to 200 microns. In addition, a thin PVA film having a stress of 10 to 6 times in water when it is stretched 4 to 6 times in water can be used as described in JP-A-2002-23621. The dichroic molecule may suitably be a high-valent iodine ion or a dichroic dye such as | 3 - or I 5 -. Among them, high-priced iodide ions are particularly suitable for use in the present invention. The high-priced iodide ion can be used as described in "Application of Polarizing Plates" (edited by Nagata Aya-13-200831962, published by CMC Materials), or Industrial Materials, Vol. 28, No. 7, pp. 39-45. The solution is immersed in a liquid and/or a boric acid aqueous solution obtained by dissolving iodine in an aqueous solution of potassium iodide to form PVA in an adsorbed or aligned state. In the case where a dichroic dye is used as the dichroic molecule, it is preferably an azo dye. Among them, a disazo dye and a trisazo dye are more preferable. The dichroic dye is preferably a water-soluble substance, and therefore a hydrophilic substituent such as a sulfonic acid group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group is introduced into the dichroic molecule, and is suitably used as a free acid (or an alkali metal salt or an ammonium salt). A salt of an amine. Specific examples of such a dichroic dye are, for example, c·丨_正红37, Congo red (C.丨·正红28), CI Zheng violet 12, c _丨·正蓝90, C·I. Zhenglan 22, CI Zhenglan 1, CI Zhenglan 151, C·丨·正绿1, etc., benzidine, CI Zhenghuang 44, CI Zhenghong 23, C.二·正红79 and other diphenyl urea series, CI Zhenghuang 12, etc., CI Zhenghong 31, etc. dinaphthylamine series, CI Zhenghong 81, C·I. 正紫罗兰 9, C. I. J-acid system such as Zhenglan 78. In addition, for example, it may be C. I. Zhenghuang 8, C. 丨·Zhenghuang 28, C. 丨·Zhenghuang 86, CI Zhenghuang 87, CI Zhenghuang 142, C·丨_ 正橙26, C·I. 正橙39, C.I·正橙72, C·I·正橙106, c·I. 正橙107, C I·正红2, C.丨·正红39, CI Zhenghong 83, C·丨·正红89, C. I·正红240, C· ·正红242, C·I.正红247, C·I. 正紫罗48, C_I·正紫罗兰51, C_I·正紫罗兰98, c_I·正蓝15, C·I.正蓝67, CI Zhenglan 71, C_丨·正蓝98, -14- 200831962 CI Zhenglan 168, CI Zhenglan 202, CI Zhenglan 236, c. I. Zhenglan 249, CI Zhenglan 270, C·丨_正Green 59, CI Zheng Green 85, CI Zheng Brown 44, CI Zheng Brown 106, C. 丨 · Zheng Brown 195, C·I. Zheng Brown 210, CI Zheng Brown 223, C. Ι·正棕224, C. Ι・正黑1, C.丨·正黑17, C. Ι·正黑19, C·Ι·正黑54, etc., and can be used in JP-A-62-70802, JP-A-1-61 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. And a dichroic dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7-261204. In order to produce dichroic molecules of various hue, it is also possible to blend two or more of these dichroic dyes. In the case of using a dichroic dye, such as special opening As described in 2002 - 0 822 22, the absorption thickness can be 4 micrometers or more. The content of the dichroic molecule in the film is such that when it is too low, the degree of polarization is lowered, and even if it is too large, the transmittance of the veneer is lowered, so that it is relative to the matrix constituting the film. In the case of a polyvinyl alcohol-based polymer, it is usually adjusted to be from 1% by mass to 5% by mass. /. The scope. The film thickness of the polarizer is preferably 5 to 40 μm, more preferably 10 to 30 μm. Further, as described in JP-A-2002-147727, the ratio of the thickness of the polarizer to the thickness of the protective film described later is preferably 〇·0 1 $ A (polarized photon thickness) / B (protective film film) Thickness) The range of $〇·8. <First Protective Film> The first protective film described above is characterized by a moisture permeability of 300 g/m 2 •day at 95 ° C and a relative humidity of -15-200831962 Hereinafter, it is preferably 50 g/m2/day or less, more preferably 1 g/m2/day. The first protective film is not particularly limited as long as it can satisfies the conditions of the moisture permeability, and the transmittance is 80% or more, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a cycloolefin resin or a polyester is suitably used. A transparent film having a coating layer having low moisture permeability is provided on at least one surface of at least one surface of a transparent base film made of deuterated cellulose. Among these, a cycloolefin type resin is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of moisture permeability. <<Trans-humidity>> Here, the measurement method of the moisture permeability can be suitably applied to the "physical properties of polymers" (Polymer Experiment Lecture 4, Kyoritsu Publishing), pages 285 to 294: Vapor Permeation The method described in the measurement of mass (mass method, thermometer method, vapor pressure method, adsorption amount method). However, in the present invention, in addition to changing the humidity control condition to 60 ° C and 95 % R Η, J丨S Z- 0 2 0 8 calculates the moisture permeability. At this time, in the constant temperature and humidity device, the moisture permeable cup is taken out at appropriate time intervals for weighing, and the operation is repeated, and the mass increase per unit time is determined by two consecutive weighings until it becomes within 5%. A certain amount, and then continue to evaluate. Further, in addition to eliminating the influence caused by moisture absorption of the sample, the moisture permeable cup to which the moisture absorbent is not placed is measured to correct the moisture permeability. In the case of measuring the moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective film having the resin layer containing the vinyl alcohol polymer, the resin layer of the tree-16-200831962 disposed on the transparent substrate film is placed in contact with the measuring cup. For the sample, the moisture permeability of the transparent substrate film side was measured in the same manner as above. <<Coating layer>> The coating layer on the above-described deuterated cellulose substrate is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, a vinyl monomer having a self-containing chlorine can be suitably used. a coating layer of a polymer in which a repeating unit is derived, a coating layer made of a vinyl alcohol polymer, a compound obtained from an alkoxysilane, a compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, or a decane At least one of the C' mixture is used as a coating layer composed of a main component, a coating layer containing a coating composition containing polysiloxane, a coating layer containing a hydrophobic compound, a coating layer containing a hydrophobic compound, and a sugar layer. A coating layer formed by laminating a resin composition composed of a mercapto group-containing compound, and a resin composition composed of an amine group-containing polymer compound and an amine-containing reactive functional group-containing decyl group-containing organodecane compound The coating layer and the coating layer containing the inorganic layered compound having a particle radius of 〇1 to 10 μm. Among these, a coating layer of a polymer of a repeating unit derived from a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer and a coating layer composed of a vinyl alcohol i-based polymer are preferably used. [Chlorine-containing vinyl monomer] A chlorine-containing vinyl monomer is generally 'exemplary', for example, it may be vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride. The chlorine-containing polymer can be obtained by copolymerizing a vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride monomer with a monomer copolymerizable therewith. [Monomer capable of copolymerizing with a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer] -17- 200831962 A monomer capable of copolymerizing with a chlorine-containing vinyl monomer, for example, it may be from an olefin, styrene Classes, acrylates, methacrylates, acrylamides, methacrylamides, itaconic acid diesters, maleates, fumaric acid diesters, N-alkyl mala A single selected from the group consisting of quinone imines, maleic anhydride, acrylonitrile, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, ketenes, ethylene heterocyclic compounds, glycidyl esters, unsaturated nitriles, and unsaturated carboxylic acids body. Examples of the olefins may be, for example, dicyclopentadiene, ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, isoprene, chloropentadiene, butadiene, 2, for example. 3-dimethylbutadiene and the like. Styrenes, for example, may be styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl ethylene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, chloromethyl styrene, Alkyl styrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene, vinyl benzoic acid methyl ester, and the like. Specific examples of the acrylates and methacrylates may, for example, be methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, Octyl acrylate, t-octyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 2-butoxyethyl acrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate, chloroethyl acrylate, cyanoethyl acrylate, dimethyl acrylate Ethyl amyl ethyl ester, benzyl acrylate, methoxybenzyl acrylate, furfuryl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate ,methacrylic acid-18- 200831962 butyl ester, amyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, octyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, cyanoacrylate Ethyloxyethyl ester, chlorobenzyl methacrylate, propyl propyl methacrylate, N-ethyl-N-phenylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, A 2-(3-phenylpropoxy)ethyl acrylate, Dimethylpentylphenoxyethyl acrylate, furan methyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofuran methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, cresyl methacrylate, naphthyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate Ester, hydroxypropyl acrylate, isopropyl hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2,2-dimethyl hydroxy acrylate Propyl ester, 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate, diethyl acrylate monoacrylate, trimethylolpropane monoacrylate, pentaerythritol monoacrylate, 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, methyl 5-hydroxypropyl acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethacrylate, trimethylolpropane monomethacrylate, pentaerythritol monomethacrylate, and the like. Further, specific examples of the vinyl ethers may, for example, be methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, mercapto vinyl ether, ethylhexyl vinyl ether, or Oxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, 1-methyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylbutyl ether, dimethyl pentane Ethyl vinyl ether, diethyl amyl ethyl vinyl ether, butyl amyl ethyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, tetrahydrofuran methyl vinyl ether, vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl tolyl ether, vinyl Chlorophenyl ether, ethylene-2,4-dichlorophenyl ether, ethyl 4-naphthyl ether, ethyl; alkenyl nonyl ether. Further, specific examples of the vinyl esters may, for example, be -19-200831962 vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl isobutyrate, vinyl dimethyl propionate, Ethyl butyric acid vinyl ester, vinyl valerate, vinyl hexanoate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl dichloroacetate, vinyl methoxy acetate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl phenyl acetate Ethyl vinyl acetate, vinyl lactate, vinyl -3-phenylbutyrate, vinyl cyclohexylcarboxylate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl salicylate, vinyl chlorate, tetrachlorobenzoic acid Vinyl ester, vinyl naphthate, and the like. Acrylamides, for example, may be acrylamide, methacrylamide, ethyl acrylamide, propyl acrylamide, butyl acrylamide, t-butyl acrylamide , cyclohexyl acrylamide, benzyl acrylamide, hydroxymethyl acrylamide, methoxyethyl acrylamide, dimethylamine ethyl acrylamide, phenyl acrylamide, dimethyl methacrylate Amine, diethyl acrylamide, cold-cyanoethyl acrylamide, N-(2-acetamidoethoxyethyl) acrylamide, and the like. The methacrylamide amines, for example, may be methacrylamide, methyl methacrylamide, ethyl methacrylamide, propyl methyl propyl, ene amide, butyl methyl Propylene decylamine, t-butyl methacrylamide, cyclohexyl methacrylamide, benzyl methacrylamide, hydroxymethyl methacrylamide, methoxyethyl methacrylamide, dimethyl Base amine ethyl methacrylamide, phenyl methacrylamide, dimethyl methacrylamide, diethyl methacrylamide, cyanoethyl methacrylamide, N-(2- Ethyl ethoxylated ethyl) methacrylamide or the like. Further, an acrylamide having a hydroxyl group may also be used, and such an example may, for example, be N-hydroxymethyldimethyl-3--20-200831962 pendant oxy-butyl)propene. Indoleamine, N-methylol acrylamide, N-methylol methacrylamide, N-ethyl-N-hydroxymethyl acrylamide, N,N-dimethylol decylamine, N _ Ethanol acrylamide, N-propanol acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide, and the like. The ikonic acid diesters may, for example, be dimethyl ikonate, diethyl itaconate, dibutyl itaconate or the like. The maleic acid diester, for example, may be diethyl maleate, dimethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate or the like. The fumaric acid diesters may, for example, be diethyl fumarate, dimethyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate or the like. The ketenes may, for example, be methyl ketene, phenyl ketene, methoxyethyl ketene or the like. The ethylene heterocyclic compound may, for example, be vinyl pyridine, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyl thioxanthone, N-ethylene triazole, N-vinylpyrrolidone or the like. The glycidyl ester may, for example, be glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate or the like. The unsaturated nitrile, for example, may be acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile or the like. The N-alkyl maleimide, for example, may be, for example, N-ethyl maleimide, N-butyl maleimide or the like. The unsaturated carboxylic acid, for example, may be acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, etc.; moreover, such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, and Malay An anhydride such as an acid. Further, it is also possible to use two or more such copolymerizable monomers. In the case of the chlorinated polymer in the present invention, it is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-A No. SHO-A No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 57-1 39 1/36, JP-A-KOK-A-60- 2 3 5 8 8 8 , JP-A-6-101, No. 62-256871, JP-A-62-256871 JP-A-62-280207, JP-A-6-256665, and the like are described above. In the chlorine-containing polymer, the proportion of the chlorine-containing ethylene monomer is preferably 50 to 9.9 mass. /〇, more suitable is 6 0~9 8 quality. /. More ideally, 7 0 to 9 7 mass%. When the proportion of the chlorine-containing ethylene monomer is 50% or more, it is not suitable for the deterioration of moisture permeability, and if it is 99% or less, the solubility of each solvent can be obtained. So it is ideal. The chlorine-containing polymer system is commercially available from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd. and Wu Yu Chemical Company. For example, "Sharon Resin R24 1 C", "Sharon Resin F2 16", "Sharon Resin R2 04", "Sharon Latex L502" can be purchased from Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd. "Sharon Latex L529B", "Sharon Latex L5 3 6B", "Sharon Latex L544D", "Sharon Latex L549B", "Sharon Latex L551B", "Sharon Latex L557", "Sharon Latex" L561A", "Sand C, Latex Latex L116A", "Sharon Latex L411A", "Sharon Latex L120", "Sharon Latex L123D", "Sharon Latex L106C", "Sharon Latex L131A", "Shalang Latex L111", "Sharon Latex L2 32A" and "Sharon Latex L321B". Since the above-mentioned coating layer has many examples of wet coating, the use of a solvent in the coating composition is a particularly important factor. The necessary conditions include, for example, sufficient dissolution of the above-mentioned solute, difficulty in coating unevenness during coating-drying, uneven drying, and the like. Further, the transparent substrate-22-200831962 does not have too high solubility of the film (preventing the deterioration of planarity and whitening, etc.), and conversely, the support is dissolved and expanded (the need for adhesion) ) is also a suitable feature. Although the solvent may be one type, it is particularly preferable to use two or more kinds of solvents to adjust the solubility and expandability of the support, the solubility of the material, the drying characteristics, the aggregability of the particles, and the like. By adding a small amount of solvent having a high expansion property to the main solvent having a low expansion property with respect to the transparent support, it is possible to prevent deterioration of other properties and surface properties, and to increase the density of the transparent support (transparent base film). Synergy. The coating liquid may contain an organic solvent such as a ketone system, an alcohol system, an ester system or an ether system. Preferred organic solvents are tetrahydrofuran, ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate. It is also suitable to use BTX such as toluene. In the present invention, in the case where the chlorine-containing polymer is vinylidene chloride, the main solvent is preferably tetrahydrofuran. Further, by selecting a copolymer of vinylidene chloride, it can be dissolved in toluene or a ketone solvent; more preferably, toluene or a ketone solvent is used without using tetrahydrofuran. Further, it is also suitable to use a solvent in which the solvent is added in a range in which the solute is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran. Further, in the case where a chlorine-containing polymer is supplied as a latex dispersion, water is preferably used as a main solvent. In the case of a latex dispersion, it is preferred to use a surfactant or a tackifier. In the case where a coating layer containing a chlorine-containing polymer is applied to a transparent base film, in order to improve the blocking resistance, it is also preferable to use 相对·2 to 1 with respect to the chlorine-containing polymerization-23-200831962. · 0% of the Irisia (made by Fuji Silisia Co., Ltd.), a fine powder such as Kasuga (made by Mizusawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Neptune (made by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.), etc.; or add 0.2~5.0 A wax emulsion of a paraffin wax (manufactured by Nippon Seiko Co., Ltd.), behenic acid (manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), or stearic acid (manufactured by Sakamoto Oil Co., Ltd.). Further, the modified wax described in paragraphs [0012] to [0016] of JP-A-9-143419 is also suitably used. Since the chlorine-containing polymer is decomposed and colored by heat, light, or ultraviolet rays, it is preferably used together with stabilizers such as stearic acid, silver salts, and magnesium oxide such as lead, zinc, and barium. Further, an antioxidant as described in paragraphs [13] to [0020] of JP-A-2004-359819 may be used. Further, in order to improve the adhesion between the coating layer including the chlorine-containing polymer and the transparent base film, and other layers, it is also suitable to use 添加·1 to 1.0 parts relative to the chlorine-containing polymer. An isocyanate-based adhesive such as Klenet L (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Co., Ltd.) or Teknett Α3 (manufactured by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.). Although the coating method is not particularly limited, it may be by dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, roll coating method, wire-rod coating method, gravure coating method, or extrusion coating method (die coating). A well-known method, such as the method of the U.S. Patent No. 2,668,242, and the micro gravure coating method, among these, from the viewpoint of high productivity and uniformity of the coating film, A micro gravure coating method or a die coating method is suitable. The drying condition is preferably such that the concentration of the organic solvent in the coating liquid film is 5% by mass or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less, and still more preferably 1% by mass or less after drying in the dry-24-200831962. Although the drying conditions are affected by the heat strength and the conveying speed of the transparent base film, the length of the drying step, and the like, it is preferable to make the content ratio of the organic solvent as much as possible from the viewpoint of film hardness and adhesion prevention. The lower the better. In the case where the organic solvent is not contained, the drying step may be omitted, and ultraviolet irradiation may be performed immediately after the application. The thickness of the coating layer is preferably from 1 to 10 μm, more preferably from 2 to 9 μm, still more preferably from 3 to 8 μm. When the thickness is 1 μm or less, the moisture resistance is deteriorated; when the thickness is 1 μm or more, a brittle film is formed and it becomes easy to be colored, and thus it is not suitable as a polarizing plate protective film. The haze of the layer is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and the ratio of surface haze to internal haze is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but the surface is The haze is preferably 1% or less. [Coated layer formed of a vinyl alcohol polymer] The vinyl alcohol polymer constituting the coating layer may be, for example, a single polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) or the like. And ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH), etc. Further, these vinyl alcohol-based polymers may be partially modified by carbonyl, decyl alcohol, epoxy modified, acetamidine. A copolymer of an ethylene group, an amine group or an ammonium compound may be used, and a copolymer containing a dipropanone ketone acrylamide unit or the like may be used in a part thereof. Further, various vinyl alcohol polymers Can be used alone, or can be -25- 200831962 It can be used in combination of two or more. The degree of gradation of the vinyl alcohol polymer can be selected from the range of 80 mol%, but it is preferably 96 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol. The above polymerization degree of the vinyl alcohol polymer is preferably from 200 to 5,000 in terms of moisture permeability and coatability, and is preferably from 300 to 5,000, more preferably from 300 to 3,000. In the present invention, the inorganic layered compound is a structure in which a unitary crystal layer is laminated, and the interlayer is coordinated by the layer. Or an inorganic compound which exhibits swelling or cracking properties by absorbing a solvent. As an inorganic compound like this, it may be, for example, a swellable aqueous citrate, for example, a smectite clay mineral (montmorillonite, g stone, hectorite, etc.), brown garnet (pa丨mqurite) group of clay minerals, kaolin clay minerals, strontium silicate (mica, etc.). Also, it is suitable to use synthetic inorganic layered compounds as synthetic inorganic The layered compound, for example, may be synthetic smectite (montmorillonite, vermiculite, stilpnsaite, etc.), synthetic mica, etc.; preferably smectite, montmorillonite, mica; It is more preferably montmorillonite or mica; more preferably mica. Among them, from the viewpoint of reducing moisture permeability and suppressing the adhesion of color, it is particularly preferable to synthesize vermiculite. Further, such an inorganic layered compound is also It may be obtained by subjecting the inorganic layered compound to an organic treatment. The swellable inorganic layered compound has two properties such as gas barrier property and adhesion between the substrate and the gas barrier layer. The swellable inorganic layered compound which has been subjected to the granulation treatment is usually in the form of a flat or flat shape, and the planar shape is not particularly limited, and may be unequal. The flat diameter of the swellable inorganic layered compound (average particle diameter of the planar shape), for example, is preferably 〇·1 to 1 〇 micrometer is preferably 〇. 5 to 8 μm, more preferably 0.8 〜 6 microns. When the particle diameter is smaller than this, the effect of reducing the moisture permeability is not sufficient; when the particle diameter is larger than the range, the haze is increased, the surface roughness is increased, and the like, which is not preferable. The concentration of the inorganic compound is preferably from 3 to 60% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass, still more preferably from 3 to 40% by mass. When the concentration of the inorganic compound is 3% by mass, the effect of reducing the moisture permeability is insufficient. When the inorganic compound concentration is more than 60% by mass, the haze is increased, the brittleness is deteriorated, and the like, which is not preferable. In the present invention, it is possible to use a vinyl alcohol polymer and a layered inorganic

C 物中更進一步地添加乙烯醇系聚合物之交聯劑來做爲 組成物之成分,藉此即可以提昇黏著層之耐水性。 前述之交聯劑係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而 地選擇,舉例來說,例如,其可以是酚樹脂、蜜胺樹脂 樹脂、聚醯胺聚脲、二羥甲基脲、二羥甲基蜜胺、多價 化合物、二醛化合物、多價異氰酸酯樹脂、氧雜環丙烷 物、聚醯胺胺表醇化合物、活性化乙烯基化合物、二碳 施微 是板 形狀 均粒 ,更 範圍 ,則 〜50 爲小 物之 因而 化合 樹脂 適當 、脲 環氧 化合 酸酯 -27- 200831962 化合物、含肼基化合物(他價羧酸多肼化合物)、膠體矽石、 鉻鹽、多價金屬鹽、硼酸、磷酸、聚丙烯酸、二羧酸、己二 酸酐、琥珀酸酐、四異丙基鈦酸酯、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙 酮)鈦酸酯等之鈦化合物等;除此之外,亦可以使用3-縮水 甘油丙基甲氧基矽烷等之偶合劑、過氧化物等之游離基產生 劑。又,也可以加入用以促進交聯反應之觸媒及其他的添加 劑。 交聯劑之添加量,以(交聯劑/(乙烯醇系聚合物+交聯 劑))計,較宜是0.5質量%以上,更宜是1質量。/。以上,特 佳爲2質量%以上。相對於PVA系聚合物和交聯劑兩者而 言,在交聯劑之質量比例小於0.5質量。/。的情況下,則不能 呈現添加交聯劑所造成之效果。 相對於乙烯醇系聚合物和交聯劑兩者而言,交聯劑之質 量比例較宜是5 0質量%以下,更宜是4 0質量。/。以下,更理 想是3 0質量%以下。在醛系化合物等之交聯劑之中,由於 也有會因熱而變爲黃色之物質的緣故,所以對於像這樣的交 聯劑,就有必要縮小其添加量,以將變色抑制於容許範圍內。 由乙烯醇系聚合物、或乙烯醇系聚合物與無機層狀化合 物而成的被覆層之形成方法,係可以使用浸漬塗布法、氣刀 塗布法、簾幕塗布法、輥塗法、線-桿塗布法、凹版印刷塗 布法或擠壓塗布法(模具塗布法)(參照美國專利2 6 8 1 2 9 4號 說明書)、微凹版印刷塗布法等之公知的方法,在此等之中, 從高生產性、塗膜之均一性的觀點來看,則適合使用微凹版 -28- 200831962 印刷塗布法、模具塗布法。此時,爲了使在製膜之際對於塗 布裝置之液體黏度最適化,也可以使用在塗布液中添加增黏 劑等之黏度調整劑,以調整塗布液之液黏度之方法。 又,爲了更進一步地提昇被覆層之透濕性、耐水性之目 的,較宜是在醯化纖維素類基板上塗布被覆層後,再進行數 分鐘的90°C以上〜1 50°C以下之熱處理,更宜是可以於1 30 °C以上〜1 50°C以下加熱。熱處理時間,從生產性和耐水性 的觀點來看,其較宜是1分鐘以上〜20分鐘以下,更宜是5 分鐘以上〜15分鐘以下。又,從樹脂和醯化纖維素基板間 之密合性的觀點看來,較宜是預先對醯化纖維素實施鹼化處 理。 被覆層之厚度較宜是1〜10微米,更宜是2〜9微米, 更理想是3〜8微米。 <<聚酯系樹脂>> 聚酯系樹脂係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而適當地 選擇,舉例來說,例如,其可以是聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚 萘二酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二酸丁二酯等。 在此等之中,從成本及機械強度之觀點來看,特佳爲使用聚 對苯二甲酸乙二酯。其中,特別期望之物係使用芳香族系二 羧酸和脂肪族系二醇,使之進行縮聚合而得到的樹脂。 做爲芳香族二酸者,除了對苯二甲酸之外,可以使用異 酞酸、2,6-萘二羧酸等,又亦可使用此等之低級烷酯(酐、低 級烷酯等之可形成酯的衍生物)。 -29- 200831962 脂肪族系二醇係有乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、新戊二醇、 1,4-環己醇、二乙二醇、P-二甲基二醇等。 其中,較宜是以藉由對苯二甲酸和乙二醇反應而得到的 聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯來做爲主成分。 所謂主成分爲聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯係指聚對苯二甲酸 乙二酯的重複單位係佔80質量%以上之共聚物、或者在摻 混的情況下含有80質量%以上之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。 使用於前述保護薄膜中的聚酯,在不損害本發明之效果 的範圍內,也可以更進一步地與其他的成分共聚合,也可以 摻混其他的聚合物。 前述的聚酯,例如,其可以是藉由安息香酸、安息香酸 苯甲醯酯、苯甲氧基安息香酸、甲氧基聚烷二醇等之1官能 性化合物,封鎖末端之氫氧基及羧基中之至少任一個而成之 物,或者,例如,也可以是以極少量的如甘油、季戊四醇之 3官能、4官能基酯形成化合物,在可得到實質上爲線狀的 共聚物之範圍內改性而成之物。 又,爲了提昇薄膜之耐熱性之目的,於本發明中使用的 聚酯係可以與雙酚系化合物、具有萘環或環己烷環之化合物 進行共聚合。 又,於本發明中使用的聚酯之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較宜是 80°C以上,更宜是90°C以上。在小於80°C時所得到的薄膜, 在高溫高濕下之尺寸性會有劣化的情況。T g係由動黏彈性 測定之tan 5之波峰而求得。 -30- 200831962 於本發明中使用的聚酯也可以含有抗氧化劑。尤其,在 聚酯爲含有具聚伸氧烷基之化合物的情況下,效果特別顯 著。所含有的抗氧化劑,關於其種類係沒有特別地限定,可 以使用各種抗氧化劑,然而舉例來說,例如,其可以是受阻 酚系化合物、亞磷酸鹽系化合物、硫醚系化合物等之抗氧化 劑。其中,從透明性之觀點來看,較宜是受阻酚系化合物之 抗氧化劑。抗氧化劑的含量,相對於聚酯而言,通常是0.0 1 〜2質量%,較宜是0.1〜0.5質量%。 在前述聚酯薄膜中,可以視需要而賦予易滑性。賦予易 滑性之手段係沒有特別地限定,然而一般是在聚酯中添加惰 性無機粒子之外部粒子添加方法、於合成聚酯時使所添加的 觸媒析出之內部粒子析出方法、或者是在薄膜表面上塗布界 面活性劑之方法等。 在前述聚酯薄膜中,爲了防止偏光子及液晶之劣化之目 的,其係可以視需要而添加紫外線吸收劑。 從紫外線吸收能力優異且良液晶顯示性的觀點來看,做 爲紫外線吸收劑者,其較宜是使已添加紫外線吸收劑之聚酯 薄膜的在波長380奈米之穿透率爲0〜50%,更宜是〇〜 30%,更理想是〇〜1 〇%。又,在600奈米的穿透率較宜是 8 0〜1 0 0 %,更宜是8 5〜1 〇 〇 %,更理想是9 0〜1 0 0 %。 聚酯薄膜較宜是經雙軸拉伸製膜而成的聚酯薄膜。就得 到上述聚酯薄膜而論,其係可以習用公知的方法來進行。在 此情況下,縱方向係指薄膜之製膜方向(長軸方向),而橫方 200831962 向係指和薄膜之製膜方向成直角的方向。 首先,將原料聚酯成型爲九粒狀、經熱風乾燥或真空乾 燥之後,進行熔融擠壓而由τ模押出成薄片狀,藉由靜電施 加法等使密合於冷卻輥上並使冷卻固化而得到未拉伸薄 片。接著,對於所得到的未拉伸薄片,透過複數輥群、及紅 外線加熱等之加熱裝置中之至少任一種,加熱到聚酯薄膜之 玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)至(Tg+100)°c的範圍內,進行一段或多 段縱拉伸之方法。 其次,對於以如上述之作法所得到的縱方向拉伸聚酯薄 膜,於Tg〜Tm(熔點)之溫度範圍內進行橫拉伸,接著進行 熱固定。 經熱固定的薄膜通常是冷卻到Tg以下,切除薄膜兩端 之鉗夾把持部分並予以捲取。此時,較宜是在最終熱固定溫 度以下、Tg以上之溫度範圍內,對於橫方向及縱方向中之 至少任一方向進行0.1〜1 〇 %之鬆弛處理。冷卻、鬆弛處理 之手段係沒有特別地限定,可以使用習用公知的手段來進 行,然而從薄膜之尺寸安定性提昇的觀點來看,特佳爲一邊 在複數溫度區域下依次冷卻,一邊進行此等處理。 此等熱固定條件、冷卻鬆弛處理條件之較合適的條件, 由於是隨著構成薄膜之聚酯而不同的緣故,可以是測定所得 到的拉伸薄膜之物性,並按照適當調整使具有較佳特性的方 式來決定。 又,在製造上述薄膜之際,也可以在拉伸之前及後中之 -32- 200831962 至少一時候,塗設靜電防止層、易滑性層、黏著層、阻障層 等之功能性層。此時,可以視需要而實施電暈放電處理、大 氣壓電漿處理、藥液處理等之各種表面處理。 經切除的薄膜兩端之鉗夾把持部分,也可以在進行粉碎 處理後,或者在視需要地進行造粒處理或解聚、再聚合等之 處理後,再利用來做爲同品種之薄膜用原料或不同品種之薄 膜用原料。 前述聚酯薄膜之厚度較宜是5〜200微米,更宜是5〜 I 1 〇〇微米,更理想是40〜1 00微米。 〔與偏光子間之黏著〕 聚酯系樹脂和偏光子間之黏著面上,可以視需要而實施 提昇黏著力之處理。此種處理的代表例,舉例來說,例如, 乾燥處理、易黏著處理。 乾燥處理的具體例子,舉例來說,例如,電暈處理、氣 體電暈處理、電漿處理、低壓UV處理等。易黏著處理的具 / 體例子,舉例來說,例如,塗布易黏著材料。 易黏著材料,舉例來說,例如,其可以是纖維系樹脂、 月女基甲酸酯系樹脂、砂院偶合劑、砂院底劑、PVA、耐綸、 苯乙烯系樹脂等。也可以將乾燥處理和易黏著處理一起倂 用。或者,可以藉由以氫氧化鈉水溶液進行鹼化處理,來提 昇黏著力。鹼化處理也可以和易黏著處理一起倂用。 < <聚碳酸酯系樹脂> > 於本發明使用的聚碳酸酯系樹脂係指碳酸和二醇或2 -33- 200831962 價酚間之聚酯,當然包括以碳酸和2,2’-雙(4-羥苯基)-丙烷 (通稱爲雙酚A)爲構造單位之芳香族聚碳酸酯,在本發明中 無庸置疑地並沒有特別地限定,舉例來說,例如,其可以是 以從1 ,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷、1,1-雙(3-取代-4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷、1 ,1-雙(3,5-取代-4-羥苯基)·烷基環烷、9,9_雙(4_ 羥苯基)烯烴類構成群組中所選出的至少一種之2價酚做爲 單體成分之同元或共聚合聚碳酸酯、以上述之2價_和雙_ A做爲單體成分之聚碳酸酯的混合物、以上述之2價酹和雙 酚A做爲單體成分之共聚合聚碳酸酯。 1 ,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷之具體例子,舉例來說,例 如,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,彳_雙(4-羥苯 基)-3,3-二甲基-5,5-二甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-羥苯基)-3,3-二甲基-5-甲基環戊烷等。 可做爲1,1-雙(3-取代-4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷者係爲經碳 原子數1〜12之烷基、鹵素基所取代的彳j-雙(4_羥苯基)— 烷基環烷;舉例來說,例如,其可以是1,1-雙(3-甲基-4-羥 苯基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1_雙(3-乙基-4-羥苯基)·3,3-二甲基-5,5-二甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(3-氯·4-羥苯基)-3,3-二甲 基-4-甲基環戊院、1,1-雙(3-溴-4-羥苯基)-3,3-二甲基-5-甲 基環戊烷等。 可做爲1,1 -雙(3,5-取代-4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷係經碳原 子數爲1〜1 2之烷基、鹵素基所取代的彳,>| _雙(4-羥苯基)-烷基環烷;舉例來說,例如,其可以是1,1-雙(3-甲基-4-羥 -34- 200831962 苯基)-3,3,5 -三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(3,5-二氯-4 -羥苯 基)-3,3-二甲基-5-甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(3-乙基-5-甲基-4-羥 苯基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(3,5-二甲基-4-羥苯 基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1 ,1-雙(3,5-二甲基-4-羥苯 基)-3,3-二甲基-5-甲基環己烷等。 可做爲9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)烯烴類者,舉例來說,例如, 其可以是9,9-雙(4·羥苯基)莽、9,9-雙(3-曱基-4·羥苯基) 荞、9,9-雙(3-乙基-4-羥苯基)莽等。 更且,可以使用其他的雙酚成分;舉例來說,例如,其 可以是2,2’-雙(4-羥苯基)丙烷(雙酚A)、4,4’-( α -甲基亞苄 基)雙酚、雙(4-羥苯基)甲烷、2,2’-雙(4-羥苯基)丁烷、3,3’-雙(4-羥苯基)戊烷、4,4’-雙(4-羥苯基)庚烷、4,4’-雙(4-羥苯 基)2,5-二甲基庚烷、雙(4-羥苯基)甲基苯基丁甲烷、雙(4-羥苯基)二苯基甲烷、2,2’-雙(4-羥苯基)辛烷、雙(4-羥苯基) 辛烷、雙(4-羥苯基)4·氟苯基甲烷、2,2’-雙(3-氟-4-羥苯基) 丙烷、雙(3,5-二甲基-4-羥苯基)甲烷、2,2’-雙(3,5-二甲基-4-羥苯基)丙烷、雙(3,5_二甲基-4-羥苯基)苯基乙烷、雙(3-甲 基-4-羥苯基)二苯基甲烷等;此等係可單獨使用,或者也可 以混合2種以上來使用。 上述聚碳酸酯,除了含上述之雙酚成之外,尙含有使用 少量脂肪族、芳香族二酸做爲酸成分之共單體的聚酯碳酸 酯。 可做爲芳香族二羧酸者,舉例來說,例如,對酞酸、異 -35- 200831962 酞酸、p -二甲苯二醇、雙(4-經苯基)-甲院、1,1’_雙(4_經苯 基)-乙烷、1,1 雙(4-羥苯基)-丁烷、2,2乂雙(4-羥苯基)-丁院 等。此等之中,較宜是對酞酸、異酞酸。 所使用的聚碳酸酯之黏度平均分子量較宜是2, 〇〇〇〜 100,000,更宜是 5,000〜70,000,更理想是 7,000〜 50,000 ° 以在濃度爲0.7克/dL之二甲基氯溶液中,於20 t;下所 測定的比黏度來表示,較宜是0.07〜2.70,更宜是0.15〜 1 .80,更理想是0.20〜1 .30。就黏度平均分子量小於2,〇〇〇 者而論,由於其所得到的薄膜會變脆而不合適;而在1 0 〇,〇 〇 〇 以上者,則由於薄膜之加工性變困難而不理想。 聚碳酸酯系樹脂,也可以是和聚酯系樹脂同樣地,視需 要而添加紫外線吸收劑。又,爲了強化和偏光子間之黏著 性,則可以實施乾燥處理、易黏著處理。 由聚碳酸酯系樹脂製造薄膜之方法,舉例來說,例如, 其可以是溶液流延法、熔融擠壓法等;然而較宜是厚度均一 性優異、不產生凝膠、隆起、魚眼、刮傷等之光學缺點的方 法。 < <環烯烴系樹脂> > 所謂環烯烴系樹脂係指,例如,具有由像降萡烯或多環 降萡烯系單體這樣之環狀烯烴(環烯烴)所構成的單位之熱 可塑性樹脂。 這種環烯烴系樹脂,除了可以是環烯烴之開環聚合物、 •36- 200831962 或使用2種以上之環烯烴而成的開環聚合物之氫化物之 外’也可以是環烯烴和鏈狀烯烴或具有乙烯基的芳香族間之 加成共聚物。 降萡烯系樹脂係一種在其重複單位中具有降萡烯骨架 之物;舉例來說,例如,在特開平3-14882號公報、特開平 3-1 22 1 37號公報等之上所揭示的公知樹脂。在本發明中, 其係可以適合使用習用之公知的降萡烯系樹脂;舉例來說, 例如’其可以是降范燃系單體之開環聚合物氫化物、降宿烯 f : 系單體之加成聚合物、降萡烯系單體和乙烯、α -烯烴等之 烯烴系單體間之加成聚合物;降萡烯系單體和環戊烯、環辛 烯、5,6-二氫二環戊二烯等之環狀烯烴系單體間之加成聚合 物、及此等之聚合物的改性物等。 上述之降泪嫌系單體,舉例來說,例如,其可以是降范 烯、5 -甲基-2 -降萡烯、5 -乙基-2 -降萡烯、5 - 丁基-2 -降范_、 5-亞乙基-2-降栢烯、5-甲氧羰基-2-降萡烯、5,5_二甲基 降萡烯、5 -氰基-2 -降萡烯、5 -甲基-5甲氧羰基-2-降蓓烯、 5-苯基-2-降萡烯、5-苯基-5-甲基-2-降萡烯、乙烯-四環十二 嫌共聚物、6 -甲基 _1,4: 5,8-二甲并-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-八氫 萘、6-乙基-1,4:5,8-一甲并-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-八氫萘、6-甲基-1,4: 5,8-亞乙基-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-八氫萘、6 -氯 -1,4: 5,8-二甲并 _1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-八氫萘、6·氰基 μ,4: 5,8-二甲并-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-八氫萘、6-吡啶基-1,4:5,8- 一甲并-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-八氫萘、6-甲氧鑛基_1,4:5,8_ -37- 200831962 1,4-二甲并-1,4,4a,4b —^甲并-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-八氯萘、1,4- a, 5,8,8a-八氫-2.3-Further, a cross-linking agent of a vinyl alcohol-based polymer is added as a component of the composition, whereby the water resistance of the adhesive layer can be improved. The above-mentioned crosslinking agent is not particularly limited and may be selected according to the purpose, and for example, it may be a phenol resin, a melamine resin, a polyamine polyurea, a dimethylol urea, a dihydroxyl group. A melamine, a polyvalent compound, a dialdehyde compound, a polyvalent isocyanate resin, an oxirane compound, a polyamidoamine alcohol compound, an activated vinyl compound, and a two-carbon micronizer are plate-shaped homogenized, more widely, Then ~50 is a small substance and thus the compound resin is appropriate, urea epoxide ester -27-200831962 compound, thiol-containing compound (polyvalent carboxylic acid polyvalent compound), colloidal vermiculite, chromium salt, polyvalent metal salt, boric acid a titanium compound such as phosphoric acid, polyacrylic acid, dicarboxylic acid, adipic anhydride, succinic anhydride, tetraisopropyl titanate or diisopropoxy bis(acetonitrile) titanate; A coupling agent such as 3-glycidylpropyl methoxy decane or a radical generator such as a peroxide can also be used. Further, a catalyst for promoting a crosslinking reaction and other additives may be added. The amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by weight based on (crosslinking agent / (vinyl alcohol polymer + crosslinking agent)). /. The above is particularly preferably 2% by mass or more. The mass ratio of the crosslinking agent is less than 0.5 mass with respect to both the PVA-based polymer and the crosslinking agent. /. In the case of this, the effect of adding a crosslinking agent cannot be exhibited. The mass ratio of the crosslinking agent is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass, based on both the vinyl alcohol polymer and the crosslinking agent. /. Hereinafter, it is more desirable to be 30% by mass or less. Among the crosslinking agents such as the aldehyde compound, since there is a substance which turns yellow due to heat, it is necessary to reduce the amount of the crosslinking agent to reduce the discoloration to the allowable range. Inside. A method of forming a coating layer made of a vinyl alcohol polymer or a vinyl alcohol polymer and an inorganic layered compound may be a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a roll coating method, or a line- Among the above-mentioned methods, such as a rod coating method, a gravure coating method, or an extrusion coating method (mold coating method) (refer to the specification of US Pat. No. 2,668,242), a micro gravure coating method, and the like, From the viewpoint of high productivity and uniformity of the coating film, it is suitable to use a micro-gravure -28-200831962 printing coating method or a die coating method. In this case, in order to optimize the liquid viscosity of the coating device at the time of film formation, a viscosity adjusting agent such as a tackifier may be added to the coating liquid to adjust the liquid viscosity of the coating liquid. Further, in order to further improve the moisture permeability and the water resistance of the coating layer, it is preferred to apply the coating layer on the deuterated cellulose-based substrate, and then carry out the coating at 90 ° C or more and 150 ° C or less for several minutes. The heat treatment is more preferably heated at 1 30 ° C or higher and 1 50 ° C or lower. The heat treatment time is preferably from 1 minute to 20 minutes, more preferably from 5 minutes to 15 minutes, from the viewpoint of productivity and water resistance. Further, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the resin and the cellulose-deposited cellulose substrate, it is preferred to subject the deuterated cellulose to an alkalization treatment in advance. The thickness of the coating layer is preferably from 1 to 10 μm, more preferably from 2 to 9 μm, still more preferably from 3 to 8 μm. <<Polyester-based resin>> The polyester-based resin is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, it may be polyethylene terephthalate or polynaphthalene. Ethylene dicarboxylate, polybutylene terephthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, and the like. Among these, it is particularly preferable to use polyethylene terephthalate from the viewpoint of cost and mechanical strength. Among them, a particularly desirable material is a resin obtained by subjecting an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and an aliphatic diol to polycondensation. As the aromatic diacid, in addition to terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, or the like may be used, and such lower alkyl esters (anhydrides, lower alkyl esters, etc.) may be used. An ester derivative can be formed). -29- 200831962 The aliphatic diols are ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanol, diethylene glycol, and P-dimethyl glycol. Among them, polyethylene terephthalate obtained by reacting terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol is preferably used as a main component. The main component is polyethylene terephthalate, which means that the repeating unit of polyethylene terephthalate accounts for 80% by mass or more of the copolymer, or in the case of blending, it contains 80% by mass or more of the pair. Ethylene phthalate. The polyester used in the protective film may be further copolymerized with other components or may be blended with other polymers within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. The aforementioned polyester, for example, may be a monofunctional compound such as benzoic acid, benzalkonium benzoate, benzyloxybenzoic acid or methoxypolyalkylene glycol, which blocks the terminal hydroxyl group and Any one of the carboxyl groups, or, for example, a compound having a very small amount of a trifunctional or tetrafunctional ester such as glycerin or pentaerythritol, and a substantially linear copolymer can be obtained. Modified inside. Further, in order to enhance the heat resistance of the film, the polyester used in the present invention may be copolymerized with a bisphenol compound or a compound having a naphthalene ring or a cyclohexane ring. Further, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester used in the present invention is preferably 80 ° C or more, more preferably 90 ° C or more. When the film is less than 80 ° C, the dimensionality under high temperature and high humidity may be deteriorated. The T g is obtained from the peak of tan 5 measured by dynamic viscoelasticity. -30- 200831962 The polyester used in the present invention may also contain an antioxidant. In particular, in the case where the polyester is a compound having a polyoxyalkylene group, the effect is particularly remarkable. The antioxidant to be contained is not particularly limited, and various antioxidants can be used. For example, it may be an antioxidant such as a hindered phenol compound, a phosphite compound or a thioether compound. . Among them, from the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferably an antioxidant of a hindered phenol compound. The content of the antioxidant is usually from 0.01 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the polyester. In the above polyester film, slipperiness can be imparted as needed. The means for imparting the slipperiness is not particularly limited. However, it is generally a method of adding an external particle to which an inert inorganic particle is added to a polyester, a method of depositing an internal particle which precipitates a catalyst to be added when synthesizing a polyester, or A method of coating a surfactant on a surface of a film or the like. In the polyester film, in order to prevent deterioration of the polarizer and the liquid crystal, an ultraviolet absorber may be added as needed. From the viewpoint of excellent ultraviolet absorbing ability and good liquid crystal display property, as the ultraviolet absorbing agent, it is preferred that the polyester film to which the ultraviolet absorbing agent is added has a transmittance of 0 to 50 at a wavelength of 380 nm. %, more preferably 〇~ 30%, more ideally 〇~1 〇%. Further, the penetration rate at 600 nm is preferably 80 to 100%, more preferably 8 5 to 1 〇 〇 %, and more desirably 9 0 to 1 0 0 %. The polyester film is preferably a polyester film formed by biaxial stretching. In the case of the above polyester film, it can be carried out by a known method. In this case, the longitudinal direction means the film forming direction (long axis direction) of the film, and the horizontal direction 200831962 is the direction perpendicular to the film forming direction of the film. First, the raw material polyester is formed into a nine-grain shape, dried by hot air or vacuum dried, then melt-extruded, and extruded into a sheet shape by a τ mold, and adhered to a cooling roll by an electrostatic application method or the like to be solidified by cooling. An unstretched sheet is obtained. Next, the obtained unstretched sheet is heated to a glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester film to (Tg + 100) ° C by at least one of a plurality of roll groups and a heating device such as infrared heating. Within the range, one or more longitudinal stretching methods are performed. Next, the polyester film was stretched in the longitudinal direction obtained by the above-described method, and transversely stretched in a temperature range of Tg to Tm (melting point), followed by heat setting. The heat-fixed film is usually cooled to below Tg, and the jaw holding portions at both ends of the film are cut and taken up. In this case, it is preferable to carry out a relaxation treatment of 0.1 to 1 〇 % in at least one of the lateral direction and the longitudinal direction in a temperature range of not more than the final heat-fixing temperature or more than Tg. The means for cooling and relaxation treatment is not particularly limited, and it can be carried out by a conventionally known means. However, from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional stability of the film, it is particularly preferable to carry out the cooling while sequentially cooling the plurality of temperature regions. deal with. The conditions suitable for the heat setting conditions and the cooling relaxation treatment conditions are different depending on the polyester constituting the film, and the physical properties of the obtained stretched film may be measured and adjusted according to appropriate adjustment. The way the feature is decided. Further, in the production of the above film, a functional layer such as an antistatic layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer or a barrier layer may be applied at least one time before and after stretching from -32 to 200831962. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, atmospheric piezoelectric slurry treatment, and chemical liquid treatment can be carried out as needed. The clamp holding portion at both ends of the cut film may be used as a film of the same type after being subjected to pulverization treatment or, if necessary, granulation treatment, depolymerization, repolymerization, or the like. Raw materials or raw materials for different types of film. The thickness of the polyester film is preferably 5 to 200 μm, more preferably 5 to 1 1 μm, and more desirably 40 to 100 μm. [Adhesion to polarizer] The adhesive surface between the polyester resin and the polarizer can be lifted as needed. Representative examples of such a treatment are, for example, a drying treatment and an easy adhesion treatment. Specific examples of the drying treatment are, for example, corona treatment, gas corona treatment, plasma treatment, low pressure UV treatment and the like. Examples of easy-to-adhere treatments, for example, coating easy-to-adhere materials. The adhesive material may be, for example, a fiber-based resin, a virgin resin, a sand compound coupler, a sand base, a PVA, a nylon, a styrene resin, or the like. Drying and easy adhesion treatment can also be used together. Alternatively, the adhesion can be improved by alkalizing with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. The alkalization treatment can also be used together with the easy adhesion treatment. <<Polycarbonate-Based Resin>> The polycarbonate-based resin used in the present invention means a polyester between a carbonic acid and a diol or a valence phenol of 2 -33 - 200831962, of course, including carbonic acid and 2,2 '-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane (generally referred to as bisphenol A) is an aromatic polycarbonate of a structural unit, and is not unquestionably limited in the present invention, for example, it may Is from 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane, 1,1-bis(3-substituted-4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane, 1,1-di (3) , 5-substituted-4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane, 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) olefin, at least one selected from the group consisting of divalent phenols as a monomer component Or a copolymerized polycarbonate, a mixture of the above-mentioned bis- and bis-A as a monomer component, a copolymerized polycarbonate having the above-mentioned divalent hydrazine and bisphenol A as a monomer component ester. Specific examples of 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane, for example, 1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane 1, 彳 bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5,5-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3- Dimethyl-5-methylcyclopentane and the like. It can be used as 1,1-bis(3-substituted-4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane as 彳j-double (4_ substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a halogen group. Hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane; for example, it may be 1,1-bis(3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1_bis(3-ethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)·3,3-dimethyl-5,5-dimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(3-chloro-4-hydroxyl Phenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-4-methylcyclopentanol, 1,1-bis(3-bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5-methyl ring Pentane and the like. It can be used as a 1,1 -bis(3,5-substituted-4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane which is substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a halogen group, > - bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-alkylcycloalkane; for example, it may be 1,1-bis(3-methyl-4-hydroxy-34-200831962phenyl)-3,3, 5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(3,5-dichloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5-methylcyclohexane, 1,1-double (3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5-methylcyclohexane Alkane, etc. It can be used as a 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) olefin, for example, it can be 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene, 9,9-bis(3- Indole-4-hydroxyphenyl) anthracene, 9,9-bis(3-ethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene, and the like. Further, other bisphenol components may be used; for example, it may be 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (bisphenol A), 4,4'-(α-methyl group Benzylidene bisphenol, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane, 3,3'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)pentane, 4 , 4'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)heptane, 4,4'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)2,5-dimethylheptane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylphenyl Methane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)diphenylmethane, 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)octane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)octane, bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) 4) fluorophenylmethane, 2,2'-bis(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2'- Bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)phenylethane, bis(3-methyl-4-hydroxybenzene) Diphenylmethane or the like; these may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The above polycarbonate contains, in addition to the above-mentioned bisphenol, a polyester carbonate containing a conjugated monomer having a small amount of an aliphatic or aromatic diacid as an acid component. It can be used as an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, for example, for citric acid, iso-35-200831962 decanoic acid, p-xylene diol, bis(4-phenylene)-methyl, 1,1 '_Bis(4-phenyl)-ethane, 1,1 bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-butane, 2,2 bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-butyl or the like. Among these, it is more suitable for citric acid and isophthalic acid. The polycarbonate used has a viscosity average molecular weight of preferably from 2, 〇〇〇 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably from 7,000 to 50,000 °, in a dimethyl chloride solution having a concentration of 0.7 g/dL. The specific viscosity measured at 20 t; is preferably 0.07 to 2.70, more preferably 0.15 to 1.80, more preferably 0.20 to 1.30. Insofar as the average molecular weight of the viscosity is less than 2, it is not suitable because the obtained film becomes brittle; and in the case of 10 〇 or more, it is difficult to be difficult due to the processability of the film. . In the polycarbonate resin, an ultraviolet absorber may be added as needed in the same manner as the polyester resin. Further, in order to enhance the adhesion between the polarizers and the polarizers, drying treatment and easy adhesion treatment can be carried out. The method for producing a film from a polycarbonate resin may be, for example, a solution casting method, a melt extrusion method, or the like; however, it is preferably excellent in thickness uniformity, no gelation, bulging, fish eyes, A method of optical defects such as scratching. <<Cycloolefin-based resin> The term "cycloolefin-based resin" means, for example, a unit composed of a cyclic olefin (cycloolefin) such as a decene- or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer. Thermoplastic resin. The cycloolefin-based resin may be a cyclic olefin and a chain, in addition to a ring-opening polymer of a cyclic olefin, 36-200831962 or a hydride of a ring-opening polymer obtained by using two or more kinds of cyclic olefins. An olefin or an aromatic addition copolymer having a vinyl group. The decene-based resin is one which has a decylene skeleton in the repeating unit, and is disclosed, for example, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. Known resin. In the present invention, it may be suitably used in a conventionally known decene-based resin; for example, 'which may be a ring-opening polymer hydride of a reduced-flammable monomer, valerene f: Addition polymer between body addition polymer, norbornene monomer and olefin monomer such as ethylene or α-olefin; norbornene monomer and cyclopentene, cyclooctene, 5, 6 An addition polymer of a cyclic olefin monomer such as dihydrodicyclopentadiene or a modified product of the polymer. The above-mentioned tear-reducing monomer, for example, may be a norbornene, 5-methyl-2-northene, 5-ethyl-2-northene, 5-butyl-2 -Danfan_, 5-ethylidene-2-norbornene, 5-methoxycarbonyl-2-northene, 5,5-dimethylnordecene, 5-cyano-2 -nordecene , 5-methyl-5-methoxycarbonyl-2-northene, 5-phenyl-2-northene, 5-phenyl-5-methyl-2-northene, ethylene-tetracyclic Copolymer, 6-methyl-1,4: 5,8-dimethyl-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-octahydronaphthalene, 6-ethyl-1,4: 5,8-monomethyl-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-octahydronaphthalene, 6-methyl-1,4:5,8-ethylene-1,4,4a ,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalene, 6-chloro-1,4: 5,8-dimethyl-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalene , 6 · cyano μ, 4: 5,8-dimethyl-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-octahydronaphthalene, 6-pyridyl-1,4:5,8- Monomethyl-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-octahydronaphthalene, 6-methoxyl base_1,4:5,8_-37- 200831962 1,4-dimethyl- 1,4,4a,4b —^A-1,4,43,5,6,7,8,83-octachloronaphthalene, 1,4- a, 5,8,8a-octahydro-2.3-

5,8,8a,9a-八氫萘、5,8-甲并-i,2,3,4,4a 環戊二乙并萘、4,9: -1H-苯偶因烯、4,11 : 5,10 : 9,9 a,1 0,1 0 a,1 1,1 1 a-十二氫-1 η-五蒽等。 上述之降萡烯系單體的聚合方法可以是公知的方法,視 需要可以與其他的能夠共聚合之單體進行共聚合,亦可以藉 由加氫而做成降范烯系聚合物氫化物。 又’也可以藉由公知的方法,使用α,Θ -不飽和羧酸及 其衍生物、苯乙烯系烴、嫌經系不飽和鍵、及持有能夠水解 的基之有機矽化合物、不飽和環氧單體等,將聚合物或聚合 物氫化物予以改性。 上述之聚合係可以使用丨「、Os、Ru之三氯化物的含水 鹽、MoC15、WC16、ReCI5、(C2H5)3A卜(C2H5)3AI/TiCI4、(π C4H7)4Mo/TiCU、(ττ _C4H7)4W/TiCI4、(7Γ -C3H5)3Cr/WCI6 等做爲聚合媒介來進行。 做爲上述的降萡烯系樹脂者,例如,已上市的日本麗陽 公司製之商品名「ZEO NOR」、「ZEONEX」 ,JSR公司製 之商品名「ARTON」,日立化成工業公司製之商品名 「OPTOREZ」,三井石油化學工業公司製之商品名「APEL」 等之市售品。 降萡烯系樹脂係和聚酯系樹脂同樣地可以視需要而添 加紫外線吸收劑。又,爲了強化與偏光子間之黏著性’可以 -38- 200831962 實施乾燥處理、易黏著處理。 〔降萡烯系樹脂薄膜之製造方法〕 降萡烯系樹脂薄膜係可以藉由熔融成形法而加以成形。 熔融成形法係包括使用T模之方法及膨脹法等之熔融 擠壓法、廉冪法、熱壓法、射出成形法等。其中,較宜是厚 度不均勻性小、容易加工成50〜500微米左右之厚度、且遲 滯的絕對値及其變異小的使用T模之熔融擠壓法。 熔融成形之條件係和具有同等程度的Tg之聚碳酸酯上 ^ 所使用的條件相同。例如,在使用T模之熔融擠壓法中,較 宜是選擇樹脂溫度爲240〜300°C左右、收集輥之溫度設定 在比較高溫之1 〇〇〜1 50°C左右、且可以將樹脂慢慢冷卻之 條件。 又,爲了使模線等之表面缺陷變小,則需要將模具中的 滯留部極力地縮小的構造,因而較宜是使用模具之內部及肋 上極度沒有損傷之物。 又,此等之薄片,係可以視需要地藉由硏磨表面而更進 一步地提昇表面精度。 <第二保護薄膜> 做爲第二保護薄膜者,從偏光板加工時之生產性的觀點 來看,其係可以使用醯化纖維素,尤其更適合使用2 5 °C、 相對濕度爲10%下之面內方向的遲滯値(Re10)和在25t、 相對濕度爲80%下之面內方向的遲滯値(Re80)間之差的絕 對値,除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60 %下之面內方向的遲滯 -39- 200831962 値(R e 6 0 )之値g r係0.0 6以上。 以下,詳細記載醯化纖維素。 於本發明中使用來做爲醯化纖維素原料之纖維素係有 綿花絮及木材紙漿等,然而亦可以使用從任何的原料纖維素 得到的醯化纖維素,也可以混合使用。 又’在本發明中,醯化纖維素較宜是使用對於纖維素之 經基的取代度爲完全滿足下述之式(I )及(π )的醯化纖維 素: 2.30^ SA + SB< 2.80 ...........式(I) OS SBS 1_〇〇...............式(Π ) 此處,在式(I )及(Π )中,SA及SB係代表被纖維素之 羥基所取代的醯基之取代基,SA係代表乙醯基之取代度, SB係代表碳原子數爲3〜4的醯基之取代度。 構成纖維素之/3 -1,4鍵結的葡萄糖單位係在2位、3位 及6位上具有游離基。醯化纖維素係藉由醯基將此等之羥基 的一部分或全部予以酯化而成的聚合體(聚合物)。醯基取代 度係指對於2位、3位及6位的各個纖維素爲酯化的比例 (100%酯化之取代度爲1)的意思。 光學異方向性的發現性之觀點來看,在本發明中,羥基 之SA及SB的取代度之總和較宜是2.30 S SA+ SB < 2.80, 更宜是 2.30SSA+SB< 2.60。 另外,取代度之總和愈小時,會有愈不容易發現複折 射、且透濕率也會有變大的問題。因此,本發明人等發現: -40- 200831962 藉由使第一保護薄膜的透濕度成爲300克/平方公尺•日以 下時,即便是在使用2.30SSA+SB<2_80的醯化纖維素薄 膜之情況下,亦可以抑制光學特性因濕度變化所引起的遲滯 値變化。 在本發明中使用的纖維素衍生物之醯化纖維素的合成 方法之基本原理係記載於右田他、木材化學第180〜190頁 (共立出版,1 968年)。代表性之合成方法係藉由羧酸酐一醋 酸一硫酸觸媒之液相醯化法。在本發明中使用的纖維素衍生 物薄膜,較宜是構成薄膜的聚合物成分爲由實質上具有上述 定義之纖維素衍生物來形成的。所謂「實質上」係指聚合物 成分之55質量%以上(較宜是70質量。/〇,更宜是80質量% 以上)的意思。較宜是使用纖維素衍生物粒子來做爲製造薄 膜的原料。較宜是在所使用的粒子之中有90質量%以上爲 具有0.5〜5毫米之粒徑。又,較宜是在所使用的粒子之中 有50質量%以上爲具有1〜4毫米之粒徑。纖維素衍生物粒 子較宜是具有儘可能近似球形之形狀。 在本發明中較適合使用的纖維素衍生物之聚合度,其較 宜是黏度平均聚合度爲200〜700、更宜是250〜550、更理 想是250〜400、特佳是250〜350者。 平均聚合度係可以藉由宇田氏等之極限黏度法(宇田和 夫、齊藤秀夫’纖維學會誌第18卷第1號第1〇5〜120頁, ,9 62年)來測定。另外,於特開平9-95538上也是有詳細記 載0 -41- 200831962 又,本發明中使用的醯化纖維素較宜是以凝膠透析色譜 分析儀測定之M w/Mn(Mw爲質量平均分子量,Μη爲數平均 分子量)的分子量分布爲狹小的。Mw/Mn之範圍較宜是1.Q 〜1.7,更宜是1.3〜1.65,更理想是1.4〜1.6。 <<膜厚度方向的折射率爲最大之醯化纖維素薄膜> > 從光學補償的觀點來看,也可以使用在膜厚度方向的折 射率爲最大之醯化纖維素薄膜。 液晶胞之驅動模式係沒有特別的限制,可以按照目的而 適當地選擇,然而,例如,可以使用I P S模式、E C B模式、 VA模式,此等之中,適合使用IPS模式。 做爲與醯化纖維素之構成單位的/3 -葡萄糖環上之3個 羥基連結的取代基,較宜是具有分極率異方向大的取代基。 可藉由在醯化纖維素上導入分極率異方向性大的取代基、且 調整其他的取代基及取代度,來得到在膜厚度方向的折射率 爲最大之光學補償薄膜。 〔取代基之末端間距及分極率異方向性〕 在膜厚度方向的折射率爲最大之纖維素衍生物的取代 基之末端間距及分極率異方向性係使用高西恩〇 3 (版本 B.03,美高西恩公司之軟體)計算而得。 末端間距係經由B3LYP/6-3 1 G*級之計算予以構造最適 化之後,當做最分開的原子間距而算出的。 分極率異方向性係使用經由B3LYP/6-31 G*級之計算予 以最適化的構造,以 3LYP/6-31G**級計算分極率,將所得 -42- 200831962 到的分極率異方向性張量予以對角化之後,從對角成分算出 的。 在計算取代基的末端間距及分極率異方向性之際,係將 與纖維素衍生物之構成單位的^ -葡萄糖環上之羥基連結的 取代基計算在含有羥基的氧原子之部分構造中而求得的。 在膜厚度方向的折射率爲最大之纖維素衍生物的分極 率異方向性係藉由下述之數式(A)加以定義的。另外,在下 述之數式(A)之中,ax、ay、αζ係將分極率張量予以對角 化後而得到的固有値,a X - a y 2 a ζ。 Δ a = αχ— (ay + a ζ) 12.........數式(A) 該分極率異方向性係與薄膜拉伸時之向拉伸垂直方向 的折射率發現性有關。即,在前述之分極率異方向性小的情 況下,可在拉伸方向上發現遲相軸,而在前述之分極率異方 向性大的情況下,可在拉伸垂直方向上發現遲相軸。5,8,8a,9a-octahydronaphthalene, 5,8-methyl-i,2,3,4,4a cyclopentaphthalene, 4,9: -1H-phenylene terene, 4,11 : 5,10 : 9,9 a,1 0,1 0 a,1 1,1 1 a-dodecane-1 η-quinone. The method for polymerizing the above-described norbornene-based monomer may be a known method, and may be copolymerized with other copolymerizable monomers as needed, or may be hydrogenated to form a decene-based polymer hydride. . Further, it is also possible to use an α, an oxime-unsaturated carboxylic acid and a derivative thereof, a styrene-based hydrocarbon, an odorary unsaturated bond, and an organic ruthenium compound having a hydrolyzable group, and an unsaturated method by a known method. An epoxy monomer or the like is used to modify a polymer or a polymer hydride. The above polymerization system may be a hydrated salt of ", Os, Ru trichloride, MoC15, WC16, ReCI5, (C2H5) 3A (C2H5) 3AI / TiCI4, (π C4H7) 4Mo / TiCU, (ττ _C4H7) 4W/TiCI4, (7Γ-C3H5)3Cr/WCI6, etc. are used as a polymerization medium. As the above-mentioned decene-based resin, for example, the product name "ZEO NOR" manufactured by Japan's Liyang Co., Ltd., " ZEONEX", the product name "ARTON" manufactured by JSR Corporation, the product name "OPTOREZ" manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd., and the product name "APEL" manufactured by Mitsui Petrochemical Industries Co., Ltd., and other commercial products. Similarly to the polyester resin, the decene-based resin may be added with an ultraviolet absorber as needed. In addition, in order to enhance the adhesion to the polarizer, it is possible to carry out drying treatment and easy adhesion treatment at -38 to 200831962. [Method for Producing Phenol-Based Resin Film] The norbornene-based resin film can be formed by a melt molding method. The melt molding method includes a melt extrusion method such as a method using a T mold and an expansion method, an inexpensive power method, a hot press method, and an injection molding method. Among them, a melt extrusion method using a T mold which is small in thickness unevenness, easy to process to a thickness of about 50 to 500 μm, and hysteresis and a small variation thereof is preferable. The conditions for melt forming are the same as those used for the polycarbonate having the same degree of Tg. For example, in the melt extrusion method using a T-die, it is preferred to select a resin temperature of about 240 to 300 ° C, and the temperature of the collecting roller is set at a relatively high temperature of about 1 to 150 ° C, and the resin can be used. Slowly cool the conditions. Further, in order to reduce the surface defects of the mold line or the like, it is necessary to reduce the retention portion in the mold as much as possible. Therefore, it is preferable to use the inside of the mold and the rib without extremely damage. Moreover, such sheets can be further improved in surface accuracy by honing the surface as needed. <Second Protective Film> As the second protective film, from the viewpoint of productivity in processing of the polarizing plate, it is possible to use cellulose deuterated, and it is particularly preferable to use 25 ° C and a relative humidity of The absolute 値 of the difference between the retardation 値 (Re10) in the in-plane direction at 10% and the hysteresis Re (Re80) in the in-plane direction at 25t and relative humidity of 80%, divided by 25°C and relative humidity Hysteresis in the in-plane direction at 60% -39- 200831962 値(R e 6 0 ) 値gr is 0.0 6 or more. Hereinafter, cellulose deuterated is described in detail. The cellulose used as the raw material for deuterated cellulose in the present invention is cotton fluff, wood pulp or the like. However, deuterated cellulose obtained from any raw material cellulose may be used, or may be used in combination. Further, in the present invention, the cellulose deuterated cellulose is preferably a cellulose which has a degree of substitution with respect to the cellulose group and which satisfies the following formulas (I) and (π): 2.30^SA + SB< 2.80 ...........Formula (I) OS SBS 1_〇〇...............Formula (Π) Here, in Formula (I) and In (Π), SA and SB represent substituents of a mercapto group substituted by a hydroxyl group of cellulose, SA represents a degree of substitution of an ethyl group, and SB represents a degree of substitution of a mercapto group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms. . The glucose unit constituting the /3 -1,4 linkage of cellulose has a radical at the 2, 3 and 6 positions. The deuterated cellulose is a polymer (polymer) obtained by esterifying a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of the thiol group. The thiol substitution degree means the ratio of esterification to each of the celluloses at the 2, 3, and 6 positions (the degree of substitution of 100% esterification is 1). From the viewpoint of the discovery of optical anisotropy, in the present invention, the sum of substitution degrees of SA and SB of the hydroxyl group is preferably 2.30 S SA + SB < 2.80, more preferably 2.30 SSA + SB < 2.60. Further, the smaller the sum of the degrees of substitution, the less likely it is that the complex fold is found and the moisture permeability is also increased. Therefore, the present inventors have found that: -40-200831962, even when the moisture permeability of the first protective film is 300 g/m 2 · day or less, even if a cellulose oxide film of 2.30 SSA + SB < 2_80 is used In this case, it is also possible to suppress a change in hysteresis caused by a change in optical characteristics due to humidity. The basic principle of the synthesis method of cellulose derivative of cellulose derivative used in the present invention is described in Odita, Wood Chemistry, pp. 180-190 (Kyoritsu Publishing, 1 968). A representative synthesis method is a liquid phase hydration method using a carboxylic acid anhydride-monoacetic acid-sulfuric acid catalyst. The cellulose derivative film used in the present invention is preferably a polymer component constituting the film formed of a cellulose derivative substantially having the above definition. The term "substantially" means 55 mass% or more of the polymer component (preferably 70 mass% / 〇, more preferably 80 mass% or more). It is preferred to use cellulose derivative particles as a raw material for producing a film. It is preferable that 90% by mass or more of the particles to be used have a particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 mm. Further, it is preferable that 50% by mass or more of the particles to be used have a particle diameter of 1 to 4 mm. The cellulose derivative particles are preferably in a shape having a spherical shape as close as possible. The polymerization degree of the cellulose derivative which is more suitably used in the present invention is preferably a viscosity average polymerization degree of 200 to 700, more preferably 250 to 550, more preferably 250 to 400, and particularly preferably 250 to 350. . The average degree of polymerization can be measured by the limit viscosity method of Uda et al. (Uda Kazuo, Saito Hideo, Fiber Society, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 1, pp. In addition, it is also described in detail in JP-A-9-95538. 0-41-200831962 Further, the cellulose-deposited cellulose used in the present invention is preferably Mw/Mn (Mw is a mass average) measured by a gel dialysis chromatograph. The molecular weight distribution of the molecular weight, Μη is the number average molecular weight) is narrow. The range of Mw/Mn is preferably 1.Q to 1.7, more preferably 1.3 to 1.65, more preferably 1.4 to 1.6. <<Deuterated cellulose film having the largest refractive index in the film thickness direction>> From the viewpoint of optical compensation, a cellulose oxide film having a maximum refractive index in the film thickness direction can also be used. The driving mode of the liquid crystal cell is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. However, for example, an I P S mode, an E C B mode, or a VA mode may be used, and among them, the IPS mode is suitably used. The substituent which is bonded to the three hydroxyl groups on the /3-glucose ring of the constituent unit of the deuterated cellulose is preferably a substituent having a large difference in the polar ratio. An optical compensation film having a maximum refractive index in the film thickness direction can be obtained by introducing a substituent having a large difference in the polarization ratio into the deuterated cellulose and adjusting the other substituents and the degree of substitution. [Terminal spacing of the substituents and the polarization of the polarization ratio] The terminal spacing and the polarization of the substituents of the cellulose derivative having the largest refractive index in the film thickness direction are the high-intensity (version B.03, The software of the company is calculated. The end spacing is calculated by the calculation of the B3LYP/6-3 1 G* level and then calculated as the most separate atomic spacing. The polarization rate isotropically uses a configuration optimized by B3LYP/6-31 G* level, and the polarization ratio is calculated at 3LYP/6-31G**, and the resulting polarization is different from -42 to 200831962. After the tensor is diagonalized, it is calculated from the diagonal component. When calculating the terminal pitch of the substituent and the heteropolarity of the partiality, the substituent which is bonded to the hydroxyl group on the - glucose ring of the constituent unit of the cellulose derivative is calculated in a partial structure of the oxygen atom containing a hydroxyl group. Obtained. The polarization heterogeneity of the cellulose derivative having the largest refractive index in the film thickness direction is defined by the following formula (A). Further, in the following formula (A), ax, ay, and α are inherent flaws obtained by diagonally dividing the polarization tensor, a X - a y 2 a ζ. Δ a = αχ—(ay + a ζ) 12.........Formula (A) The fractional heterogeneity is related to the refractive index perpendicularity in the vertical direction of stretching of the film. . That is, in the case where the above-described partial polarization anisotropy is small, the slow phase axis can be found in the tensile direction, and in the case where the above-described partial polarization is different in directivity, the late phase can be found in the vertical direction of the stretching. axis.

爲了得到具有在膜厚度方向之遲滯爲負値的光學補薄 膜,則前述之分極率異方向性愈大愈好,更宜是 2.5 X 1(T24cm_3,更理想是 3.5x10_24cm_3,特佳爲 4.5x10-24cm-3。 在膜厚度方向的折射率爲最大之較佳的纖維素衍生 物,較宜是脂肪酸醯基、和具有取代或未取代的芳香族醯基 之混合酸酯。 此處,前述之取代或未取代的芳香族醯基,舉例來說, 例如,其可以是以下述之一般式(A)所代表的基。 -43- 200831962 οIn order to obtain an optical complementary film having a hysteresis in the film thickness direction, the above-mentioned partial polarity is more excellent, preferably 2.5 X 1 (T24 cm_3, more preferably 3.5×10_24 cm_3, particularly preferably 4.5×10). -24 cm-3. A preferred cellulose derivative having a maximum refractive index in the film thickness direction is preferably a fatty acid sulfhydryl group and a mixed acid ester having a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic fluorenyl group. The substituted or unsubstituted aromatic fluorenyl group, for example, may be a group represented by the following general formula (A): -43- 200831962

一股式(Α> 首先,說明一般式(Α)。在一般式(Α)中,X爲取代基, 該取代基的例子,舉例來說’例如,其可以是鹵素原子、氰 基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、醯基、羧醯胺基、磺醯 胺基、脲基芳烷基、硝基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、芳烷氧基 羰基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、醯氧基、烯基、炔基、烷基磺 醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷氧基擴醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、烷基磺 醯氧基、及芳基磺醯氧基、—S—R、— NH— CO—OR、— PH— R、— P(一 R)2、—PH— 〇 - R、— P(- R)(— 0—R)、— P(—〇一R)2、一 PH(=〇)一R— P(=〇)(一 R)2、一PH(=〇)— 〇一R、一 p (=〇)(一 R)( —〇一 R)、一 P(=〇)( — 〇一R)2、一 〇一PH(=〇)一R、一 〇一P(=〇)(一 R)2 —〇—PH (=〇)— 〇 —r、 一 〇— p(二〇)(一 R)( —〇一R)、一〇一P(=〇)(—〇 — R)2、一 NH-PH(二〇)—R、— NH— p(=〇)(— R)(— 〇-R)、 —NH—P(=〇)(一 〇— R)2、— SiH2— R、一 SiH(—R)2、— Si( — R)3、一〇一SiH2— R、一 〇 — SiH( — R)2、及一^ Si( — R) 3 o 上述之R爲脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基。取代基之 數目,較宜是一個至五個,更宜是一個至四個,更续想是一 個至三個,特佳爲一個或二個。 -44- 200831962 前述之取代基較宜是鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、烷氧基、 芳基、芳氧基、醯基、羧醯胺基、磺醯胺基及脲基;此等之 中,更宜是鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基 及羧醯胺基;此等之中,更理想是鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、 烷氧基及芳氧基;此等之中,特佳爲鹵素原子、烷基及烷氧 基;在此等之中,特佳爲爲院基。 上述之鹵素原子係包括氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原 子。 f 又,上述之烷基的子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是甲基、 乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、t-丁基、己基、環己基、辛基 及2-乙基己基。 又,上述之烷氧基可以是環狀構造,或者也可以具有分 枝。烷氧基之碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜是1至12,更 理想是1至6,特佳爲1至4。 上述之院氧基也可以更進一步地被其他的院氧基所取 代。烷氧基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是甲氧基、乙 \ 氧基、2 -甲氧基乙氧基、2 -甲氧基-2-乙氧基、丁氧基、己氧 基及辛氧基。 上述之芳基之碳原子數較宜是6至20,更宜是6至12。 該芳基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是苯基及萘基。 又,上述之芳氧基之碳原子數較宜是6至20,更宜是 6至1 2。該芳氧基的例子’舉例來說,例如,其可以是苯氧 基及萘氧基。 -45- 200831962 又,上述之醯基之碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜是1 至12。該醯基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是甲醯基、 乙醯基及苯甲醯基。 又,上述之羧醯胺基之碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜 是1至1 2。該羧醯胺基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以 是乙醯胺基及苯甲醯胺基。 又,上述之磺醯胺基之碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜 是1至1 2。該磺醯胺基的例子係包括甲烷磺醯胺基、苯磺 ί 醯胺基及Ρ -甲苯磺醯胺。 又,上述之脲基之碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜是1 至1 2。該脲基的例子,舉例來說,例如,(未取代)脲基。 又,上述之烷基可是環狀構造,或者也可以具有分枝。 上述之烷基的碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜是1至12, 更理想是1至6,特佳爲1至4。 又,上述之芳烷基的碳原子數較宜是7至20’更宜是 7至1 2。該芳烷基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是苯甲 1 基、苯乙基及萘甲基。 又,上述之烷氧基羰基的碳原子數較宜是1至20,更 宜是2至1 2。該烷氧基羰基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其 可以是甲氧羰基。 又,上述之芳氧基鑛基的碳原子數較宜是7至20,更 宜是7至1 2。該芳氧基羰基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其 可以是苯氧羰基。 -46- 200831962 又,上述之芳烷氧基羰基的碳原子數較宜是8至20, 更宜是8至1 2。該芳烷氧基羰基的例子,舉例來說,例如, 其可以是本甲氧基鐵基。 又,上述之甲醯胺基的碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜 是1至1 2。該甲醯胺基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以 是(未取代)甲醯胺基及N-甲基甲醯胺基。 又,上述之磺醯胺基的碳原子數較宜是20以下,更宜 是1 2以下。該磺醯胺基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以 胃(未取代)磺醯胺基及N-甲基磺醯胺基。 又’上述之醯氧基的碳原子數較宜是1至20,更宜是 2 $ 1 2。該醯氧基的例子係包括乙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基。 上述之烯基的碳原子數較宜是2至20,更宜是2至12。 上述烯基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是乙烯基、烯丙 基及異丙醯基。 又’上述之炔基的碳原子數較宜是2至20,更宜是2 至1 2 °上述炔基的例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是噻吩 基。 又,上述之烷基磺醯基的碳原子數較宜是1至20,更 宜是1至12。 又,上述之芳基磺醯基的碳原子數較宜是6至20,更 且是6至1 2。 又,上述之烷氧基磺醯基的碳原子數較宜是1至20, 更宜是1至1 2。 -47- 200831962 又,上述之芳氧基磺醯基之碳原子數較宜是6至20, 更宜是6至12。 、 其次,在纖維素混合酸酯中之脂肪酸酯殘基內,舉例來 說,脂肪族醯基之碳原子數爲2〜2 0,具體而言,例如,其 可以是乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、三甲 基乙醯基、己酿基、辛醯基、月桂醯基、硬脂酿基等。在此 等之中,較宜是乙醯基、丙醯基及丁醯基;在此等之中,更 宜是乙醯基。 在本發明中,前述所謂之脂肪族醯基也包括更進一步地 具有取代基的意思;取代基,舉例來說,例如,其可以是例 示來做爲前述之一般式(A)的X之物。 又’在前述之一般式(A)中,取代芳香族環之取代基的 數目(η)較宜是α或1〜5個,更宜是1〜3個,更理想是1 或2個。 更且’當取代芳香族環的取代基數爲2個以上時,前述 之取代基可以是相同,也可以是相互不同。又,也可以相互 連結而形成縮合多環化合物(例如,萘、茚、茚滿、菲、喹 啉、異喹啉、色烯、色滿、二氮雜萘、吖啶、吲哚、吲哚啉 等)。 其次’向纖維素的羥基進行芳香族醯基取代的方法,舉 例來說’例如,一般可以使用芳香族羧酸氯化物、或由芳香 族羧酸所衍生的對稱酸酐、及混合酸酐之方法等;特佳的方 法’舉例來說’例如,其可以是使用由芳香族羧酸所衍生的 -48- 200831962 酸酐之方法(記載於應用聚合物科學期刊第2 9卷、第3 9 8 1 〜3990 頁(1 984 年))° 以上述方法來製造前述纖維素混合酸酯化合物之方 法,舉例來說,例如,其可以是(1)在一旦製造成纖維素脂 肪酸單酯或二酯之際,在殘留的羥基中,導入前述之以一般 式(A)所代表的芳香族醯基之混合酸酐之方法,(2)使纖維素 直接地與脂肪族羧酸和芳香族羧酸之混合酸酐反應的方法 等。 在上述(1 )之方法中,雖然纖維素脂肪酸酯或二酯之製 造方法本身是習知的方法,而更進一步地導入芳香族醯基之 後段反應會隨著芳香族醯基之種類而不同,然而反應溫度較 宜是0〜100°C,更宜是20〜50°c。 又,反應時較宜是在30分鐘以上,更宜是30〜300分 鐘。 又,使用上述(2)中的混合酸酐之方法,雖然反應條件 也是會隨著混合酸酐之種類而不同,然而反應溫度較宜是〇 〜100°C,更宜是20〜50°c。 又,反應時間較宜是30〜300分鐘,更宜是60〜200 分鐘。 在上述(1 )〜(2)中之任一反應,也可以是在無溶劑或溶 劑中之任一者下進行,然而較宜是使用溶劑來進行。該溶 劑,舉例來說,例如,可以是二氯甲烷、氯仿、二噚烷等。 取代度,當纖維素之羥基100%被取代時記爲3.0。另 -49- 200831962 外,取代度係可以從c13-nmr之醯基中的羰基碳的波峰強 度來求得。 芳香族醯基之取代度,在纖維素脂肪酸單酯的情況下, 相對於殘存的羥基而言,較宜是在2.0以下,更宜是0.1〜 2 · 0,更理想是0.1〜1 · 0。 又,纖維素脂肪酸二酯(纖維素二乙酸酯)的取代度,相 對於殘存的羥基而言,較宜是在1.0以下,更宜是0.1〜1.0。 另外,醯化纖維素之總取代度P A較宜是2.4〜3。One-step formula (Α> First, the general formula (Α) is illustrated. In the general formula (Α), X is a substituent, and an example of the substituent, for example, 'for example, it may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkane Alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, fluorenyl, carboxylamido, sulfonylamino, ureidoarylalkyl, nitro, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, amine Mercapto, sulfonyl, decyloxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryloxysulfonyl, alkylsulfonyloxy And arylsulfonyloxy, -S-R, -NH-CO-OR, -PH-R, -P(-R)2, -PH-〇-R, -P(-R)(- 0—R), —P(—〇一R)2, a PH(=〇)-R—P(=〇)(一R)2, a PH(=〇)—〇一R,一p (= 〇)(一R)(—〇一R), 一P(=〇)(—〇一R)2, 一〇一PH(=〇)-R, 一〇一P(=〇)(一R) 2 —〇—PH (=〇)—〇—r, 一〇—p(二〇)(一R)(—〇一R), 一〇一P(=〇)(—〇—R)2, one NH-PH (二〇)—R, — NH— p(=〇)(— R)(—〇-R), —NH—P(=〇)(一〇—R)2, —SiH2—R,—SiH(—R)2, —Si(— R 3, a mono-SiH2-R, a hydrazine-SiH (-R) 2, and a ^ Si (- R) 3 o The above R is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Preferably, it is one to five, more preferably one to four, and more preferably one to three, particularly preferably one or two. -44- 200831962 The above substituent is preferably a halogen atom or a cyano group. , an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a decyl group, a carboxy oxime group, a sulfonylamino group and a ureido group; among these, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group is more preferable a aryl group, an aryloxy group, a fluorenyl group and a carboxy oxime group; among these, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group are more preferable; among these, a halogen atom is particularly preferable. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group are particularly preferably a group. The above halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. f Further, the above-mentioned alkyl group is exemplified by Said, for example, it can be methyl, ethyl, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an octyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group. Further, the above alkoxy group may have a cyclic structure or may have a branch. The number of carbon atoms of the oxy group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12, still more preferably from 1 to 6, particularly preferably from 1 to 4. The above-mentioned oxy group may be further subjected to other oxy groups. The substituted alkoxy group, for example, may be, for example, a methoxy group, a ethoxy group, a 2-methoxyethoxy group, a 2-methoxy-2-ethoxy group, a butoxy group. Base, hexyloxy and octyloxy. The above aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group, for example, it may be a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. Further, the above aryloxy group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryloxy group' are exemplified by, for example, a phenoxy group and a naphthyloxy group. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the above mercapto group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of the fluorenyl group, for example, may be a fluorenyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group, and a benzamidine group. Further, the above-mentioned carboguanamine group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the carboxylamido group, for example, may be an acetamino group and a benzylamino group. Further, the above sulfonamide group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the sulfonamide group include methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonylamine and hydrazine-toluenesulfonamide. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the above urea group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of the ureido group are, for example, (unsubstituted) ureido groups. Further, the above alkyl group may have a cyclic structure or may have a branch. The above alkyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, still more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 4. Further, the above aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 20' carbon atoms in an amount of 7 to 12'. Examples of the aralkyl group, for example, may be a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group. Further, the above alkoxycarbonyl group has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms. An example of the alkoxycarbonyl group, for example, it may be a methoxycarbonyl group. Further, the above aryloxy ore group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms. An example of the aryloxycarbonyl group, for example, it may be a phenoxycarbonyl group. Further, the above-mentioned aralkoxycarbonyl group preferably has 8 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 12 carbon atoms. An example of the aralkyloxycarbonyl group, for example, it may be a present methoxy iron group. Further, the above mercaptoamine group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the formamidine group, for example, may be (unsubstituted) formamidine and N-methylformamido. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the above sulfonamide group is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less. Examples of the sulfonamide group are, for example, a gastric (unsubstituted) sulfonamide group and an N-methylsulfonylamino group. Further, the above-mentioned decyloxy group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 $1 2 . Examples of the decyloxy group include an ethoxylated group and a benzamidineoxy group. The above alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the above alkenyl group are, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group and an isopropenyl group. Further, the above alkynyl group has a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 12 °, and is exemplified by, for example, a thienyl group. Further, the above alkylsulfonyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, the above-mentioned arylsulfonyl group has preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, the above alkoxysulfonyl group has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, the above-mentioned aryloxysulfonyl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. And, in the fatty acid ester residue in the cellulose mixed acid ester, for example, the aliphatic fluorenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specifically, for example, it may be an ethyl ketone group or a propylene group. Sulfhydryl, butyl sulfhydryl, isobutyl fluorenyl, pentamidine, trimethylethenyl, hexyl, octyl, laurel, stearyl and the like. Among these, it is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group; among these, it is preferably an ethyl group. In the present invention, the aforementioned aliphatic thiol group also includes the meaning of having a further substituent; the substituent, for example, may be exemplified as the X of the above general formula (A) . Further, in the above general formula (A), the number (?) of the substituents replacing the aromatic ring is preferably α or 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. Further, when the number of substituents of the substituted aromatic ring is two or more, the above substituents may be the same or different from each other. Further, they may be linked to each other to form a condensed polycyclic compound (for example, naphthalene, anthracene, anthracene, phenanthrene, quinoline, isoquinoline, chromene, chroman, diazepine, acridine, anthracene, anthracene). Porphyrin, etc.). Next, a method of performing an aromatic thiol group substitution to a hydroxyl group of cellulose, for example, "for example, an aromatic carboxylic acid chloride, a symmetric acid anhydride derived from an aromatic carboxylic acid, and a method of mixing an acid anhydride can be generally used. A particularly preferred method 'for example' may be, for example, a method using an anhydride derived from an aromatic carboxylic acid - 48-200831962 (described in the Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 29, No. 3 9 8 1 3990 (1 984)) The method for producing the aforementioned cellulose mixed acid ester compound by the above method, for example, it may be (1) at the time of production of a cellulose fatty acid monoester or diester In the residual hydroxyl group, a method of introducing a mixed acid anhydride of the above aromatic sulfhydryl group represented by the general formula (A), and (2) reacting the cellulose directly with a mixed acid anhydride of an aliphatic carboxylic acid and an aromatic carboxylic acid Method etc. In the method of the above (1), although the method for producing the cellulose fatty acid ester or the diester itself is a conventional method, the reaction of the aromatic sulfhydryl group further introduces the type of the aromatic thiol group. Different, however, the reaction temperature is preferably 0 to 100 ° C, more preferably 20 to 50 ° C. Further, the reaction time is preferably 30 minutes or more, more preferably 30 to 300 minutes. Further, in the method of using the mixed acid anhydride in the above (2), the reaction conditions may vary depending on the type of the mixed acid anhydride, but the reaction temperature is preferably 〇 100 ° C, more preferably 20 to 50 ° C. Further, the reaction time is preferably from 30 to 300 minutes, more preferably from 60 to 200 minutes. The reaction in any of the above (1) to (2) may be carried out in the absence of a solvent or a solvent, but it is preferably carried out using a solvent. The solvent may, for example, be dichloromethane, chloroform, dioxane or the like. The degree of substitution is recorded as 3.0 when 100% of the hydroxyl groups of the cellulose are substituted. In addition, the degree of substitution can be determined from the peak intensity of the carbonyl carbon in the fluorenyl group of c13-nmr. The degree of substitution of the aromatic thiol group is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 0.1 to 2 · 0, more preferably 0.1 to 1 · 0, in the case of the cellulose fatty acid monoester, relative to the residual hydroxyl group. . Further, the degree of substitution of the cellulose fatty acid diester (cellulose diacetate) is preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0, based on the residual hydroxyl group. Further, the total substitution degree P A of the deuterated cellulose is preferably 2.4 to 3.

/ 又,爲使發現負的Rth,則較宜是導入在Θ -葡萄糖環 之2位、3位上的分極率異方向性大的取代基。2位、3位 推測由於其自由度係比從0 -葡萄糖環透過碳原子而被導入 取代基之6位的自由度還低之緣故,從而所導入的取代基容 易在膜厚度方向配向,容易藉由拉伸處理而使配向於膜厚度 方向。 以下例示以一般式(A)所代表的芳香族醯基之具體例 子,然而本發明不是限制於此等之物而已。 另外,在本發明,以一般式(A)所代表的芳香族醯基, 較宜是下述具體例子中的編號1、3、5、6、8、13、18及 28;此等之中,更宜是編號1、3、6、13。Further, in order to find a negative Rth, it is preferred to introduce a substituent having a large partial unipolarity in the 2-position and the 3-position of the Θ-glucose ring. The 2nd position and the 3rd position are presumed to be lower in the degree of freedom than the 6th position in which the substituent is introduced from the 0-glucose ring through the carbon atom, so that the introduced substituent is easily aligned in the film thickness direction, which is easy. The film is oriented in the film thickness direction by a stretching treatment. Specific examples of the aromatic fluorenyl group represented by the general formula (A) are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the present invention, the aromatic fluorenyl group represented by the general formula (A) is preferably the numbers 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 13, 18 and 28 in the following specific examples; More preferably, the numbers 1, 3, 6, and 13.

-50 200831962-50 200831962

οο

-51- 200831962-51- 200831962

32 H3CO\A〇〜。-O"4— -52- 20083196232 H3CO\A〇~. -O"4— -52- 200831962

月旲厚度方向的折射率爲最大之醒化纖維素較宜 350〜800之質量平均聚合度,更宜是具有370〜600 平均聚合度。 又,膜厚度方向的折射率爲最大之醯化纖維素較 有70, 〇〇〇〜230,000之數平均分子量,更宜是具有 是具有 之質量 宜是具 75,000 -53- 200831962 〜230,000之數平均分子量,更理想是具有 78,000〜 1 20,000之數平均分子量。 醯化劑,其係可以使用酸酐或酸氯化物。 在前述之醯化劑爲酸酐的情況下,可以使用有機酸(例 如,乙酸)或二氯甲烷來當做反應溶劑。前述之觸媒,其係 可以使像硫酸這樣的的質子性觸媒。 在前述之醯化劑爲酸氯化物的情況下,可以使用鹼擋觸 媒來當做觸媒。 已知的工業上最普通之合成方法,係爲一種以含有與乙 醯基及其他的醯基相對應之有機酸(乙酸、丙酸、丁酸)或彼 等之酸酐(乙酸酐、丙酸酐、丁酸酐)之混合有機酸成分,將 纖維素予以酯化而合成纖維素酯的方法。 在此方法中,多半的情況是:將如綿花絮及木材紙漿這 樣的纖維素,在經以像乙酸這樣的有機酸予以活性化處理過 後,再於硫酸觸媒之存在下,使用如以上所述這樣的有機酸 成分之混合液來進行酯化。 ί· 有機酸酐成分,一般相對於纖維素中所存在之羥基量而 言,其係使用過剩量。 於此種酯化處理中,除了進行酯化反應外,尙且進行纖 維素主鏈/3 1-> 4-葡萄糖鍵之水解反應(解聚反應。) 當進行主鏈之水解反應時,則纖維素酯之聚合聚就會下 降,並降低所製造的纖維素酯之物性。 因此,如反應溫度之反應條件,較宜是考慮所得到的纖 -54- 200831962 維素酯之聚合度及分子量而決定。 爲了得到聚合度高(分子量大)的纖維素酯,則將酯化反 應步驟中的最高溫度調節成50°C以下是重要的事。 前述之最高溫度較宜是調節成35〜50 °C,更宜是調節 成37〜47 °C。由於若反應溫度是在35 °C以上的話,酯化反 應就可以順利地進行的緣故,所以較佳。由於若反應溫度是 在50°C以下得話,就會發生纖維素酯之聚合度下降等之不 合適的緣故,因而不理想。 ^ 當在酯化反應之後,一邊抑制溫度上昇一邊停止反應 時,即可以更進一步地抑制聚合度之下降,並可以合成高聚 合度之纖維素酯。 亦即,當在反應終了後添加反應停止劑(例如,水、乙 酸)時,與酯化反應無關的過剩酸酐就會水解而附帶生成對 應的有機酸。 此種水解反應會伴隨著激烈的發熱而使得反應裝置內 之溫度上昇。 ( 只要反應停止反應的添加速度不會過大的話,就不會發 生:超過反應裝置之冷卻能力而急速地發熱,使得纖維素主 鏈之水解反應顯著地進行,而造成所得到的纖維素酯聚合度 下降等之問題。 又,在酯化反應中的一部分觸媒會與纖維素結合,其中 之大部分會在添加反應停止中從纖維素解離出來。 此時,如果反應停止劑的添加速度不過大的話,則就可 -55- 200831962 以確保使觸媒解離之充分的反應時間,從而就難以發生因一 部分觸媒結合於纖維上之狀態下所殘留的問題。 含有部分結合的強酸觸媒之纖維素酯,其安定性非常不 佳,容易因於乾燥製品時之熱等而分解以致聚合度下降。 由於此等理由,在酯化反應之後,較宜是花4分鐘以 上、更宜是4〜3 0分鐘的時間來添加反應停止劑,以期停止 反應。另外,反應停止劑之添加時間若是在3 0分鐘以下的 話,由於不會產生工生產性下降等之問題,所以較佳。 (、 做爲反應停止劑者,一般係可以使用分解酸酐之水或 醇。但是,在本發明中,爲使不會析出對於各種有機溶劑之 溶解性低的三酯,則較宜是使用水和有機酸之混合物來做爲 反應停止劑。當在如以上之條件下實施酯化反應時,就可以 容易地合成質量平均聚合度爲500以上之高分子量纖維素 酯。 < <醯化纖維素薄膜之製造> > 前述醯化纖維素薄膜係藉由溶劑流延法製造。溶劑流延The refractive index of the meniscus in the thickness direction is the highest, and the average degree of polymerization is preferably from 350 to 800, and more preferably from 370 to 600. Further, the refractive index of the film thickness direction is the largest, and the average molecular weight of the cellulose is more than 70, 〇〇〇~230,000, and more preferably has a mass average of 75,000 -53 - 200831962 ~ 230,000 The molecular weight, more desirably, has an average molecular weight of from 78,000 to 120,000. A oximation agent which can use an acid anhydride or an acid chloride. In the case where the aforementioned hydrating agent is an acid anhydride, an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid) or dichloromethane may be used as the reaction solvent. The aforementioned catalyst can be a protonic catalyst such as sulfuric acid. In the case where the aforementioned deuterating agent is an acid chloride, a base blocking medium can be used as a catalyst. The most common synthetic method known in the industry is an organic acid (acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid) or an anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride) containing an oxime group and other sulfhydryl groups. A method of synthesizing a cellulose ester by esterifying cellulose with a mixed organic acid component of butyric anhydride. In this method, most of the cases are: cellulose such as cotton and wood pulp is activated by an organic acid such as acetic acid, and then used in the presence of a sulfuric acid catalyst, as described above. A mixture of such organic acid components is described for esterification. ί· The organic acid anhydride component is generally used in excess of the amount of hydroxyl groups present in the cellulose. In the esterification treatment, in addition to the esterification reaction, the hydrolysis reaction (depolymerization reaction) of the cellulose main chain /3 1-> 4-glucose bond is carried out. When the main chain hydrolysis reaction is carried out, Then, the polymerization of the cellulose ester is lowered, and the physical properties of the produced cellulose ester are lowered. Therefore, the reaction conditions such as the reaction temperature are preferably determined in consideration of the degree of polymerization and molecular weight of the obtained cellulose-54-200831962 vitamin ester. In order to obtain a cellulose ester having a high degree of polymerization (large molecular weight), it is important to adjust the maximum temperature in the esterification reaction step to 50 ° C or lower. The aforementioned maximum temperature is preferably adjusted to 35 to 50 ° C, and more preferably to 37 to 47 ° C. When the reaction temperature is 35 ° C or more, the esterification reaction can be carried out smoothly, which is preferable. When the reaction temperature is at most 50 °C, the degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is unfavorable, which is not preferable. When the reaction is stopped while suppressing the temperature rise after the esterification reaction, the decrease in the degree of polymerization can be further suppressed, and the cellulose ester having a high degree of polymerization can be synthesized. That is, when a reaction terminator (e.g., water or acetic acid) is added after the end of the reaction, the excess acid anhydride which is not related to the esterification reaction is hydrolyzed to form a corresponding organic acid. Such a hydrolysis reaction causes a temperature rise in the reaction apparatus with intense heat generation. (As long as the reaction rate of the reaction stop reaction is not excessively large, it does not occur: rapid heating occurs beyond the cooling capacity of the reaction apparatus, so that the hydrolysis reaction of the cellulose main chain proceeds remarkably, resulting in polymerization of the obtained cellulose ester. Further, a part of the catalyst in the esterification reaction is combined with cellulose, and most of them are dissociated from the cellulose in the stop of the addition reaction. At this time, if the reaction stopper is added at a high speed, If it is large, it can be -55-200831962 to ensure sufficient reaction time for dissociation of the catalyst, so that it is difficult to cause problems due to the binding of a part of the catalyst to the fiber. The cellulose ester has very poor stability and is easily decomposed due to heat or the like in the case of drying the product, so that the degree of polymerization is lowered. For these reasons, after the esterification reaction, it is preferred to spend 4 minutes or more, more preferably 4 ~30 minutes to add the reaction stop agent, in order to stop the reaction. In addition, if the addition time of the reaction stop agent is less than 30 minutes It is preferred because it does not cause problems such as a decrease in productivity, etc. (As a reaction-stopping agent, water or an alcohol which decomposes an acid anhydride can be generally used. However, in the present invention, in order to prevent precipitation In the case of a triester having a low solubility in an organic solvent, it is preferred to use a mixture of water and an organic acid as a reaction stopper. When the esterification reaction is carried out under the above conditions, the mass average degree of polymerization can be easily synthesized. It is a high molecular weight cellulose ester of 500 or more. <<> Manufacture of a cellulose-deposited film>> The above-described cellulose-deposited film is produced by a solvent casting method.

C 法係使用將醯化纖維素溶解於有機溶劑中而成的溶液(塗布 液)來製造薄膜。 以下,記述可溶解纖維素衍生物的有機溶劑。 首先,記載關於在製作纖維素衍生物的溶液時合適使用 的氯系有機溶劑。 只要是在可以溶解纖維素衍生物流延的範圍內,可以達 成其目的者,氯系有機溶劑就沒有特別限定。 -56- 200831962 此等氯系有機溶劑,較宜是二氯甲烷、氯仿。特佳爲二 氯甲烷。 又’混合氯系有機溶劑以外的有機溶劑也是不會有特別 的問題。在該情況下,氯系有機溶劑較宜是使用至少50質 量%以上。 以下’說明可使用的非氯系有機溶劑。也就是說,較佳 的非氯系有機溶劑,較宜是從碳原子數爲3〜12之酯、酮、 醚、醇、烴等之中選取的溶劑。酯、酮、醚及醇也可以含有 f 環狀構造。 又,和氯系有機溶劑倂用的醇,較佳者可以是直鏈,可 以是具有分枝,也可以是環狀;其中,較宜是飽和脂肪族烴。 酉学的經基可以是第一級〜第三級中之任一者。 醇的例子係包括甲醇、乙醇、1 -丙醇、2 -丙醇、1 - 丁醇、 2-丁醇、t-丁醇、1-戊醇、2-甲基-2-丁醇及環己醇。 另外,也可以使用氟系醇來當做醇。舉例來說,例如, 其可以是2氟乙醇、2,2,2-三氟乙醇、2,2,3,3-四氟-1-丙醇 L: 等。 再者,烴可以是直鏈,可以是具有分枝,也可以是環狀。 可以使用芳香族烴和脂肪族烴中之任一種。脂肪族烴可以是 飽和’也可以是不飽和。烴的例子係包括環己烴、己院、苯、 甲苯及二甲苯。 其次,記述非氯系有機溶劑。在本發明之中,在可以溶 解纖維素衍生物流延的範圍內,只要是可以達成其目的者, -57- 200831962 非氯系有機溶劑就沒有特別限定。 非氯系有機溶劑較宜是從碳原子數爲3〜1 2的酯、酮、 醚中所選出的溶劑。醚、酮及醚也可以具有環狀構造。 又,也可以使用具有醚、酮及醚的官能基(g卩,一 Ο—、 —C Ο —及一 C Ο Ο -)中的任2個以上的化合物來做爲主溶 劑’例如,也可以具有像醇性羥基這樣之其他的官能基。 在具有2種類以上之官能基的主溶劑之情況下,其碳原 子數只要是在具有任何官能基的化合物之規定範圍內,即 C1 可。 碳原子數爲3〜12的酯類的例子,舉例來說,例如其 可以是乙基甲酸酯、丙基甲酸酯、戊基甲酸酯、甲基乙酸酯、 乙基乙酸酯及戊基乙酸酯。 碳原子數爲3〜12的酮類的例子,舉例來說,例如其 可以是丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、 及甲基環己酮。 碳原子數爲3〜12的醚類的例子,舉例來說,例如其 可以是二異丙基醚、二甲氧基甲烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,4-二 噚烷、1 ,3-二氧雜環戊烷、四氫呋喃、苯甲醚、苯乙醚。 具有二種類以上之官能基的有機溶劑之例子,舉例來 說,例如其可以是2-乙氧基乙基乙酸酯、2-甲氧基乙醇及 2-丁氧基乙醇。 就以上之纖維素衍生物中所使用的非氯系有機溶劑而 論,雖然可按照前述之種種觀點來選定,然而較佳者爲如以 -58- 200831962 下所述。亦即,纖維素衍生物的較佳溶劑爲含有相互不同的3 種類以上之混合溶劑,第1溶劑係從乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、甲 酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、丙酮、二氧雜環戊烷、二噚烷中所選取的 至少一種或彼等之混合液;第2溶劑係從碳原子數爲3〜7之 酮類或乙酸乙酯所選出的,第3溶劑係從碳數爲1〜1 0之醇或 烴中選出的,更宜是碳原子數爲1〜8之醇。另外,在第1溶 劑爲2種以上之溶劑的混合液之情況下,也可以沒有第2溶 劑。第1溶劑更宜是乙酸甲酯、丙酮、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、 f% % ' 或此等之混合物;第2溶劑較宜是丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、 環己酮、乙醯乙酸甲酯,也可以是彼等之混合液。 纖維素衍生物雖然較宜是溶解於有機溶劑中使成學1 〇 〜30質量%,然而更宜是3〜27質量%,特佳爲溶解成15 〜2 5質量%之纖維衍生物水溶液。製造此等濃度之纖維素衍 生物的方法,可以在溶解階段按照使成爲預定的濃度之方式 來實施;又,也可以預先製作成低濃度溶液(例如,9〜1 4 / 質量%)之後,再以濃度製程調整成指定的高濃度溶液。另 外,也可以在預先的高纖維素衍生物後,再添加各種的添加 物做成指定的低濃度之纖維素衍生物。 〔添加劑〕 在前述醯化纖維素溶液中,也可以在各調製步驟中隨著 用途而加入各種的添加劑(例如,可塑劑、紫外線防止劑、 光學異方向性控制劑、微粒子、剝離劑、紅外線吸收劑等); 彼等可以是固體,也可以是油狀物。亦即,關於其熔點及沸 -59- 200831962 點係沒有特別地限定。例如,20 °C以下和20 °C以上之紫外 線吸收材料之混合物,同樣地和可塑劑之混合物等,例如, 記載於特開平2001 -1 51 901號等。再者,紅外吸收染料, 例如,記載於特開平2001 -1 94522號。又,其添加時期, 雖然是可以在塗布液製作步驟中的任何時候添加,然而也可 以在塗布液製作步驟的最後調製步驟中,增加加入添加劑的 調製步驟來進行。另外,各材料的添加量,只是能夠呈現機 能即可,並沒有特別地限定。又,在醯化纖維素薄膜爲由多 層形成的情況下,各層的添加物的種類及添加量也可以均不 同。例如,在特開平2001 d 5 1 902等之上已有記載,此等 係爲向來所已知的技術。 可以使用先前技術已提案者來做爲使透濕度少量化的 材料。 又,在特開2002-22956號公報上,已揭示一種將高分 子化可塑劑添加於醯化纖維素中之方法。 又’在特開2002-1 46044號公報上,已揭示一種使用 松香系可塑劑之方法。 又,在特開2001 -343528號公報上,已揭示一種倂用 疏水性可塑劑和劣化防止劑的方法。 又’在特開2002-14230號公報上,已揭示一種使用含 有二個芳香族環之化合物的方法。 又,在特開平9-90101號公報上,已提案一種改變醯 化纖維素使成爲疏水性物之方法。 -60- 200831962 更具體的材料例示如下,然而可使用於本發明中的透濕 度控制劑,係不限定於以下者。In the C method, a film (coating liquid) obtained by dissolving deuterated cellulose in an organic solvent is used to produce a film. Hereinafter, an organic solvent capable of dissolving a cellulose derivative will be described. First, a chlorine-based organic solvent which is suitably used in the production of a solution of a cellulose derivative is described. The chlorine-based organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can achieve its purpose within the range in which the cellulose derivative can be dissolved. -56- 200831962 These chlorine-based organic solvents are preferably dichloromethane or chloroform. Particularly preferred is methylene chloride. Further, organic solvents other than the mixed chlorine-based organic solvent are not particularly problematic. In this case, the chlorine-based organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of at least 50% by mass or more. The following describes the non-chlorinated organic solvents that can be used. That is, a preferred non-chlorine organic solvent is preferably a solvent selected from the group consisting of esters, ketones, ethers, alcohols, hydrocarbons, and the like having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Esters, ketones, ethers and alcohols may also contain an f-ring structure. Further, the alcohol to be used in combination with the chlorine-based organic solvent may preferably be a straight chain, and may have a branch or a ring; and among them, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon is preferred. The basis of dropping out of school can be any of the first level to the third level. Examples of the alcohol include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, and a ring. Hexanol. In addition, a fluorine-based alcohol can also be used as the alcohol. For example, it may be 2 fluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol L: and the like. Further, the hydrocarbon may be linear, may have a branch, or may have a ring shape. Any of an aromatic hydrocarbon and an aliphatic hydrocarbon can be used. The aliphatic hydrocarbon may be saturated or unsaturated. Examples of hydrocarbons include cyclohexyl hydrocarbon, hexanyl, benzene, toluene, and xylene. Next, a non-chlorine-based organic solvent will be described. In the present invention, in the range in which the cellulose derivative can be cast, as long as it can achieve the object, the non-chlorinated organic solvent is not particularly limited. The non-chlorine organic solvent is preferably a solvent selected from the group consisting of esters, ketones and ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The ethers, ketones and ethers may also have a cyclic structure. Further, any two or more of the functional groups (g卩, Ο-, -C Ο, and one C Ο Ο) having an ether, a ketone, and an ether may be used as a main solvent. For example, It may have other functional groups such as an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In the case of a main solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups, the number of carbon atoms may be within a predetermined range of a compound having any functional group, that is, C1. Examples of the ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may, for example, be an ethyl formate, a propyl formate, a valerate, a methyl acetate or an ethyl acetate. And pentyl acetate. Examples of the ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may, for example, be acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, and methylcyclohexanone. . Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may, for example, be diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1, 3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole, phenylethyl ether. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups may, for example, be 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol. With respect to the non-chlorine-based organic solvent used in the above cellulose derivative, although it can be selected in view of the above various viewpoints, it is preferably as described in -58-200831962. That is, a preferred solvent for the cellulose derivative is a mixed solvent containing three or more kinds different from each other, and the first solvent is derived from methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, acetone, and dioxane. At least one selected from the group consisting of pentane and dioxane or a mixture thereof; the second solvent is selected from a ketone or ethyl acetate having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and the third solvent is from a carbon number The alcohol selected from the group consisting of 1 to 10 alcohols or hydrocarbons is more preferably an alcohol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Further, when the first solvent is a mixed solution of two or more kinds of solvents, the second solvent may not be used. The first solvent is more preferably methyl acetate, acetone, methyl formate, ethyl formate, f% % ' or a mixture of the same; the second solvent is preferably acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexane Ketone, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, may also be a mixture thereof. The cellulose derivative is preferably dissolved in an organic solvent to have an amount of from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 27% by mass, particularly preferably an aqueous solution of a fiber derivative dissolved in 15 to 25% by mass. The method of producing the cellulose derivative of such a concentration may be carried out in such a manner as to achieve a predetermined concentration in the dissolution stage; or, after a low concentration solution (for example, 9 to 14% by mass) may be prepared in advance, Then adjust the concentration process to the specified high concentration solution. Further, it is also possible to add various additives to a predetermined low-concentration cellulose derivative after the high cellulose derivative in advance. [Additive] In the above-mentioned deuterated cellulose solution, various additives may be added along with the use in each preparation step (for example, a plasticizer, an ultraviolet preventive agent, an optical anisotropic control agent, a fine particle, a release agent, and an infrared ray). Absorbents, etc.); they may be solid or oily. That is, the melting point and boiling point -59 - 200831962 are not particularly limited. For example, a mixture of ultraviolet absorbing materials of 20 ° C or less and 20 ° C or more, and a mixture of a plasticizer and the like are described, for example, in JP-A No. 2001-51901. Further, an infrared absorbing dye is described, for example, in JP-A No. 2001-1 94522. Further, although the addition period may be added at any time in the coating liquid preparation step, it may be carried out by adding a preparation step of adding an additive in the final preparation step of the coating liquid preparation step. Further, the amount of each material added is only required to exhibit a function, and is not particularly limited. Further, when the deuterated cellulose film is formed of a plurality of layers, the types and addition amounts of the additives of the respective layers may be different. For example, it has been described on the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-51 902, and the like. These are known techniques. It has been possible to use materials which have been proposed by the prior art as a material for miniaturizing the moisture permeability. Further, a method of adding a highly molecularized plasticizer to deuterated cellulose has been disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-22956. Further, a method of using a rosin-based plasticizer has been disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-1 46044. Further, a method of using a hydrophobic plasticizer and a deterioration preventing agent for enamel has been disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-343528. Further, a method of using a compound containing two aromatic rings has been disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-14230. Further, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-90101, a method of changing fluorinated cellulose to form a hydrophobic substance has been proposed. -60-200831962 A more specific material is exemplified as follows. However, the moisture permeability controlling agent which can be used in the present invention is not limited to the following.

〔遲滯値上昇劑〕 在與液晶胞成對向設置的第二保護薄膜中,爲了提高遲 滯値,則可以使用具有至少二個芳香族環之芳香族化合物來 做爲遲滯値上昇劑。此種遲滯値上昇劑係一種具有至少二個 芳香族環的芳香族化合物,舉例來說,例如其可以是三畊類 (三苯基-1,3,5-三阱)、三-m-甲苯基-1,3,5-三畊等)、順式 -1,4-環己烷二羧酸之二酯類(p-n-己基酚之二酯、p-n-胺基 酚之二酯等)。 其他的具體例子則係記載於特開2000-1 1 1 91 4號公 報、同2000-275434號公報、PCT/JP00/02619號說明書等。 也可以倂用二種類以上之芳香族化合物。芳香族化合物之芳 香族環,除芳香族烴環之外,尙包括芳香族性雜環。 -61- 200831962 遲滯値上昇劑之分子量較宜是300〜800。在使用醯化 纖維素做爲晶胞側保護薄膜的情況下,相對於1 〇〇質量份的 醯化纖維素而言,可使用〇.〇1〜20質量份之範圍的芳香族 化合物。相對於1 00質量份之醯化纖維素而言,較宜是使用 0.05〜15質量份的範圍之芳香族化合物,更宜是使用0.1〜 1 〇質量份之範圍。 與液晶胞成對向設置的第二保護薄膜,也可藉由向來所 已知的添加劑來縮小遲滯値。於特開平1 1 - 2 4 6 7 0 4號、特開 ( 平92574號及特開2000-63560號公報上,其係提案一種藉 由指定添加於醯化纖維素的可塑劑之種類,以減低複折射呈 現性之方法。 更詳細地來說,較宜是使用於發明協會公開技報(公技 5虎碼2001-1745、2001年3月15日發行、發明協會)中的 第1 6〜22頁上所詳細記載的材料。 在前述之空氣側保護薄膜上,雖然是需要添加抗紫外線 劑’然而在晶胞側保護薄膜上則不一定需要添加抗紫外線 V“- 劑。 〔塗布液之調製〕 可以藉由以0°C以上之溫度(常溫或高溫)進行處理之一 般方法,來調製醯化纖維素溶液。溶液之調製係可以使用普 通的溶劑流延法中的塗布液之調製方法及裝置來實施。另 外,在一般方法的情況下,較宜是使用鹵化烴(特別是二氯 甲院)來做爲有機溶劑。醯化纖維素的量係按照使在所得到 •62- 200831962 的溶液中所含之量成爲10〜40質量。/。的方式來進行調整。 醯化纖維素的量更宜是10〜30質量。/。。在有機溶劑(主溶劑) 中,也可以添加後述之任何的添加劑。 溶液係可以藉由在常溫(0〜4 0°C )將醯化纖維素和有機 溶劑一起攪拌來調製。高濃度的溶液也可以在加壓和加熱條 件下進行攪拌。具體而言,將醯化纖維素和有機溶劑投入加 壓容器並密閉,於加壓下一邊加熱到溶劑之常溫沸點以上且 在溶劑不沸騰範圍之溫度,一邊進行攪拌。 加熱溫度,通常較宜是在40 °C以上,更宜是60〜200 °C以上,更理想是8 0〜1 1 0 °C以上。 各成分也可以預先粗略混合之後再投入容器內。又,也 可以依次投入容器內。 容器有必要是可以進行攪拌之構成。可以注入氮氣等之 惰性氣體來加壓容器。又,也可以利用經加熱而提昇的溶劑 之蒸氣壓。或者,也可以將容器密閉後,於壓力下添加各成 分。 在加熱的情況下,較宜是從容器的外部進行加熱。例 如,可以使用套筒型之加熱裝置。又,也可以藉由在容器的 外部設置板式加熱器、進行配管使液體循環,來加熱整體之 容器。 較宜是在容器內部設置攪拌翼,並使用它來進行攪拌。 攪拌翼較宜是具有可達到容器壁附近之長度的物品。在攪拌 翼之末端上,爲了更新容器壁的液膜之目的,則較宜是設置 -63- 200831962 搔取翼。 在容器中,也可以設置壓力計、溫度計等之計量器類。 於容器內,使各成分溶解於溶劑中。經調製成的塗布液係於 冷卻之後再從容器取出來,或者取出之後再使用熱交換器等 予以冷卻。 也可以藉由冷卻溶解法來調溶液。冷卻溶解法係一種即 使是在以普通的溶解方法也不容易溶解的有機溶劑中,也可 以使醯化纖維素溶解之方法。另外,即便是一種以普通的溶 解方法能夠溶解醯化纖維素溶劑,當利用冷卻溶解法時,亦 可得到所謂的迅速均一之溶液的效果。從而,當只以非氯系 溶劑溶解時,較宜是使用冷卻溶解法。 就冷卻溶解法而論,最初是在室溫下,一邊攪拌一邊將 醯化纖維素添加到有機溶劑中。醯化纖維素的量較宜是調整 成使得在該混合物中含有1 〇〜4 0質量%。醯化纖維素的量 更宜是1 〇〜3 0質量%。另外,在混合物中也可以添加後述 之任何的添加劑。 1. 其次,較宜是將混合物冷卻到_ 1 〇 〇〜一 1 0 °c (更宜是— 80--10°C,更理想是—50--20°C,特佳爲—50--30 °C )。冷卻’例如,可以是在乾冰·甲醇浴(一 7 5 °C )中實施, 或者是在經冷卻之二乙二醇溶液(,3 〇 °C — 2 0 °C )中實施。藉 由冷卻,使得醯化纖維素和有機溶劑之混合物固化。 冷卻速度較宜是4°C /分以上,更宜是8°C /分以上,更 理想是12°C /分以上。 -64- 200831962 冷卻速度雖然是愈快愈好,然而理論上的上限是 1 0,000°c/秒,而技術上的上限是1,000°c/秒,又實用上的 上限是1 〇〇°c /秒。另外,冷卻速度是開始冷卻時之溫度和最 終的冷卻溫度間之差,除以開始冷卻至達到最終冷卻溫度的 時間之値。 再者,當將它加溫到0〜200°c (更宜是0〜150°C,更 理想是〇〜1 2 0 °c,特佳爲0〜5 0 °C )時,醯化纖維素則溶解 於有機溶劑中。昇溫不但是可以放置於室溫中進行,也可以 溫浴加溫來進行。 加溫速度較宜是4°C /分以上,更宜是8°C /分以上,更 理想是1 2 °C /分以上。加溫速度雖然是愈快愈好,然而理論 上的上限是1〇,〇〇〇°C/秒,而技術上的上限是1,〇〇〇°C/秒, 又實用上的上限是1 0 0 °C /秒。 另外,加溫速度是開始加溫時之溫度和最終的加溫溫度 間之差,除以開始加溫至達到最終加溫溫度的時間之値。 按照以上所述的作法,即可以得到均一的溶液。另外, 在溶解不夠充分的情況下,也可以重複地進行冷卻、加溫之 操作。溶解是否充分可以只藉由目視觀察溶液之外觀來判 斷。 在冷卻溶解法中,爲了避免冷卻時之結露而引起水分混 入,則希望是使用密閉容器。又,在冷卻加溫操作中,當在 冷卻進行加壓而加溫進行減壓時,即可以縮短溶解時間。爲 了實施加壓和減壓,則望是使用耐壓性容器。 -65- 200831962 另外,經藉由冷卻溶解法而將醯化纖維素(醯化度: 60.9%、黏度平均聚合度:299)溶解於乙酸甲酯而成的20 質量%溶液,當以示差掃描熱量計(DSC)測定時,其係於30 °C附近存在著溶膠狀態和凝膠狀態間之疑似相轉移點,而在 此溫度下則成爲均一的凝膠狀態。從而,此溶液有需要是保 持在疑似相轉移點溫度以上,較宜是保於凝膠疑似相轉移點 加1 〇 °C左右的溫度下。但是,此疑似相轉移點溫度會隨著 醯化纖維素之醯基取代度、黏度平均聚合度、溶液濃度及使 用之有機溶劑而不同。 〔流延〕 由調製成的醯化纖維素溶液(塗布液),藉由溶劑流延法 來製造醯化纖維素薄膜。在塗布液中較宜是添加前述之遲滯 値上昇劑。 塗布液係流延於輥或帶上,使溶劑蒸發而形成薄膜。流 延前之塗布液,較宜是進行調整使固體物量成爲18〜35 % 之濃度。輥或帶之表面較宜是預先精緻加工成鏡面狀態。塗 布液較宜是流低於表面溫度爲1 0 °C以下的輥或帶上。 於本發明中,在將塗布液(醯化纖維素溶液)流延於帶上 之情況下,宜在剝除前乾燥之前半段中,進行1 0秒以上〜 90秒以下、較宜是進行1 5秒以上〜90秒以下之實質上無風 乾燥的步驟。 又,在輥上流延的情況下,宜在剝除前乾燥之前半段 中,進行1秒以上〜1 0秒以下、較宜是進行2秒以上〜5 -66- 200831962 秒以下之實質上無風乾燥的步驟。 在本發明中所謂的「剝除前乾燥」係指從塗布液被塗布 於帶或輥上至剝除來當做薄膜爲止之乾燥。 又,所謂的「前半段」係指從塗布液塗布到剝除爲止所 需要的全部時間的一半之前之步驟。 再者,所謂的「實質上無風」係指在從帶表面或輥表面 起到2 0 0毫米以內之距離中,未檢測出〇 . 5公尺/秒以上之 風速之情況。 ( 剝除前乾燥之前半段,雖然在帶上之情況下通常是3 0 〜3 0 0秒左右之時間,然而其中以1 〇秒以上〜9 〇秒以下、 較宜是1 5秒以上〜9 0秒以下之時間,於無風下進行乾燥。 在輥上之情況下通常是5〜3 0秒左右之時間,然而其 中以1秒以上〜1 0秒以下、較宜是2秒以上〜5秒以下之時 間’於無風下進行乾燥。氛圍氣溫度較宜是〇〜1 8 0 X:,然 而更理想是4 0〜1 5 0 °C。無風乾燥之操作,雖然可以是在剝 除前乾燥之前半段的任何階段中進行,然而較宜是在流延之 11— 後立刻進行。當無風乾燥的時間爲小於1 〇秒時,則添加劑 難以均勻地分布於薄膜內;而當超過9 0秒時則乾燥不足而 剝離’薄膜之表面狀態惡化。 剝除前乾燥中的無風乾燥以外之時間,可以藉由惰性氣 體進行送風來實施乾燥。此時之風溫較宜是〇〜1 8 〇它,更 宜是40〜150°C。 關於溶劑流延法中之乾燥方法,其係記載於美國專利第 -67- 200831962 2336310號、美國專利第2367603號、美國專利第2492078 號、美國專利第2492977號、美國專利第2492978號、美 國專利第2607704號、美國專利第2739069號、美國專利 第2739070號、英國專利第640731號、英國專利第736892 號之各說明書、日本特公昭45-4554號、特公昭49-561 4 號、特開昭60-1 76834號、特開昭60-203430號、特開昭 62-1 1 5035號之各公報上。帶或輥上之乾燥係可以藉由進行 空氣、氮氣等惰性氣體之送風來實施。 f: 將所得到的薄膜從輥或帶剝除,可以更進一步地藉由從 1 0 0至1 6 0 °C逐次改變溫度之高溫風,來進行乾燥以使得殘 留之溶劑蒸發。以上之方法係記載於特公平5-1 7844號公報 上。 利用此方法時,可以縮短從流延到剝除爲止的時間。爲 了實施此種方法,則在流延時之輥或帶之表面溫度中,塗布 液有必要凝膠化。 /… 也使用所調製成的醯化纖維素溶液(塗布液),進行二層 以上之流延而予以薄膜化。在此情況下,較宜是藉由溶劑流 延法來製作醯化纖維素薄膜。 塗布液係被流延於輥或帶上,蒸發溶劑而形成薄膜。流 延前之塗布液,較宜是按照使得固體物量成爲10〜40%之範 圍的方式來調整濃度。輥或帶之表面較宜是精緻加工成鏡面 狀態。 在流延二層以上之複數的醯化纖維素溶液的情況下,可 -68- 200831962 以流延複數的醯化纖維素溶液,也可以從間隔地設置在支撐 體的進行方向上之流延口,將含有醯化纖維素的溶液分別地 流延,一邊進行積層一邊製作薄膜。例如,可以使用於特開 昭61-158414號、特開平1-122419號及特開平11-198285 號之個公報上記載的方法。 又,也可以藉由從2個流延口流延醯化纖維素溶液來進 行薄膜化。例如,可以使用於特公昭6 0 - 2 7 5 6 2號、特開 61-94724 號、特開昭 61-947245 號、特開昭 61-104813 號、 特開昭61 -1 584 1 3號及特開平6-1 34933號之各公報上記載 的方法。 又,也可以使用於特開昭56-1 6261 7號公報上記載的 將高黏度醯化纖維素溶液之流束混入低黏度之醯化纖維素 溶液,並同時將該高、低黏度之醯化纖維素溶液予以擠押形 成醯化纖維素薄膜之流延方法。 又,也可以藉由使用二個流延口,將以第一流延口於支 撐體上成形的薄膜予以剝除,在與支撐體面相接的側邊上進 行第二流延而製作成薄膜。舉例來說,例如,於特公昭 44-20235號公報上記載的方法。 流延的醯化纖維素溶液可以使用同一溶液,也可以使用 不同的醯化纖維素溶液。爲了對於複數的醯化纖維素層賦予 機能’則可以將呼應該機能的醯化纖維素溶液,分別地從流 延口擠押出來。 更且,前述之醯化纖維素溶液也可以和其他的機能層( 例如,黏著層、染料層、防靜電層、抗反射層、紫外線吸收 -69- 200831962 層等)同時地流延。 在向來習用之單層液中,爲使形成所需要厚度之薄膜, 則必須以高濃度高黏度之醯化纖維素溶液進行擠壓。在此情 況下,常常會發生醯化纖維素溶液之安定性惡化而產生固體 物、造成物體障害、平面性不良等之問題。 此種問題之解決方法係可以藉由從流延口來流延複數 的醯化纖維素溶液,同時地將高黏度的溶液擠押到支撐體上 而加以解決,不但能夠製作出平面性優良化之優異面狀的薄 (; 膜,而且也可以藉由使用濃厚的醯化纖維素溶液來達成乾燥 負荷之低減化,並且能夠提高薄膜之生產速度。 在醯化纖維素薄膜中,爲了改良機械物性,也可使用以 下之可塑劑。可以使用磷酸酯或碳酸酯來當做可塑劑。 磷酸酯的例子係包括三苯基磷酸酯(TPP)及三羥甲苯基 磷酸酯(TCP)。 碳酸酯係以酞酸酯及檸檬酸酯爲代表。 酞酸酯的例子係包括酞酸二甲酯(DM P)、酞酸二乙酯 (DEP)、酞酸二丁酯(DBP)、酞酸二辛酯(DOP)、酞酸二苯酯 (DPP)及酞酸二乙基己酯(DEHP)。 檸檬酸酯的例子係包括 〇-乙醯基檸檬酸三乙酯 (OACTE)及〇-乙醯基檸檬酸三丁酯(OACTB)。 其他的碳酸酯的例子係包括油酸丁酯、篦麻酸甲基乙醯 酯、癸二酸二丁酯、各種的偏苯三酸酯。此等之中,較宜是 使用酞酸酯系可塑劑(DMP、DEP、DBP、D〇P、DPP、DEHP) ;特佳是DEP及DPP。 -70- 200831962 可塑劑之添加量較宜是醯化纖維素量之0.1〜25質量% ,更宜是1〜20質量。/。,更理想是3〜1 5質量%。 在醯化纖維素薄膜中也可以添加劣化防止劑(例如,抗 氧化劑、過氧化物分解劑、自由基禁止劑、金屬惰性化劑、 酸補捉劑、胺)。關於劣化防止劑係記載於特開平3-1 9920 1 號、特開平5-1 907073號、特開平5-1 94789號、特開平 5-271471號、特開平6-107854號之各公報上。 劣化防止劑之添加量較宜是所調製的溶液(塗布液)之 〇 · 〇 1〜1質量%,更宜是〇 . 〇 1〜〇 . 2質量%。當添加量小於 0.0 1質量%時,則幾乎察覺不到劣化防止劑之效果。當添加 量超過1質量%時,則會有可察覺到劣化防止劑向薄膜滲透 (滲出)的情況。特佳的劣化防止劑之例子,舉例來說,例如 ,丁基化羥基甲苯(BHT)、三苯甲基胺(TBA)。 經過此等流延、拉伸到後乾燥爲止之步驟,其係可以在 空氣氛圍氣下進行,也可以是在氮氣等之惰性狀氛圍氣下進 行。 1/ 於本發明中使用的用於醯化纖維素薄膜之製造上的捲 取機可以是一般所使用之物,也可以是以定張法、定扭力法 、τ分割法、一定內部應力之式控制法等之捲取方法來進行 捲取。 〔醯化纖維素薄膜之表面處理〕 醯化纖維素薄膜較宜是經實施表面處理的。具體的方法 ,舉例來說,例如,電暈處理、輝光放電處理、火焰處理、 酸處理、皂化處理或紫外線照射處理等。又,也較宜是如特 -71- 200831962 開平7-33 34 33號公報之記載這樣地設置下層。 從保持薄膜之平面性的觀點來看,在此等處理之中宜將 醯化纖維素薄膜之溫度設定在Tg (玻璃轉移溫度)以下;具體 而言,較宜是設定在150 °C以下。 在做爲偏光板之透明保護膜使用的情況下,從和偏光子 間之黏著性的觀點來看,特佳爲實施酸處理或皂化處理,即 對於醯化纖維素薄膜實施鹼化處理。 表面能量較宜是55 mN/m以上,更宜是60 mN/m以上 (》 〜75 mN/m以下。 以下,具體地說明鹼皂化處理的例子。 醯化纖維素薄膜之鹼皂化處理,較宜是在將薄膜表面浸 漬於鹼溶液中之後,再進行以酸性溶液中和、水洗並乾燥的 循環。 鹼溶液,舉例來說,例如,其可以是氫氧化鉀溶液、氫 氧化鈉溶液;氫氧化離子之當量濃度較宜是〇 · 1〜3.0 N之範 圍,更宜是0.5〜2.0N之範圍。鹼溶液溫度較宜是在室溫〜 Q 90°C之範圍,更宜是40〜701之範圍。 固體的表面能量係可以藉由如在「潤濕之基礎與應用」 (現實出版社、1 989年12月10日發行)上所記載的接觸角 法、濕潤熱法及吸附法來求得。在本發明之醯化纖維素薄膜 的情況,較宜是使用接觸角法。 具體而言’將已知表面能量的2種溶液滴到醯化纖維素 薄膜上,在液滴表面和薄膜表面間之交點下,在以拉到液滴 的切線和薄膜表面之夾角處,將包含液滴之側的角定義爲接 -72- 200831962 觸角’藉由計算可以算出薄膜之表面能量。 薄膜面內方向之遲滯値Re係能夠藉由在製膜時進行運 送方向及/或寬度方向之拉伸,提供醯化纖維素之分子鏈配 向來進行調整。 拉伸可以是單軸拉伸、雙軸拉伸中之任一者。雙軸拉伸 ’雖然有同時雙軸拉伸法和逐次雙軸拉伸法,然而從連續製 造的觀點來看,較宜是逐次雙軸拉伸法,於流延塗布液之後 ’再從帶或輥剝取薄膜,於進行寬度方向(長軸方向)之拉伸 ζ'·\ 後,再進行長軸方向(寬度方向)之拉伸。 寬度方向拉伸之方法,例如,可以是在特開62-1 1 5035 號、特開平4- 1 521 25號、特開平4-2842 1 1號、特開平 4-298310號、特開平11 -4 8271號等之各公報上所記載者。 薄膜之拉伸係於常溫或加熱條件下實施。 加熱溫度較宜是在薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度以下。薄膜係可 以乾燥中之處理來進行拉伸,尤其是在殘留溶劑的情況下特 別有效。 I 在長軸方向的拉伸之情況下,例如,調節薄膜運送輥的 速度,當薄膜之捲取速度這一方加速到比薄膜之剝取速度還 快時,薄膜就會被拉伸。 在寬度方向的拉伸之情況下’也可以藉由一邊將薄膜之 寬邊保持於拉幅機一邊運送’慢慢地拉開拉幅機的寬邊來拉 伸薄膜。 也可以在薄膜乾燥之後’使用拉伸機來進行拉伸(較宜 是使用長拉伸機之單軸拉伸)° -73- 200831962 薄膜之拉伸倍率(相對於原長度之因拉伸所增加份量之 比率),較宜是在5〜50%之範圍,更宜是10〜40%之範圍, 更理想是1 5〜3 5 %之範圍。在主要爲進行長軸方向之拉伸的 情況下,宜將長軸方向拉伸率設定爲1 〇〜40%,較宜是設定 爲15〜35% ;宜將寬度方向之拉伸率設定爲—20〜20%,較 宜是—1 0〜1 0 %。 又,即使是藉由於高溫下處理醯化纖維素薄膜來增大結 晶度,也可以降低透水度。前述之處理有必要是在:不會因 0. 低分子化合物之揮發、及醯化纖維素薄膜本身之熱分解而造 成問題之程度的溫度及時間內進行。處理溫度較宜是1 00°c 以上〜260 °c以下,更宜是140 °c以上〜240 °C以下。處理時 間較宜是5分鐘以上〜2小時以下,更宜是在1 0分鐘以上 〜1小時以下。 〔吸濕膨脹係數〕 吸濕膨脹係數係表示在一定溫度下,相對濕度改變時之 試料長度之變化量。爲了防止額綠狀之穿透率上昇,則醯化 (J 纖維素薄膜之吸濕膨脹係數較宜是30x1 CT5/%RH以下,更 宜是15x1(T5/%RH,更理想是10x10_5/%RH。又,吸濕膨脹 係數愈小者愈理想,然而通常是1.0x1 (T5/%RH以上之値。 關於吸濕膨脹係數之測定方法係如以下所示。從所製作 的聚合物薄膜(相位差板)切出寬度爲5毫米、長度爲20毫 米之試料,固定單側之端部並垂放於25°C、20%RH(R〇)之 氛圍氣下。另一側的端部上吊著0.5克之砝碼,然後測定放 置1〇分鐘之長度(LQ)。接著於25 °C之溫度下直接測定在濕 • 74- 200831962 度爲80% R H (Ri)時之長度(L1)。藉由下式算出吸濕膨脹係數 。對於同一試料進行1 0個試樣之測定’採用平均値。 吸濕膨脹係數〔/% R H〕= { ( L1 — L 0)7 L 0 丨 7 ( R 1 — R 0) 爲了縮小上述因吸濕而引起的尺寸變化,則較宜是降低 製膜時之殘留溶劑量並小縮聚合物薄膜中之自由體積。用以 減小殘溶劑的一般方法是以高溫且長時間進行乾燥’然而當 時間比較長時,當然生長性就會下降。從而,相對於醯化纖 維素薄膜計之殘留溶劑量較宜是在0 · 0 1〜1質量%之範圍, (、 更宜是在0.02〜0.07質量。/〇之範圍,更理想是在0.03〜0.05 質量。/。之範圍。藉由控制上述的殘留溶劑量即可以廉價且高 生產性地製造具有光學補償能力的偏光板。 殘留溶劑量係藉由將一定量的試料溶解於氯仿中,使用 氣相色譜分析儀(GC18A,島津製作所(股)公司製)加以測定 的。在溶液流延法中,其係使用將聚合物材料溶解於有機溶 劑中所形成的溶液(塗布液)來製造薄膜。 溶液流延法中之乾燥係大致可分爲如後述這樣的輥(或 (J 帶)面之乾燥與薄膜運送時之乾燥。 在輥(或帶)面之乾燥時,較宜是不超過所使用的溶劑之 沸點的溫度(超過沸點時即產生泡沬)下慢慢地使之乾燥。 又,薄膜運送時之乾燥較宜是在聚合物材料之玻璃轉化 溫度±3 0 °C下進行,另外更佳者是在±2 0。(:下進行。 〔薄膜之遲滯値〕 薄膜之面內遲滯値(Re)及厚度方向遲滯値(Rth)係分別 以下述之式(I )及式(Π)所定義。 -75- 200831962 •式(I ) •式(Π )[Hysteric retardation rising agent] In the second protective film provided opposite to the liquid crystal cell, in order to increase the retardation, an aromatic compound having at least two aromatic rings can be used as the hysteresis rising agent. Such a hysteresis rising agent is an aromatic compound having at least two aromatic rings, for example, it may be a three-till (triphenyl-1,3,5-tri-trap), three-m- Tolyl-1,3,5-three-till, etc.), diester of cis-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid (diester of pn-hexylphenol, diester of pn-aminophenol, etc.) . Other specific examples are described in JP-A-2000-1 1 1 91, JP-A-2000-275434, and PCT/JP00/02619. It is also possible to use two or more kinds of aromatic compounds. The aromatic aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes, in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring. -61- 200831962 The molecular weight of the hysteresis rising agent is preferably 300~800. In the case of using a deuterated cellulose as the unit cell side protective film, an aromatic compound in the range of 1 to 20 parts by mass based on 1 part by mass of the deuterated cellulose can be used. It is preferable to use an aromatic compound in the range of 0.05 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1 part by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the deuterated cellulose. The second protective film disposed opposite to the liquid crystal cell can also be used to reduce hysteresis by an additive known in the art. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2000-63560, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. A method for reducing the refraction reproducibility. In more detail, it is preferably used in the Invention Association Open Technical Report (public technology 5 tiger code 2001-1745, March 15, 2001 issue, invention association) The materials described in detail on page 22. On the above air-side protective film, it is necessary to add an anti-UV agent. However, it is not necessary to add an anti-UV V--agent on the cell side protective film. Modulation] The deuterated cellulose solution can be prepared by a general method of treatment at a temperature of 0 ° C or higher (normal temperature or high temperature). The preparation of the solution can be prepared by using a coating liquid in a common solvent casting method. The method and the device are implemented. In addition, in the case of the general method, it is preferred to use a halogenated hydrocarbon (especially a dichlorocarbyl) as an organic solvent. The amount of the deuterated cellulose is obtained according to the obtained 62- In the solution of 200831962 The amount is adjusted to be 10 to 40 mass%. The amount of deuterated cellulose is preferably 10 to 30 mass%. In an organic solvent (main solvent), any additives described later may be added. The solution can be prepared by stirring the deuterated cellulose and the organic solvent at normal temperature (0 to 40 ° C). The high concentration solution can also be stirred under pressure and heating conditions. The deuterated cellulose and the organic solvent are placed in a pressurized container and sealed, and are heated while being heated to a temperature above the normal temperature boiling point of the solvent and at a temperature at which the solvent does not boil. The heating temperature is usually preferably 40 ° C. The above is more preferably 60 to 200 ° C or more, and more preferably 80 to 1 10 ° C or more. The components may be roughly mixed beforehand and then put into a container. Alternatively, they may be sequentially placed in a container. It is a structure that can be stirred. The container can be pressurized by injecting an inert gas such as nitrogen gas. Alternatively, the vapor pressure of the solvent heated by heating can be used. Alternatively, the container can be sealed and then pressurized. In the case of heating, it is preferred to heat the outside of the container. For example, a sleeve type heating device may be used, or a plate heater may be provided outside the container to perform piping. The liquid is circulated to heat the entire container. It is preferred to provide a stirring wing inside the container and use it for agitation. The stirring wing is preferably an item having a length near the wall of the container. At the end of the stirring wing, For the purpose of updating the liquid film on the wall of the container, it is preferable to set the wing to be set -63- 200831962. In the container, a gauge such as a pressure gauge or a thermometer may be provided. In the container, the components are dissolved in the solvent. The prepared coating liquid is taken out from the container after cooling, or taken out and then cooled using a heat exchanger or the like. The solution can also be adjusted by a cooling dissolution method. The cooling dissolution method is a method in which cellulose deuterated cellulose can be dissolved even in an organic solvent which is not easily dissolved by an ordinary dissolution method. Further, even if it is a conventional dissolution method capable of dissolving a deuterated cellulose solvent, when a cooling dissolution method is used, a so-called rapid uniform solution effect can be obtained. Therefore, when it is only dissolved in a non-chlorine solvent, it is preferred to use a cooling dissolution method. In the case of the cooling dissolution method, cellulose deuterated cellulose is initially added to an organic solvent at room temperature while stirring. The amount of deuterated cellulose is preferably adjusted so as to contain 1 〇 to 40% by mass in the mixture. The amount of deuterated cellulose is more preferably 1 〇 to 30% by mass. Further, any of the additives described later may be added to the mixture. 1. Secondly, it is preferred to cool the mixture to _ 1 〇〇~10 °c (more preferably - 80--10 ° C, more ideally - 50--20 ° C, especially preferably -50- -30 °C). The cooling ' can be carried out, for example, in a dry ice/methanol bath (75 ° C) or in a cooled diethylene glycol solution (3 〇 ° C - 20 ° C). The mixture of deuterated cellulose and an organic solvent is solidified by cooling. The cooling rate is preferably 4 ° C / min or more, more preferably 8 ° C / min or more, more preferably 12 ° C / min or more. -64- 200831962 Although the cooling rate is as fast as possible, the theoretical upper limit is 10,000 ° c / sec, while the technical upper limit is 1,000 ° c / sec, and the practical upper limit is 1 〇〇 ° c / second. In addition, the cooling rate is the difference between the temperature at which cooling starts and the final cooling temperature, divided by the time from the start of cooling to the time when the final cooling temperature is reached. Furthermore, when it is heated to 0 to 200 ° C (more preferably 0 to 150 ° C, more preferably 〇 ~ 1 2 0 °c, particularly preferably 0 to 50 ° C), bismuth fiber The compound is dissolved in an organic solvent. The temperature rise can be carried out not only at room temperature, but also by warm bathing. The heating rate is preferably 4 ° C / min or more, more preferably 8 ° C / min or more, more preferably 1 2 ° C / min or more. Although the heating speed is as fast as possible, the theoretical upper limit is 1 〇, 〇〇〇 ° C / sec, and the technical upper limit is 1, 〇〇〇 ° C / sec, and the practical upper limit is 1 0 0 °C / sec. In addition, the heating rate is the difference between the temperature at which the heating starts and the final heating temperature, divided by the time from the start of heating to the final heating temperature. According to the above, a uniform solution can be obtained. Further, in the case where the dissolution is insufficient, the operation of cooling and heating can be repeated. Whether or not the dissolution is sufficient can be judged only by visually observing the appearance of the solution. In the cooling and dissolving method, in order to avoid condensation due to condensation during cooling, it is desirable to use a closed container. Further, in the cooling and heating operation, when the pressure is increased by cooling and the pressure is reduced by heating, the dissolution time can be shortened. In order to carry out pressurization and decompression, it is expected to use a pressure-resistant container. -65- 200831962 In addition, a 20% by mass solution obtained by dissolving deuterated cellulose (degree of deuteration: 60.9%, viscosity average degree of polymerization: 299) in methyl acetate by a cooling dissolution method, when scanning by differential scanning When measured by a calorimeter (DSC), it has a suspected phase transition point between the sol state and the gel state at around 30 ° C, and at this temperature, it becomes a uniform gel state. Therefore, the solution needs to be maintained at a temperature above the suspected phase transition point, preferably at a temperature of about 1 〇 °C at the suspected phase transition point of the gel. However, the temperature of the suspected phase transition point varies depending on the degree of thiol substitution of the deuterated cellulose, the average degree of polymerization of the viscosity, the concentration of the solution, and the organic solvent used. [Casting] A deuterated cellulose film was produced by a solvent casting method from a prepared deuterated cellulose solution (coating liquid). It is preferable to add the aforementioned hysteresis sputum rising agent to the coating liquid. The coating liquid is cast on a roll or belt to evaporate the solvent to form a film. The coating liquid before casting is preferably adjusted so that the amount of solid matter becomes 18 to 35 %. The surface of the roll or belt is preferably pre-finished into a mirrored state. Preferably, the coating liquid is applied to a roll or belt having a surface temperature below 10 °C. In the present invention, in the case where the coating liquid (deuterated cellulose solution) is cast on the belt, it is preferred to carry out the first half of the drying before the stripping, and it is preferably carried out for 10 seconds or more and 90 seconds or less. A step of substantially no air drying of from 1 5 seconds to 90 seconds. Further, in the case of casting on a roll, it is preferable to carry out the first half of the drying before the stripping for 1 second or more to 10 seconds or less, and preferably for 2 seconds or more to 5 to 66 to 200831962 seconds or less. The drying step. The term "drying before stripping" as used in the present invention means drying from the application of a coating liquid onto a belt or a roll to peeling off as a film. Further, the "first half" refers to a step before half of the total time required from the application of the coating liquid to the stripping. Further, the term "substantially no wind" means that no wind speed of 〇 5 meters/second or more is detected in a distance from the surface of the belt or the surface of the roller to within 200 mm. (In the first half of the drying before stripping, although it is usually about 30 to 300 seconds in the case of belting, it is more than 1 sec. to less than 9 sec., more preferably more than 15 sec. Drying in the absence of wind for a period of 90 seconds or less. In the case of a roller, it is usually about 5 to 30 seconds, but it is preferably 1 second or more and 10 seconds or less, more preferably 2 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less. The time below seconds is 'drying under no wind. The temperature of the atmosphere is preferably 〇~1 80 0:, but more preferably 4 0~1 50 ° C. The operation without air drying, although it can be before stripping It is carried out in any stage of the first half of the drying process, but it is preferably carried out immediately after the casting 11 -. When the time of no air drying is less than 1 〇 second, the additive is difficult to be uniformly distributed in the film; When the temperature is 0 seconds, the surface of the film is deteriorated due to insufficient drying. The time other than the airless drying during the drying before stripping can be carried out by blowing air with an inert gas. The air temperature at this time is preferably 〇~1 8 〇 It is more preferably 40~150 ° C. About solvent casting The drying method is described in U.S. Patent No. -67-200831962, No. 23,363, 031, U.S. Patent No. 2, 367, 603, U.S. Patent No. 2, 492, 078, U.S. Patent No. 2,492, 977, U.S. Patent No. 2,492, 978, U.S. Patent No. 2,607, 704, U.S. Patent No. 2739069, U.S. Patent No. 2,739,070, British Patent No. 640,731, British Patent No. 736,892, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 45-4554, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 49-561, No. 60-1 76834 In JP-A-60-203430, JP-A-62-1 1 5035, drying on a belt or a roll can be carried out by blowing air through an inert gas such as air or nitrogen. The film is stripped from the roll or strip, and can be further dried by continuously changing the temperature of the high temperature wind from 100 to 160 ° C to evaporate the residual solvent. The above method is described in the special fair. In the case of this method, the time from casting to stripping can be shortened. In order to carry out this method, it is necessary to apply a gel to the surface temperature of the roll or belt which is delayed. Chemical. /... The prepared deuterated cellulose solution (coating liquid) is also thinned by casting two or more layers. In this case, it is preferred to prepare the deuterated cellulose by solvent casting. The coating liquid is cast on a roll or a belt, and the solvent is evaporated to form a film. The coating liquid before casting is preferably adjusted in such a manner that the amount of solid matter is in the range of 10 to 40%. The surface is preferably processed into a mirror-like state. In the case of a plurality of deuterated cellulose solutions cast over two layers, it is possible to cast a plurality of deuterated cellulose solutions at intervals of -68-200831962, or The casting opening in the direction in which the support is carried out is placed, and the solution containing the deuterated cellulose is separately cast, and a film is formed while laminating. For example, the method described in the publications of JP-A-61-158414, JP-A-1-122419, and JP-A-11-198285 can be used. Further, it is also possible to carry out thinning by casting a deuterated cellulose solution from two casting openings. For example, it can be used in Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-275, No. 61-94724, JP-A-61-947245, JP-A-61-104813, and JP-A-61-1 584 1 And the method described in each of the publications of JP-A-6-1-134933. Further, the flow of the high-viscosity deuterated cellulose solution described in JP-A-56-1 6261 7 may be mixed into a low-viscosity deuterated cellulose solution, and the high and low viscosity may be simultaneously applied. A casting method in which a cellulose solution is extruded to form a bismuth cellulose film. Further, the film formed by the first casting opening on the support may be peeled off by using two casting openings, and the second casting may be performed on the side contacting the support surface to form a film. For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 44-20235. The cast deuterated cellulose solution may use the same solution or a different deuterated cellulose solution. In order to impart a function to a plurality of deuterated cellulose layers, the deuterated cellulose solution can be squeezed out from the casting opening separately. Further, the aforementioned deuterated cellulose solution may be cast simultaneously with other functional layers (for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antireflection layer, an ultraviolet absorption layer - 69-200831962 layer, etc.). In the conventional single-layer liquid, in order to form a film of a desired thickness, it is necessary to carry out extrusion with a high-concentration, high-viscosity deuterated cellulose solution. In this case, the stability of the deuterated cellulose solution is often deteriorated to cause solid matter, object damage, poor planarity, and the like. The solution to this problem can be solved by casting a plurality of deuterated cellulose solutions from the casting opening and simultaneously pushing the high-viscosity solution onto the support, thereby improving the planarity. It is excellent in surface-thinness (film), and it is also possible to achieve a reduction in drying load by using a thick deuterated cellulose solution, and to increase the production speed of the film. In the deuterated cellulose film, in order to improve the machine For the physical properties, the following plasticizers can also be used. Phosphate esters or carbonates can be used as the plasticizer. Examples of the phosphate esters include triphenyl phosphate (TPP) and trishydroxymethylphenyl phosphate (TCP). It is represented by phthalic acid esters and citrate esters. Examples of phthalic acid esters include dimethyl phthalate (DM P), diethyl phthalate (DEP), dibutyl phthalate (DBP), dioctyl citrate. Ester (DOP), diphenyl phthalate (DPP) and diethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP). Examples of citrates include triethyl ethoxide (OACTE) and 〇-acetamidine. Tributyl citrate (OACTB). Examples of other carbonates Butyl oleate, methyl decyl ricinate, dibutyl sebacate, various trimellitic acid esters. Among them, it is preferred to use a phthalate plasticizer (DMP, DEP, DBP). , D〇P, DPP, DEHP); especially good for DEP and DPP. -70- 200831962 The amount of plasticizer added is preferably 0.1 to 25 mass% of the amount of deuterated cellulose, more preferably 1 to 20 mass. More preferably, it is 3 to 15% by mass. A deterioration preventing agent (for example, an antioxidant, a peroxide decomposing agent, a radical inhibitor, a metal inerting agent, or an acid compensating agent) may be added to the deuterated cellulose film. Agents and amines. The anti-deterioration agent is described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In the respective publications, the amount of the deterioration preventing agent added is preferably 〇1 to 1% by mass of the prepared solution (coating liquid), more preferably 〇. 〇1 to 〇. 2% by mass. When the amount added is less than When it is 0.0% by mass, the effect of the deterioration preventing agent is hardly observed. When the amount added exceeds 1% by mass, there is noticeable deterioration. The case where the stopper penetrates (bleeds out) into the film. Examples of the preferable deterioration preventing agent are, for example, butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) and tritylamine (TBA). The step of stretching to the post-drying may be carried out under an air atmosphere, or may be carried out under an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen. 1/ Manufacturing of a cellulose-deposited film for use in the present invention The upper coiler may be generally used, or may be wound by a winding method such as a constant tension method, a fixed torque method, a τ division method, or a constant internal stress control method. [Surface Treatment of Deuterated Cellulose Film] The deuterated cellulose film is preferably subjected to surface treatment. Specific methods include, for example, corona treatment, glow discharge treatment, flame treatment, acid treatment, saponification treatment, or ultraviolet irradiation treatment. Further, it is preferable to provide the lower layer as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7-33 34-33. From the viewpoint of maintaining the planarity of the film, it is preferable to set the temperature of the deuterated cellulose film to be lower than Tg (glass transition temperature) in these treatments; specifically, it is preferably set to 150 °C or lower. In the case of being used as a transparent protective film for a polarizing plate, it is particularly preferable to carry out an alkali treatment for the deuterated cellulose film from the viewpoint of adhesion to the polarizer. The surface energy is preferably 55 mN/m or more, more preferably 60 mN/m or more ("~75 mN/m or less. Hereinafter, an example of alkali saponification treatment is specifically described. Preferably, after immersing the surface of the film in an alkali solution, a cycle of neutralizing with an acidic solution, washing with water, and drying is performed. The alkali solution, for example, may be a potassium hydroxide solution or a sodium hydroxide solution; The equivalent concentration of the oxidizing ion is preferably in the range of 〇·1 to 3.0 N, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 N. The temperature of the alkali solution is preferably in the range of room temperature to Q 90 ° C, more preferably 40 to 701. The surface energy of solids can be obtained by contact angle method, wet heat method and adsorption method as described in "Basic and Application of Wetting" (Reality Press, issued on December 10, 1989). In the case of the deuterated cellulose film of the present invention, it is preferred to use a contact angle method. Specifically, 'two kinds of solutions of known surface energy are dropped onto the deuterated cellulose film on the surface of the droplets and The intersection between the surface of the film, at the intersection of the droplets At the angle between the surface of the film and the surface of the film, the angle of the side containing the droplet is defined as the contact angle of -72-200831962. The surface energy of the film can be calculated by calculation. The retardation of the in-plane direction of the film can be achieved by film formation. The stretching in the transport direction and/or the width direction is performed to provide molecular chain alignment of the deuterated cellulose for adjustment. The stretching may be either uniaxial stretching or biaxial stretching. There are simultaneous biaxial stretching method and sequential biaxial stretching method. However, from the viewpoint of continuous production, it is preferred to use a sequential biaxial stretching method to remove the film from the belt or the roll after casting the coating liquid. After the stretching ζ'·\ in the width direction (long-axis direction), the stretching in the long-axis direction (width direction) is performed. The method of stretching in the width direction, for example, may be in the special opening 62-1 1 5035 No. 4, No. 4, No. 521, No. 4, No. 4, 521, No. 1, No. 4, No. 4, No. 4, No. 1, No. 4, No. 4, No. 4, 298, and No. 11 - 4, 8271, etc. The film is stretched at room temperature. Or under heating conditions. The heating temperature is preferably the temperature of the glass in the film. Hereinafter, the film can be stretched by a treatment in a dry state, especially in the case of a residual solvent. I In the case of stretching in the long axis direction, for example, adjusting the speed of the film conveying roller, when the film is rolled When the speed is accelerated to a faster rate than the stripping speed of the film, the film is stretched. In the case of stretching in the width direction, it can also be carried by holding the wide side of the film on the tenter. 'Slowly pull the wide side of the tenter to stretch the film. You can also use the stretching machine to stretch after the film is dried (it is better to use a long stretcher for uniaxial stretching) ° -73 - 200831962 The stretching ratio of the film (relative to the original length due to the ratio of the increased amount of stretching), preferably in the range of 5 to 50%, more preferably in the range of 10 to 40%, more preferably 1 5~ 3 5 % range. In the case of mainly stretching in the direction of the long axis, the elongation in the long axis direction should be set to 1 〇 to 40%, preferably 15 to 35%; the stretching ratio in the width direction should be set to - 20 to 20%, preferably - 1 0 to 1 0 %. Further, even if the crystallinity is increased by treating the cellulose-deposited film at a high temperature, the water permeability can be lowered. The above-mentioned treatment is required to be carried out at a temperature and time which is not caused by the volatilization of the low molecular compound and the thermal decomposition of the cellulose film itself. The treatment temperature is preferably more than 100 ° C to less than 260 ° C, more preferably from 140 ° C to less than 240 ° C. The treatment time is preferably 5 minutes or more and 2 hours or less, more preferably 10 minutes or more and 1 hour or less. [Moisture absorption coefficient] The coefficient of hygroscopic expansion indicates the amount of change in the length of the sample when the relative humidity is changed at a certain temperature. In order to prevent the increase in the penetration rate of the green amount, the hygroscopic expansion coefficient of the J cellulose film is preferably 30x1 CT5/%RH or less, more preferably 15x1 (T5/%RH, more preferably 10x10_5/%). RH. Further, the smaller the coefficient of hygroscopic expansion is, the better it is. However, it is usually 1.0x1 (T5/%RH or more. The method for measuring the coefficient of hygroscopic expansion is as follows. From the produced polymer film ( The phase difference plate was cut out to have a width of 5 mm and a length of 20 mm, and the end of one side was fixed and placed under an atmosphere of 25 ° C and 20% RH (R〇). The weight of 0.5 g was hanged, and then the length (LQ) was set for 1 。. Then the length (L1) at 80 ° RH (Ri) of wet 74-200831962 was directly measured at 25 °C. The coefficient of hygroscopic expansion is calculated by the following formula. The measurement of 10 samples for the same sample 'is average 値. Hygroscopic expansion coefficient [/% RH] = { ( L1 — L 0) 7 L 0 丨 7 ( R 1 — R 0) In order to reduce the above dimensional change due to moisture absorption, it is preferred to reduce the amount of residual solvent in the film formation and to shrink the polymer film. Free volume. The general method for reducing the residual solvent is to dry at a high temperature for a long time. However, when the time is long, the growth property is naturally lowered. Thus, the amount of residual solvent relative to the deuterated cellulose film is relatively small. It is preferably in the range of 0 · 0 1 to 1% by mass, (more preferably in the range of 0.02 to 0.07 mass. / 〇, more preferably in the range of 0.03 to 0.05 mass. /. by controlling the above residue The amount of solvent can be used to produce a polarizing plate having optical compensation ability at low cost and high productivity. The amount of residual solvent is obtained by dissolving a certain amount of the sample in chloroform, using a gas chromatograph (GC18A, Shimadzu Corporation) In the solution casting method, a film (coating liquid) formed by dissolving a polymer material in an organic solvent is used to produce a film. The drying system in the solution casting method can be roughly classified into, for example, Such a roll (or the drying of the (J-belt) surface and the drying of the film during the conveyance described later. When drying the roll (or belt) surface, it is preferably a temperature not exceeding the boiling point of the solvent used (more than The foam is slowly dried at the point of the film. Further, the drying of the film is preferably carried out at a glass transition temperature of the polymer material of ± 30 ° C, and more preferably at ± 2 0 (: proceeding below. [Thin film retardation] The in-plane retardation Re (Re) and the thickness direction retardation R (Rth) of the film are defined by the following formula (I) and formula (Π). -75- 200831962 • Formula (I) • Formula (Π)

Re = (nx- ny)xd......Re = (nx- ny)xd......

Rth= { (nx + ny)/2 - nz } xd 在式(I )及式(Π)中,nx爲薄膜面內之連相軸方向(折 射率成爲最大的方向)。 在式(I )及式(Π )中,ny爲薄膜內之進相軸方向(折射 率成爲最小的方向)。 在式(Π)中,112爲薄膜之厚度方向的折射率。 在式(I )及式(Π)中,d爲以nm做爲單位之薄膜厚度。 前述之第二保護薄膜係沒有特別地限制,可以按照目的 而適當地選擇,例如,使用Re爲20〜70奈米、Rth爲30 〜4 00奈米的保護薄膜,較宜是如後述這樣地使用Re爲1 〇 奈米以下、Rth爲25奈米以下之保護薄膜等。又,爲了得 到最適當的遲滯値,也可以在第二保護薄膜上積層相位義薄 膜來使用。 另外,保護薄膜之複折射率(△ n: nx — ny)較宜是在0.00 〜0.002微米之範圍。又,支撐體薄膜及對向薄膜之厚度方 向的複折射率((nx+ny)/2— nz}較宜是在0·00〜0.04之 範圍。 又,透明保護薄膜之厚度(乾燥厚度)宜是120微米以 下,較宜是20〜110微米,更宜是40〜100微米。保護膜 之遲相軸和偏光子之吸收軸的交叉角可以是任何的値’然而 較宜是平行或45±20 °之方位角。 〔光彈性〕 -76- 200831962 前述保護薄膜之光彈性係數較宜是6 0 X 1 cr8 c m 2 / N以 下,更宜是20x1 (T8cm2/N以下。光彈性係數係可以藉由楕 圓偏振儀而求得。 〔玻璃轉移溫度〕 前述保護薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度較宜是1 2 0 °C以上,更宜 是1 40 °C以上。玻璃轉移溫度係使用示差描型熱量計 (DSC),求取在昇溫速度爲10°C /分鐘測定時,薄膜之玻璃 轉移而引起基線開始變化之溫度、與再度回到基線之溫度的 f 1 平均値而得。本發明之偏光板,除了前述之偏光子及保護薄 膜以外,另外具有黏著劑層、分隔薄膜、保護薄膜之構成要 素,也沒有關係。 &lt;偏光板之製造步驟&gt; 以下,就本發明之偏光板的製造工程進行說明。 本發明中之偏光板的製造工程較宜是由膨潤製程、染色 製程、硬膜製程、拉伸製程、乾燥製程、保護膜貼合製程、 貼合後乾燥製程所構成。可以任意地改變染色製程、硬膜製 程、拉伸製程之順序;又,組合數個製程並同時進行也沒有 關係。又,可以如日本專利第333 1 6 1 5號之記載這樣地, 也適合在硬膜製程之後再進行水洗。 在本發明中,特佳爲按照膨潤製程、染色製程、硬膜製 程、拉伸製程、乾燥製程、保護膜貼合製程、貼合後乾燥製 程之記載順序逐次進行。又,在前述之製程中或者後,即使 設計線上面狀步驟也沒有關係。 -77- 200831962 膨潤製程較宜是只以水來進行,然而也可以如特開平 1 0-1 53709號之記載這樣地,爲使光學性能之安定化及避免 製造生產線上之偏光板基材發生皺褶,則可以藉由硼酸水溶 液使偏光板基板膨脹,來管理偏光板基材之膨脹度。 又,膨潤製程之溫度、時間係可以任意地定訂,然而較 宜是1 〇 °C以上〜6 0 °C以下、5秒以上〜2,0 0 0秒以下。 染色製程係可以使用特開2002 - 86554號所記載之方 法。又,染色方法不只可以是浸漬而已,也可以是塗布或噴 3 霧碘或染料溶液等之任何手段。又,也可以使用如特開200 1 -290 025號上之記載這樣的碘之濃度、染色浴溫度、溶中 之拉伸倍率、以及一邊攪拌浴中之浴液一邊進行染色之方 法。 在使用高價碘離子來做爲二色性分子的情況下,爲了得 到高對比之偏光板,則染色製程較宜是使用將碘溶解於碘化 鉀水溶液中而成的液體。在此情況下的碘-碘化鉀水溶液中 之碘較宜是0.05〜20克/升之範圍,碘化鉀較宜是3〜200 克/升之範圍,碘和碘化鉀之質量比較宜是1〜2,000之範 圍。染色時間較宜是1 0〜1,200秒,液溫度較宜是1 〇〜60 °C。更佳者是碘爲0.5〜2克/升而碘化鉀爲30〜120克/升; 碘和碘化鉀之質量比可以是3 0〜1 2 0 ;染色時間可以是3 0 〜600秒,液溫度可以是20〜50 °C。又,也可以如日本專 利第3145747號之記載這樣地在染色液中添加硼酸、硼砂 等之硼系化合物。 -78- 200831962 硬膜製程較宜是浸漬於交聯劑溶液、或塗布溶液而使之 含有交聯劑。又,也可以如特開平1 1 -521 30號之記載這樣 地分數次進行硬膜製程。 交聯劑係可以使用美國再公告專利第232897號所記載 者’也可以如日本專利第3357 1 09號所記載這樣地,爲了 提昇尺寸安定性而使用多元醛來做爲交聯劑,然而特別適合 使用硼酸類。在使用硼酸來做爲於硬膜製程中使的交聯劑之 情況下,也可以在硼酸-碘化鉀水溶液中添加金屬離子。當 做金屬離子者較宜是氯化鋅,然而也可以如特開200 0-35512 號之記載這樣地,使用碘化鋅等之鹵化鋅、硫酸鋅、醋酸鋅 等之鋅鹽來代替氯化鋅。在本發明中係適合進行:製作經添 加有氯化鋅的硼酸-碘化鉀水溶液,浸漬PVA薄膜後再進 行硬膜。硼酸較宜是10〜100克/升,碘化鉀較宜是1〜120 克/升,氯化鋅較宜是〇.〇1〜1 〇克/升,硬膜時間較宜是1 〇 〜1 ,200秒,液溫度較宜是1 0〜60°C。更佳者是硼酸爲1 〇 〜80克/升,碘化鉀爲5〜100克/升,氯化鋅爲0.02〜8克/ 升,硬膜時間可以是30〜600秒,液溫度可以是20〜50 °C。 拉伸製程較宜是如美國專利第245451 5號等之上所記 載這樣的縱向單軸拉伸方式’或者是如特開2002_86 554號 之記載這樣的拉幅方式。較佳的拉伸倍率爲2倍以上〜1 2 倍以下。更佳者爲3倍以上〜1 0倍以下。又,可以按照使 得拉伸倍率和原板厚度與偏光子厚度間之關係成爲在特開 2 0 0 2 - 0 4 0 2 5 6號所記載的(保護膜貼合後之偏光子膜厚度/原 -79- 200831962 板膜厚度)χ(總拉伸倍率)&gt;0.1 7,從最終浴取出時之偏光子的 寬度和保護膜貼合時之偏光子寬度間的關係成爲特開 2002-040247號所記載的0.08 S (保護膜貼合時之偏光子膜 寬度/從最終浴取出時之偏光子的寬度)‘0.95的方式來進 行。 乾燥製程係可以使用特開2002-86554之公知的方法, 然而較佳的溫度範圍是30〜1 00°C,較佳的乾燥時間是30 秒〜6 0分鐘。又,也可以如日本專利第3 1 4 8 5 1 3號上所記 k 載這樣地,適合進行如將水中褪色溫度設定爲50°C以上之 熱處理;也可以如特開平07-325215號或特開平07-325218 號上所記載這樣地,在經溫濕度管理的氛圍氣下進行蝕刻。 保護膜貼合製程係以2枚保護膜來貼合從乾燥製中取 出的前述偏光子的兩面之步驟。較佳爲使用在貼合之前供給 黏著液,按照使偏光子和保護膜重合的方式以一對的輥進行 貼合之方法。 、 (; 又,如特開2001-29 64 265號及特開2002-86554號上 所記載這樣地,爲了抑制由於偏光子之拉伸所引起的記錄溝 狀之凹凸,較宜是調整貼合時之偏光子的水分率。 在本發明中係適合使用0.1〜30%之水分率。偏光子和 保護膜間之黏著性係沒有特別地限制,然而舉例來說,例 如,其可以是PVA系樹脂(包括乙醯乙醯基、磺酸基、羧基、 伸氧烷基等之改性PVA)、及硼化合物水溶液等。此等之中, 較佳者爲PVA系樹脂。黏著劑之厚度,於乾燥後較宜是〇. 〇 1 -80- 200831962 〜5微米,更宜是0.05〜3微米。 又’爲了提高偏光子和保護膜間之黏著力,則適合對於 保護膜進行表面處理、親水化處理後再於予以黏著。表面處 理之方法係沒有特別地限制,然而可以採用使用鹼溶液予以 鹼化之方法、電暈處理法等之公知的方法。 又’也可以在表面處理之後,再設置白膠底塗層等之易 黏著層。如特開2002-267839號上所記載這樣地,保護膜 表面和水間之接觸角較宜是50 °以下。貼合後乾燥條件係按 照特開2002-86554號上所記載之方法,較佳的溫度範圍是 30〜1 00 °C,較佳的乾燥時間是30秒〜60分鐘。又,也可 以如特開平07-325220號上所記載這樣地,於經溫濕度管理 的氛圍氣下進行鈾刻。 偏光子中的元素含量較宜是碘爲0.1〜3·0克/平方公 尺,硼爲0.1〜5.0克/平方公尺,鉀爲〇·1〜2.0克/平方公 尺,鋅爲0〜2.0克/平方公尺。 又,鉀含量可以是如特開2001-166143號上所記載這 樣之〇·2質量。/。以下;偏光子中之鋅含量可以是如特開2〇〇〇-035512號上所記載這樣之〇.〇4〜0.5質量%以下, 又,如日本專利第3 3 2 3 2 5 5號上所記載這樣地,爲了 提高偏光板之尺寸安定性,也可以在染色製程、拉伸製程及 硬膜製程的任何製程中,添加有機鈦化合物及有機鉻化合物 中之至少任一種,也可以含有從有機鈦化合物及有機锆化合 物中所選取的至少一種之化合物。又,爲了調整偏光板之色 -81- 200831962 相,則也可以添加二色性染料。 &lt;偏光板之特性&gt; &lt; &lt;穿透率及偏光度&gt; &gt; 前述偏光板之單板穿透率較宜是42.5 %以上〜49.5 %以 下,更宜是4 2 8 %以上〜4 9 · 0 %以下。 又,以下述之數學式(1)所定義的偏光度之範圍較宜是 99.900%以上〜99_999%以下,更宜是 99.940以上〜 9 9.9 9 5 % 以下。 I 又,平行穿透率之範圍較宜是36%以上〜42%以下,正 交穿透率之範圍較宜是0.001 %以上〜0.05 %以下。 另外,以下式之數學式(2)所定義的二色性比之範圍較 宜是48以上〜1215以下,更宜是53以上〜525以下。 數學式(1) I平行穿透率-正交穿透率 V平行穿透率+正交穿透率Rth= { (nx + ny)/2 - nz } xd In the formula (I) and the formula (Π), nx is the direction of the phase axis in the plane of the film (the direction in which the refractive index becomes maximum). In the formula (I) and the formula (Π), ny is the direction of the phase in the film (the direction in which the refractive index becomes the smallest). In the formula (Π), 112 is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film. In the formula (I) and the formula (Π), d is a film thickness in units of nm. The second protective film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a protective film having a Re of 20 to 70 nm and an Rth of 30 to 400 nm is preferably used, as described later. A protective film having Re of 1 〇 or less and Rth of 25 nm or less is used. Further, in order to obtain the most appropriate hysteresis, a phase-sensitive film may be laminated on the second protective film. Further, the complex refractive index (?n: nx - ny) of the protective film is preferably in the range of 0.00 to 0.002 μm. Further, the complex refractive index ((nx+ny)/2-nz} in the thickness direction of the support film and the opposite film is preferably in the range of 0·00 to 0.04. Further, the thickness of the transparent protective film (dry thickness) Preferably, it is 120 microns or less, more preferably 20 to 110 microns, and more preferably 40 to 100 microns. The crossing angle of the retardation axis of the protective film and the absorption axis of the polarizer can be any 値', however, it is preferably parallel or 45. Azimuth angle of ±20 ° [Photoelasticity] -76- 200831962 The photoelastic coefficient of the protective film is preferably 60 x 1 cr8 cm 2 /N or less, more preferably 20x1 (T8cm2/N or less. Photoelastic coefficient It can be obtained by a circular polarizer. [Glass transfer temperature] The glass transition temperature of the protective film is preferably 1 20 ° C or higher, more preferably 1 40 ° C or higher. The glass transition temperature is determined by differential scanning. The calorimeter (DSC) is obtained by taking the average temperature of the temperature at which the glass transitions to the baseline and the temperature at which the baseline starts to change at the temperature increase rate of 10 ° C /min. Polarizing plate, in addition to the aforementioned polarizer and protective film, It is also possible to have a component of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the separator film, and the protective film. <Production Procedure of Polarizing Plate> Hereinafter, the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate of the present invention will be described. The engineering is preferably composed of a swelling process, a dyeing process, a hard film process, a stretching process, a drying process, a protective film bonding process, and a post-bonding drying process. The dyeing process, the hard film process, and the stretching process can be arbitrarily changed. In the present invention, it is also possible to combine a plurality of processes and simultaneously perform the same. Further, as described in Japanese Patent No. 333 1 6 1 5, it is also suitable to perform water washing after the hard film process. It is specially carried out in the order of the swelling process, the dyeing process, the hard film process, the drawing process, the drying process, the protective film bonding process, and the post-bonding drying process. Also, in the above process or even after the design, even the design The above-mentioned step of the line does not matter. -77- 200831962 The swelling process is preferably carried out only with water, but it can also be recorded as No. 1 0-1 53709 In this way, in order to stabilize the optical performance and avoid wrinkles of the polarizing plate substrate on the manufacturing line, the polarizing plate substrate can be expanded by the boric acid aqueous solution to manage the degree of expansion of the polarizing plate substrate. The temperature and time can be arbitrarily set, but it is preferably 1 〇 ° C or more to 60 ° C or less, 5 seconds or more to 2, 0 0 0 seconds or less. The dyeing process can be used by the special opening 2002-86554 Further, the dyeing method may be not only impregnation, but also any means of applying or spraying 3 atomic iodine or a dye solution. Further, a method of dyeing the iodine concentration, the dye bath temperature, the stretching ratio in the solution, and the bath in the stirring bath, as described in JP-A No. 2001-290025, may be used. In the case where a high-priced iodide ion is used as the dichroic molecule, in order to obtain a highly contrasted polarizing plate, the dyeing process is preferably a liquid obtained by dissolving iodine in an aqueous solution of potassium iodide. In this case, the iodine in the aqueous solution of iodine-potassium iodide is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 20 g/liter, and the potassium iodide is preferably in the range of 3 to 200 g/liter, and the mass of iodine and potassium iodide is preferably in the range of 1 to 2,000. . The dyeing time is preferably 1 0 to 1,200 seconds, and the liquid temperature is preferably 1 〇~60 °C. More preferably, the iodine is 0.5 to 2 g/liter and the potassium iodide is 30 to 120 g/liter; the mass ratio of iodine to potassium iodide may be 3 0 to 1 2 0; the dyeing time may be 3 to 600 seconds, and the liquid temperature may be It is 20~50 °C. Further, a boron-based compound such as boric acid or borax may be added to the dyeing liquid as described in Japanese Patent No. 3145747. -78- 200831962 The hard coat process is preferably immersed in a crosslinking agent solution or a coating solution to contain a crosslinking agent. Further, the hard coat process may be carried out in fractions as described in JP-A No. 1 1-521-30. The cross-linking agent can be used as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 232 897. As described in Japanese Patent No. 3357 1 09, a polyvalent aldehyde is used as a crosslinking agent for the purpose of improving dimensional stability. Suitable for the use of boric acid. In the case where boric acid is used as the crosslinking agent in the hard coat process, metal ions may be added to the boric acid-potassium iodide aqueous solution. The metal ion is preferably zinc chloride. However, zinc chloride such as zinc iodide, zinc sulfate or zinc acetate may be used instead of zinc chloride as described in JP-A-200-35512. . In the present invention, it is suitable to prepare a boric acid-potassium iodide aqueous solution to which zinc chloride is added, and to impregnate the PVA film to carry out a hard film. Boric acid is preferably 10~100g/L, potassium iodide is preferably 1~120g/L, zinc chloride is preferably 〇.〇1~1 〇g/L, and the dura time is preferably 1 〇~1. 200 seconds, the liquid temperature is preferably 10 to 60 ° C. More preferably, boric acid is 1 〇~80 g/L, potassium iodide is 5~100 g/L, zinc chloride is 0.02-8 g/L, hard film time can be 30~600 sec, liquid temperature can be 20~ 50 °C. The stretching process is preferably a longitudinal uniaxial stretching method as described above in U.S. Patent No. 2,451,451, or the like, or a tentering method as described in JP-A-2002-86554. The stretching ratio is preferably 2 times or more and 1 2 times or less. More preferably, it is 3 times or more and 10 times or less. Further, the relationship between the stretching ratio, the thickness of the original sheet, and the thickness of the polarizer can be made as described in JP-A-2002-0020 (the thickness of the polarizing film after the protective film is bonded/original) -79- 200831962 Film thickness) χ (total stretching ratio) &gt; 0.1 7, the relationship between the width of the polarizer when the final bath is taken out and the width of the polarizer when the protective film is bonded is JP-A-2002-040247 The 0.08 S (the width of the polarizing film when the protective film was bonded/the width of the polarizer when the film was taken out from the final bath) was 0.95. The drying process can be carried out by a known method of JP-A-2002-86554. However, a preferred temperature range is 30 to 100 ° C, and a preferred drying time is 30 seconds to 60 minutes. Further, it is also possible to carry out a heat treatment such as setting the fading temperature in water to 50 ° C or higher as described in Japanese Patent No. 3 1 8 8 5 1 3; or as in JP-A 07-325215 or As described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 07-325218, etching is performed under an atmosphere controlled by temperature and humidity. The protective film bonding process is a step of bonding the both faces of the polarizer taken out from the drying system by two protective films. It is preferable to use a method in which an adhesive is supplied before bonding, and a pair of rolls are attached in such a manner that the polarizer and the protective film are superposed. In addition, as described in JP-A Nos. 2001-29 64 265 and JP-A-2002-86554, it is preferable to adjust the fit in order to suppress the unevenness of the recording groove due to the stretching of the polarizer. In the present invention, the moisture content of 0.1 to 30% is suitably used. The adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film is not particularly limited, but for example, it may be a PVA system. a resin (including a modified PVA such as an ethyl acetonitrile group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group or an alkyloxy group), an aqueous solution of a boron compound, etc. Among these, a PVA resin is preferred, and the thickness of the adhesive is After drying, it is preferably 〇. 〇1 -80- 200831962 〜5 μm, more preferably 0.05~3 μm. Also, in order to improve the adhesion between the polarizer and the protective film, it is suitable for surface treatment and hydrophilicity of the protective film. The surface treatment method is not particularly limited, but a method of alkalizing using an alkali solution, a corona treatment method, or the like can be employed. Also, after the surface treatment, Set white plastic primer, etc. The contact angle of the surface of the protective film and the water is preferably 50 ° or less as described in JP-A-2002-267839. The drying conditions after lamination are as described in JP-A-2002-86554. The method preferably has a temperature range of 30 to 10,000 ° C, and a preferred drying time is 30 seconds to 60 minutes. Further, it can be managed by temperature and humidity as described in JP-A 07-325220. The uranium engraving is carried out under the atmosphere. The content of elements in the photon is preferably 0.1~3·0 g/m2, boron is 0.1~5.0 g/m2, and potassium is 〇1~2.0 g/ In the square meter, the zinc content is 0 to 2.0 g/m 2 . Further, the potassium content may be 〇·2 mass as described in JP-A-2001-166143. The zinc content in the photon may be In the case of the polarizing plate, as described in Japanese Patent No. 3 3 2 3 2 5 5, as described in JP-A No. 2,035,512, Dimensional stability, it is also possible to add organotitanium compounds in any process of dyeing process, stretching process and hard film process. At least one of the organic chromium compounds may contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an organic titanium compound and an organic zirconium compound. Further, in order to adjust the color of the polarizing plate -81-200831962, dichroism may be added. &lt;Characteristics of polarizing plate&gt;&lt;&lt;Transmission rate and degree of polarization&gt;&gt; The transmittance of the polarizing plate of the polarizing plate is preferably 42.5 % or more and 49.5 % or less, more preferably 4 2 8 Further, the range of the degree of polarization defined by the following formula (1) is preferably 99.900% or more to 99_999% or less, more preferably 99.940 or more to 9 9.9 9 5 % or less. . Further, the range of the parallel transmittance is preferably 36% or more and 42% or less, and the range of the orthogonal transmittance is preferably 0.001% or more and 0.05% or less. Further, the range of the dichroic ratio defined by the mathematical formula (2) of the following formula is preferably 48 or more and 1215 or less, more preferably 53 or more and 525 or less. Mathematical Formula (1) I Parallel Transmittance - Orthogonal Transmittance V Parallel Transmittance + Orthogonal Transmittance

Log 二色性比(Rd) =Log dichromatic ratio (Rd) =

Log Μ板穿透率 100 II板穿透率 100Log 穿透 plate penetration rate 100 II plate penetration rate 100

(1 + 偏光板 100 偏光板 100 )])] 數學式(2) 碘濃度和單板穿透率也可以是特開2002-258051號上 所記載的範圍。 平行穿透率也可以是如特開2001-083328號、特開 2002-022 950號上所記載者這樣小的波長依存性。在將偏光 -82- 200831962 板配置於正交尼科耳稜鏡的情況下之光學特性,可以是在特 開2001 -09 1 736號上所記載的範圍;平行穿透率和直交穿 透率之關係可以是在特開2 0 0 2 -1 7 4 7 2 8號上所記載的範圍 內。 可以是如特開2002-22 1 61 8號之記載這樣地,在光波 長爲420〜700奈米間的每10奈米之平行穿透率的標準差 可以是3以下,且在光波長爲420〜700奈米間的每1〇奈 米之(平行穿透率/直交穿透率)的最小値可以是300以上。 f ^ 關於偏光板之在440奈米波長的平行穿透率和直交穿 透率、平行穿透率、在550奈米波長和直交穿透率、在610 奈米波長之平行穿透率和直交穿透率也可以適合設定在特 開2002-258〇42號及特開2002-258043號上所記載的範圍 來進行。 &lt; &lt;耐久性&gt; &gt; 〔濕熱耐久性〕 ( 如特開200 1 -1 1 6922號之記載,於60°C、90% RH之氛 圔氣中放置5 0 0小時的情況,其前後之光穿透率及偏光度之 變化率的絕對値較宜是3%以下。尤其,光穿透率之變化率 較宜是2%以下,又偏光度之變化率的絕對値宜是0.5 %以 下,更宜是0.2 %以下。又,如特開平07-077608號之記載, 於80°C、90%RH下放置500小時的偏光度也較宜是95%以 上,單板穿透率也較宜是38 %以上。 (2-2)乾耐久性 -83- 200831962 於8 0 °C、乾氛圍氣下放置5 0 0小時的情況,其前後之 光穿透率及偏光度之變化率的絕對値亦較宜是3%以下。尤 其,光穿透率之變化率較宜是2%以下,又偏光度之變化率 的絕對値宜是0.5%以下,更宜是0.2%以下。 〔其他之耐久性〕 另外’也可以適合如特開平06-167611號之記載這樣 地將於8 0 °C放置2小時後之收縮率設定爲〇 · 5 %以下;也適 合將在玻璃板之兩面上成正交尼科耳稜鏡配置的偏光板積 層體,於6 9 °C之氛圍氣中放置7 5 0小時後之X値和y値設 定爲如特開平1 0-06881 8號所記載者;亦適合於80°C、 9 〇 % R Η之氛圍氣中放置處理2 Ο 0小時後之拉曼分光法的 105 cm_1及157 cm_1之光譜強度比的變化設爲如特開平 08_0 948 34號、開平09-1 971 27號上所記載的範圍這樣來進 行。 &lt; &lt;配向度&gt; &gt; PVA之配向度愈高者愈能得到良好的偏光性能,然而 偏光拉曼散亂及偏光FT-IR等之手段所算出的序參數(order parameter),較宜是在0.2〜1.0之範圍。 又,如特開昭59-1 33509號之記載,偏光子之總非晶 區域的高分子片段之配向係數和佔據分子的配向係數(0.7 5 以上)間之差値,可以至少是〇. 1 5 ;亦可以適合如特開平 04-2 04 9 07號之記載這樣地,將偏光子之總非晶區域的配向 係數設定爲0.65〜0.85,13_、丨5'之高價碘離子的配向度之 -84- 200831962 序參數設定爲0.8〜1.0來進行。 &lt; &lt;其他之特性&gt; &gt; 如特開2002-006 1 33號之記載,關於在80°C加熱30 Η 分鐘時的平均單位寬度的吸收軸方向之收縮力設定爲4.0 N/cm以下,亦可以適合如特開2002-2362 1 3號之記載這樣 地把偏光板於70°C加熱條件下放置1 20小時的情況下,將 偏光板之吸收軸方向之尺對變化率及偏光軸方向之尺寸變 化率均設定在±0.6 %以下,亦可以適合將偏光板之水分率如 f ^ % 特開2002-090546號之記載這樣地設定爲3質量%以下來進 行。另外,也可以適合如特開2000-249832號之記載這樣 地將拉伸軸之垂直方向的表面粗糙度,基於中心線平均粗糙 度設定爲0.04微米以下,亦可以適合如特開平1 0-268294 號之記載地將穿透軸方向之折射率n Q設定爲大於1 .6,也可 以適合將偏光板之厚度和保護薄膜之厚度間的關係,設定如 特開平1 0-1 1 1 4 1 1號上所記載之範圍這樣地來進行。 I ; &lt;偏光板之機能化&gt; 前述之偏光板適合使用來做爲與具有LCD之擴大視角 薄膜、反射型LC D所適用的λ /4板、顯示器之視認性提昇 用之拉反射膜、亮度提昇薄膜、硬被覆層、前方散亂層、防 眩層等之機能層的光學薄膜複合而成的機能化偏光板。 前之偏光板和上述的機能性光學薄膜複合而成的構成 例係示於第1圖。也可以透過黏著劑來黏合偏光板之單側的 保護膜之光學薄膜和偏光子(參照第1 Α圖),也可以透過黏 -85- 200831962 著劑,將機能性光學薄膜黏合於在偏光子兩面上設置保護膜 而成的偏光板上(參照第1 B圖)。在前者的情況下,在某一 方的保護膜上可以使用任何的透明保護膜。機能層及保護膜 等之各層間之剝離度,較宜是於特開2002-31 1 238號上所 記載的4.0 N/25mm以上。機能性光學薄膜較宜是隨著目的 機能而配置於液晶模組側上,而較宜是配置在液晶模組之相 反側上,即配置在顯示側或背光側上。 再者,在第1A圖、第1B圖中,1a及1b爲保護膜,2(1 + polarizing plate 100 polarizing plate 100)])] Mathematical formula (2) The iodine concentration and the veneer transmittance may be in the range described in JP-A-2002-258051. The parallel transmittance may be such a small wavelength dependency as that described in JP-A-2001-083328 and JP-A-2002-022950. The optical characteristics in the case where the polarizing-82-200831962 plate is disposed in the crossed Nicols can be the range described in JP-A-2001-09 1736; parallel transmittance and orthogonal transmittance. The relationship may be within the range described in JP-A 02 0 -1 7 4 7 2 8 . The standard deviation of the parallel transmittance per 10 nm between light wavelengths of 420 to 700 nm may be 3 or less, as described in JP-A-2002-22 1 61 8 and at the wavelength of light. The minimum enthalpy per square nanometer (parallel transmittance/straight penetration) between 420 and 700 nm may be 300 or more. f ^ Parallel transmittance and orthogonal transmittance at 440 nm wavelength for polarizing plates, parallel transmittance, wavelength at 550 nm and orthogonal transmittance, parallel transmittance at 610 nm wavelength, and orthogonal The penetration rate can also be suitably set in the range described in JP-A-2002-258-42 and JP-A-2002-258043. &lt;&lt;Durability&gt;&gt; [Damp heat durability] (When the temperature is 60 ° C, 90% RH is placed in a helium atmosphere at 60 ° C, as described in JP-A No. 200 1 -1 1 6922, The absolute 値 of the rate of change of the light transmittance and the degree of polarization before and after the yaw is preferably 3% or less. In particular, the rate of change of the light transmittance is preferably 2% or less, and the absolute rate of change of the degree of polarization is 0.5% or less, more preferably 0.2% or less. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 07-077608, the degree of polarization at 500 ° C and 90% RH for 500 hours is preferably 95% or more. The rate is also preferably 38% or more. (2-2) Dry Durability -83- 200831962 Placed in a dry atmosphere at 80 ° C for 500 hours, before and after the light transmittance and polarization The absolute value of the rate of change is preferably less than 3%. In particular, the rate of change of light transmittance is preferably less than 2%, and the absolute rate of change of the degree of polarization is preferably less than 0.5%, more preferably less than 0.2%. [Other durability] In addition, the shrinkage ratio after being placed at 80 ° C for 2 hours as described in JP-A 06-167611 is set to 〇·5 % or less; The polarizing plate laminated body in which the crossed Nicols are arranged on both sides of the glass plate is placed in an atmosphere of 69 ° C for 7 50 hours, and X 値 and y 値 are set as a special opening 10 -06881 No. 8; also suitable for placing in 80 ° C, 9 〇 % R Η atmosphere 2 Ο 0 hour after Raman spectroscopy, the spectral intensity ratio of 105 cm_1 and 157 cm_1 is set to The range described in JP-A 08-07 948 34 and Kaiping 09-1 971 27 is carried out as follows. &lt;&lt;Alignment degree &gt;&gt; The higher the degree of alignment of PVA, the better the polarizing performance is obtained. The order parameter calculated by means of polarized Raman scattering and polarized FT-IR is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 1.0. Further, as described in JP-A-59-1 33509, the photon is The difference between the alignment coefficient of the polymer segment of the total amorphous region and the alignment coefficient of the occupied molecule (0.7 5 or more) may be at least 1 1 5 ; it may also be suitable as described in JP-A 04-2 04 9 07 In this way, the alignment coefficient of the total amorphous region of the polarizer is set to 0.65 to 0.85, and the high iodine ion of 13_, 丨5' The degree of alignment of the sub-84-200831962 is set to 0.8 to 1.0. &lt;&lt;Othercharacteristics&gt;&gt; As described in JP-A-2002-006 1 33, about 30 °C at 80 °C The contraction force in the absorption axis direction of the average unit width at the minute is set to 4.0 N/cm or less, and it is also suitable to place the polarizing plate under heating at 70 ° C as described in JP-A-2002-23621-3. In the case of an hour, the ratio of the change in the absorption axis direction of the polarizing plate to the rate of change in the direction of the polarization axis is set to ±0.6% or less, and the moisture content of the polarizing plate such as f ^ % may be suitable for 2002- The description of No. 090546 is performed in such a manner that it is set to 3% by mass or less. Further, the surface roughness in the vertical direction of the stretching axis may be suitably set to 0.04 μm or less based on the center line average roughness as described in JP-A-2000-249832, and may be suitable for, for example, the special opening degree 1 0-268294. It is described that the refractive index n Q in the direction of the transmission axis is set to be greater than 1.6, and it is also suitable to set the relationship between the thickness of the polarizing plate and the thickness of the protective film, such as the special opening 1 0-1 1 1 4 1 The range described on the 1st is performed in this way. I; &lt;Functionalization of Polarizing Plate&gt; The polarizing plate described above is suitably used as a λ / 4 plate for an LCD having an enlarged viewing angle film, a reflective LC D, and a display for improving the visibility of the display. A functional polarizing plate in which an optical film of a functional layer such as a brightness enhancement film, a hard coating layer, a front scattering layer, and an antiglare layer is combined. A configuration example in which the former polarizing plate and the above-described functional optical film are combined is shown in Fig. 1. It is also possible to bond the optical film and the polarizer of the protective film on one side of the polarizing plate through an adhesive (refer to the first drawing), or to bond the functional optical film to the polarizing photo through the adhesive-85-200831962 agent. A polarizing plate provided with a protective film on both sides (see Fig. 1B). In the case of the former, any transparent protective film can be used on one of the protective films. The degree of peeling between the layers of the functional layer and the protective film is preferably 4.0 N/25 mm or more as described in JP-A-2002-31 1 238. Preferably, the functional optical film is disposed on the liquid crystal module side along with the function, and is preferably disposed on the opposite side of the liquid crystal module, that is, disposed on the display side or the backlight side. Furthermore, in FIGS. 1A and 1B, 1a and 1b are protective films, 2

C 1 爲偏光子,3爲機能性光學薄膜,4爲黏著層。 以下,就與本發明之偏光板複合使用的機能性光學薄膜 進行說明。 &lt; &lt;擴大視角薄膜&gt; &gt; 前述之偏光板可以是和像TN (扭曲向列型)、IPS(面內 切換型)、OCB (光學補償彎曲型)、VA(垂直向列型)、ECB(電 控複折射型)這樣的顯示模式所提案的擴大視角薄膜一起組 (. 合來使用。在此等之中,本發明之偏光板使用於VA模式及 | p s模式之際,係可以得到因溫濕度而引起的色味變化小、 更高顯示品質。 〔TN模式〕 前述之偏光板係可以藉由如以下之作法而使用於TN模 式之液晶顯示裝置,以不使發生光漏等之問題而能提供高顯 示品質之顯示裝置。TN模式用之擴大視角薄膜,較宜是組 合使用於日本印刷學會誌第36卷第3號(1 999年)第40〜44 -86- 200831962 頁、顯示器月刊8月號(2002年)第20〜24頁、特開平 4-229828號、特開平6-75115號、特開平6-214116號、特 開平8-5 02 06號等之上所記載的WV薄膜(富士薄膜(股)公司 製)。TN模式用之擴大視角薄膜的較佳構成係爲在透明支撐 體上依序具有配向層和光學異方向層之物。擴大視角薄膜可 以透過黏著劑而與偏光板貼合來使用,然而從薄型化的觀點 來看,特佳爲如SID’OODig.第551頁(2000年)之記載這樣 地,兼用爲前述之偏光子的保護膜中之一者。 € : 配向層可以設置如有機化合物(較佳爲聚合物)之摩擦 處理、無機化合物之斜向蒸鍍、形成具有微凹溝之層這樣的 手段。 另外,雖然也已知道藉由提供電場、提供磁場或光照射 使變生配向機能的配向層,然而特佳爲藉由進行聚合物之摩 擦處理來形成配向層。摩擦處理係適合藉由紙或布於一定方 向上摩擦聚合物之表面數次來實施。偏光子之吸收軸方向和 , 摩擦方向較宜是實質上平行。使用於配向層的聚合物之種類 I': 可以適合使用聚醯亞胺、聚乙烯醇、於特開平9-152509號 公報上所記載的具有聚合性基之聚合物等。配向層之厚度較 宜是0.01〜5微米,更宜是0.05〜2微米。 光學異方向性層較宜是含有液晶性化合物。於本發明中 使用的液晶性化合物特佳爲具有碟狀化合物(碟狀液晶)。碟 狀液晶分子係如下述一般式(D-1)所示之苯并菲衍生物這樣 地,具有圓盤狀之芯部並具有從該處呈放射狀伸出之側鏈的 -87- 200831962 構造。 又,爲了提供經時安定性,較宜是更進一步地導入以 光、熱等反應之基。上述之碟狀液晶之較佳例,係記載於特 開平8-50206號公報上。C 1 is a polarizer, 3 is a functional optical film, and 4 is an adhesive layer. Hereinafter, a functional optical film used in combination with the polarizing plate of the present invention will be described. &lt;&lt;Expanding the viewing angle film&gt;&gt; The polarizing plate described above may be the same as the image TN (twisted nematic), IPS (in-plane switching type), OCB (optical compensation bending type), VA (vertical nematic type). The expanded viewing angle film proposed by the display mode such as ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence Type) is used together. In this case, the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in the VA mode and the | ps mode. It is possible to obtain a small change in color odor due to temperature and humidity and a higher display quality. [TN mode] The above-mentioned polarizing plate can be used in a TN mode liquid crystal display device by the following method so as not to cause light leakage. A display device with high display quality, such as a high display quality, and an extended viewing angle film for TN mode, which is preferably used in combination with the Japanese Society of Printing Society, Vol. 36 No. 3 (1 999), 40th to 44th - 86th - 200831962 Pages, monitors, August issue (2002), pages 20 to 24, special Kaiping 4-229828, special Kaiping 6-75115, special Kaiping 6-214116, special Kaiping 8-5 02 06, etc. WV film (made by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.), which is described in TN mode. The preferred structure of the large viewing angle film is that the alignment layer and the optically different direction layer are sequentially provided on the transparent support. The enlarged viewing angle film can be used by bonding with the polarizing plate through the adhesive, but from the viewpoint of thinning. In particular, it is one of the protective films of the above-mentioned polarizers, as described in SID 'OO Dig., page 551 (2000). The alignment layer may be provided with an organic compound (preferably an aggregate). The rubbing treatment of the material, the oblique vapor deposition of the inorganic compound, and the formation of a layer having micro-pits. Further, although an alignment layer for providing an alignment function by providing an electric field, providing a magnetic field, or light irradiation is also known. However, it is particularly preferable to form an alignment layer by performing a rubbing treatment of the polymer. The rubbing treatment is preferably carried out by rubbing the surface of the polymer several times by paper or cloth in a certain direction. The absorption axis direction of the polarizer and the rubbing direction Preferably, it is substantially parallel. The type I' of the polymer used for the alignment layer I': It is suitable to use polyimine or polyvinyl alcohol, as described in JP-A-9-152509 The polymer having a polymerizable group, etc. The thickness of the alignment layer is preferably 0.01 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 2 μm. The optically isotropic layer is preferably a liquid crystal compound. The liquid crystal used in the present invention. The compound is particularly preferably a discotic compound (disc liquid crystal). The discotic liquid crystal molecule has a disc-shaped core portion and has a benzophenanthrene derivative represented by the following general formula (D-1). Further, in order to provide stability over time, it is preferable to introduce a base which reacts with light, heat, etc., and a preferred example of the above-mentioned disc-shaped liquid crystal. This is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-50206.

碟狀液晶分子在配向層附近所持的摩擦方向之傾斜角 係經配向成幾乎平行於薄膜平面,而在相反之空氣面側則碟 狀液晶分子係配向成近乎垂直於表面的直立形狀。碟狀液晶 層全體係混成配向,藉由此種層構造可以實現TN模式之 TFT-LCD之視角擴大。 上述之光學異方向性層,一般係藉由將碟狀化合物及其 他的化合物(另外,例如,聚合性單體、光聚合起始劑)溶解 在溶劑中而成的溶液,塗布於配向層上並予以乾燥,接著加 熱到碟狀向列相形成溫度之後,再藉由UV光之照射等而使 之聚合,更進一步地進行冷卻而得到的。本發明中所用的碟 狀液晶性化合物之碟狀向列液晶相-固相轉移溫度較宜是7 0 〜300°C,更宜是70〜170°C。 -88- 200831962 又,添加於上述光學異方向性層的碟狀化合物以外的化 合物,只要是與碟狀化合物間具有相溶性、可對於液晶性碟 狀化合物提供較佳的傾斜角之變化、或者不妨害配向即可, 任何的化合物均可以使用。在此等之中,聚合性單體(例如, 具有乙烯基、乙烯氧基、丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之化合 物)、含氟三阱化合物等之空氣界面側之配向控制用添加 劑,舉例來說,例如,其可以是乙酸纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維、 羥基丙基纖維素及乙酸丁酸纖維素等之聚合物。此等化合物 之添加量,相對於碟狀化合物而言,一般是使用0.1〜50質 量%,較宜是0 · 1〜3 0質量。/。。光學異方向性層之厚度較宜 是0.1〜10微米,更宜是0.5〜5微米。又,光學異方向性 層之Re較宜是10〜100奈米,更宜是20〜70奈米,更理 想是3 0〜5 0奈米。此時所使用的醯化纖維素基板的正面遲 滯値Re較宜是在0〜50奈米之範圍,更宜是2〜30奈米。 又,膜厚度方向之遲滯値Rth較宜是在10〜200奈米之範 圍,更宜是30〜150奈米。 擴大視角薄膜之較佳態樣爲以醯化纖維素薄膜做爲透 明基材薄膜、設於其上之配向層及形成於該配向層的由碟狀 液晶而成的光學異方向性層所構成,且光學異方向性層係藉 由UV光照射而交聯。 又,除了上述以外,在組合擴大視角薄膜和本發明之偏 光板的情況下,例如,也可以適合進行:如特開平07-1 98942 號之記載這樣地在與板面成交叉的方向上具有光軸,與顯示 -89- 200831962 複折射之異方向性的相位差板一起積層,也可以如特開 2002-258052號之記載這樣地使保護膜和光學異方向性層 之尺寸變化率實質上同等。 又,也可以適合進行:如特開2000-258632之記載這 樣地使與擴大視角薄膜貼合之偏光板的水分率成爲2.4%以 下,亦可以如特開2002-267839號之記載這樣地使擴大視 角薄膜之和水接觸的角度成爲70°以下。 〔OCB模式〕 前述之偏光板,按照如下述之作法,於施用在〇 C B模 式之液晶顯示裝置上時,也可以提供一種不會產生光漏等之 問題、且具高顯示品質之液晶顯示裝置。 Ο C B模式,從液晶分子的配向狀態來看,有時亦稱爲 彎曲模式、τι晶胞模式。未施加電場時和〇 F F施加電場時、 〇 N施加電場時之液晶配向狀態係大大地改變。施加電場 時,液晶晶胞內的液晶分子之配向狀態係呈現向我相互光學 補償的關係,視角廣闊。又,與其他的顯示模式比較之下, 其特點爲應答速度快。爲了於Ο N狀態下進行黑顯示之目 的,則必須配置光學補償層。 〇CB模式之液晶胞用擴大視角薄膜,其係使用來對於 藉由施加電場而垂直配向於液晶層中央部、傾斜配向於基板 界面附近之液晶層進行液晶層,藉以改善黑顯示時之視角特 性。 在將前述之偏光板使用於0 C B模式液晶胞的情況下, -90- 200831962 其係適合將如美國專利第5 8 0 5 2 5 3號之記載這樣的圓盤狀 液晶性化合物、與混成配向之擴大視角薄膜組合使用。 此時所使用的醯化纖維素基板之正面遲滯値Re (單 位:奈米)較宜是在1〇〜1〇〇奈米之範圍’更宜是20〜70 奈米。又,膜厚方向之遲滯値Rth (單位:奈米)較宜是在50 〜300奈米之範圍,更宜是100〜250奈米。又,設有第二 保護薄膜之光學異方向層之Re較宜是1〇〜1〇〇奈米’更宜 是20〜70奈米,更理想是25〜40奈米。 〔ECB模式〕 前述之偏光板,按照如下述之作法,於施用在ECB模 式之液晶顯示裝置上時,也可以提供一種不會產生光漏等之 問題、且具高顯示品質之液晶顯示裝置。 在使用於半穿透型液晶顯示裝置的情況下,適合使用作 出圓偏光之光學補償薄膜。在此情況下,光學補償薄膜適合 使用面內遲滯爲光波長之1 /4即所謂之λ /4板。在全可見光 區域中,爲了滿足此種條件之目的,例如,可以使得遲滯値 爲λ /4的光學補償薄膜、和λ /2的光學補償薄膜之遲相軸 交叉(參照專利第3236304號公報)。 前述之偏光板可以使用與λ /4板積層而成的圓偏光板。 本發明中使用的λ / 4板,爲了在可見光波長範圍中得 到幾乎完全的圓偏光,則較宜是在可見光波長範圍中具有大 約爲波長的1 /4之遲滯(Re)的相位差薄膜。 所謂「在可見光波長範圍中之差不多1 /4之遲滯」係指 -91- 200831962 在波長爲4 0 0到7 0 0奈米中顯示長波長愈長則遲滯値愈大, 並滿足於波長爲450奈米測定的遲滯値(Re4 50)爲80〜1 25 奈米且波長爲590奈米測定的遲滯値(Re590)爲120〜160 奈米的關係之範圍。較佳爲Re590 — Re450^5 nm,更宜是 Re590— Re450g 10 nm 〇 在本發明中所用的λ /4板只要滿足上述條件即可,沒 有特別地限制,然而,例如,可以使用於特開平5 - 2 7 1 1 8 號公報、特開平1 0 — 688 1 6號公報、特開平1 0-9052 1號公 ^ 報上記載之複數聚合物薄膜積層而成的λ /4板;也可以使用 於W0 00/65 384號公報、W0 00/26705號公報上所記載的 由1枚聚合物薄膜拉伸而成的λ /4板;亦可使用於特開2 0 0 0 —284126號公報、特開2002— 31717號公報上所記載的在 聚合物薄膜上設有至少一層以上的光學異方向性層之λ /4 板等之公知的λ /4板。又,可以使用聚合物薄膜的遲相軸方 向及光學異方向層之配向方向係配置於適合液晶胞的任意 I 方向之物。 在圓偏光板中,λ /4板之遲相軸和上述偏光板之穿透 軸可以交叉成任意的角度,然而較宜是在45°±20°之範圍內 交叉。但是,λ /4板之遲相軸和上述偏光子之穿透軸,即使 於上述以外的範圍交叉也沒有關係。 由λ /4板及λ /2板積層而構成λ /4板的情況下,較宜 是如日本專利號碼第3236304號公及特開平10-68816號公 報之記載,按照使λ /4板及λ /2板之面內遲相軸和偏光板 -92- 200831962 之穿透軸所構成的角度實質上成爲75°及15°的方式進行貼 合。 在做穿透型液晶顯示裝置之情況下,較宜是將圓盤狀液 晶化合物與混成配向之擴大視角薄膜予以組合使用。此時, 纖維素基板之Re較宜是0〜300奈米,更宜是0〜200奈米。 Rth較宜是0〜200奈米,更宜是0〜100奈米。光學異方向 性層之Re較宜是10〜100奈米,更宜是10〜50奈米。 〔VA模式〕 前述之偏光板,按照如下述之作法,於施用在VA模式 之液晶顯示裝置上時,也可以提供一種不會產生光漏等之問 題、且具高顯示品質之液晶顯示裝置。 VA模式之液晶胞用光學補償薄膜係可以改善在無施加 電場狀態下,液晶分子相對於基板面呈垂直配向狀態的黑顯 示之視角特性。 此種光學補償薄膜係適合使用面內相位差爲接近0、且 厚度方向上具有相位差之片材(日本專利號碼第2866372號 公報)。液晶分子之棒狀且垂直配向光學補償,較宜是將圓 盤狀化合物配列成平行於基板。例如,有的例子是將具有相 同面內遲滯値之拉伸薄膜,按照使遲相軸呈正交的方式進行 積層配置,有的例子是塗布圓盤狀之液晶性化合物來形成。 另外,爲了防止偏光板之斜方向之正交穿透率的惡化之目 的,也有將像液晶分子的棒狀化合物而構成的片材予以積層 的例子。 -93- 200831962 從而,偏光板係由將上述之偏光板保護薄膜積層於偏光 子的至少一單面上之物所構成。藉由將如此做法所得到的偏 光板設置於VA(垂直向列)型液晶胞的一表面側或兩表面側 上,即可得到VA型液晶顯示裝置。 前述之偏光板上所使用的第二保護薄膜,其係可以將其 本身當做光學異方向性膜來使用,此時,正面遲滯値Re(單 位:奈米)較宜是在20〜100奈米之範圍,更宜是30〜70 奈米。 $ 又,厚度方向之遲滯値Rth(單位:奈米)較宜是在50 〜250奈米之範圍,更宜是80〜170奈米。 藉由使用將厚度方向之遲滯値(Rth値)爲在上述範圍的 光學用薄膜做爲偏光板之保護薄膜的偏光板時,即可以得到 VA型液晶顯示裝置之良好的視角特性。 又,除了具有上述之光學異方向性之第二保護薄膜以 外,在上述之偏光板和液晶胞之間,可以使用任何的相位差 &amp; 薄膜。雖然並沒有特別地限定,然而可以使用經拉伸過的降 萡烯系樹脂薄膜及聚碳酸酯系樹脂薄膜,或者使用由聚醯 胺、聚酯等之樹脂薄膜所形成的相位差薄膜。 雖然沒有特別地限定於上述組合,然而爲了於呈現僅有 第二保護薄膜之光學異方向性時之良好視角特性的代表性 組合,舉例來說,例如,可以將厚度爲40〜100微米而醯基 取代度 SA+SB 爲 2.30SSA+SB&lt;2.80、0SSBS1.00 之 醯化纖維素薄膜予以拉伸10〜35%而使之具有所期望的光 -94- 200831962 學特性之醯化維素薄膜做爲第二偏光板保護薄膜,來製作具 有由它所形成的偏光板,透過黏著劑而貼合於VA模式液晶 胞之至少一端的側面上之方法。當中,也有將具有由醯基取 代度 SA+SB 爲 2.30SSA+SB&lt;2_60、0.50SSBg0.80 之 醯化纖維素薄膜拉伸而成的第二偏光板保護薄膜之偏光 板,貼合於晶胞的兩面上之方法,也有將具有由醯基取代度 SA+SB 爲 2.30SSA+SB&lt;3.00、SB=0 之醯化纖維素薄 膜拉伸而成之第二偏光板保護薄膜的偏光板,使用於晶胞之 背光側來進行補償之方法。 除了第二保護薄膜以外,使用的相位差板之方法,也已 知道藉由在VA模液晶胞和偏光板之間,設置從聚醯胺、聚 醯亞胺、聚酯聚(醚酮)、聚(醯胺醯亞胺)及聚(酯醯亞胺)構 成之群組中選出的至少一種之聚合物所形成,且在將面內之 2方向的折射率記爲nx及ny、厚度方向之折射率記爲nz 的情況下,能滿足η X &gt; n y &gt; η z的相位差薄膜來進行補償的 方法等。 〔IPS模式〕 前述之偏光板,按照如下述之作法,於施用在I P S模式 之液晶顯示裝置上時,也可以提供一種不會產生光漏等之問 題、且具高顯示品質之液晶顯示裝置。 I PS模式之液晶胞用光學補償薄膜,其係使用來提昇在 無施加電場狀態的黑顯示時,平行基板面配向之液晶分子的 光學補償薄以及偏光板之正交穿透率之視角特性。 -95- 200831962 I P S模式在無施加電場狀態下係呈黑顯示,而上下一對 的偏光板的穿透軸爲正交。 但是,在從斜方向觀察的情況下,穿透軸之交叉角不 90°,發生漏光而降低對比。 將前述之偏光板使用於I PS模式之情況下,爲了減低漏 光,因而如特開平1 0-54982號公報之記載這樣地,適合與 面內之相位差接近〇且厚度方向上具有相位差之擴大視角 薄膜一起組合使用。 舉例來說,例如,有的時候是將具有Re爲0〜1 00奈 米、Rth爲0〜200奈米範圍之醯化維素薄膜做爲第二保護 薄膜之偏光板、與Re爲50〜300奈米、Rth爲0〜200奈 米範圍之相位差板一起組合使用;有的情況是將在Re爲0 〜100奈米、Rth爲0〜200奈米範圍之醯化維素薄膜上設 置有光學異方向性層的偏光板、與Re爲50〜300奈米、Rth 爲0〜200奈米範圍之相位差板一起組合使用。 又,於丨PS模式之液晶顯示裝置的光學補償上可使用的 偏光板係沒有限定於以下所述者,然而也可以適合組合在膜 厚方向上之折射率成爲最大的相位差薄膜來使用。 藉由如如以上所述之手段,即可以將藉由使得醯化維素 薄膜具有膜厚方向上的折射率成爲最大這樣的特性,做爲偏 光板之第二保護薄膜來使用。 像這樣的在膜厚方向上之折射率成爲最大的較佳光學 特性,雖膾是由所組合的相位差薄膜之特性而來的,然而也 -96- 200831962 適合使用以下之特性物。例如,R e較宜是〇〜5 0奈米,更 宜是〇〜10奈米。另一方面,Rth較宜是一 20--300奈米, 更宜是一 80--160奈米。 又,於丨PS模式之液晶顯示裝置的光學補償上可使用的 偏光板係沒有限定於以下所述者,然而也可以適合使用具有 降低醯化維素薄膜之光學異方向性之添加劑,含有正面的遲 滯値爲I Re| €10,厚度方向的遲滯値爲I Rth| $25之第 二保護薄膜的偏光板,或具有由醯基取代度SA+SB爲2.30 SSA+SB&lt;3_00、0$SB&lt;1_00,膜厚度爲 40 〜80 微米之 醯化纖維素薄膜構成之第二偏光板保護薄膜的偏光板,或者 具有由上述之醯化維素薄膜拉伸而成的光學異方向性之第 二保護薄膜的偏光板等。 又,此等之偏光板也可以是和在降萡烯系樹脂、聚碳酸 酯系樹脂或此等之樹脂上塗設液晶性化合物而成的相位差 薄膜等一起組合來使用。 具體例子,舉例來說,例如,其可以是在晶胞的背光側 面上貼合使用Z-TAC(富土軟片(股)公司製)做爲第二保護薄 膜之偏光板,於辨視者側上使用具有以2.30 S S A + S B &lt; 2.50、0.80&lt;SB&lt;1.00、膜厚度爲40微米之醯化纖維素薄 膜做爲第二偏光板保護薄膜的偏光板、且在該偏光板和液晶 胞之間設有經拉伸過的降萡烯薄膜或聚碳酸酯系薄膜的實 施形態。 又,在晶胞的背光側上設置具有 2.30 S SA + SB &lt; -97- 200831962 2·50、0.80&lt;SB&lt;1.00、膜厚度爲40微米之醯化纖維素薄 膜做爲第二偏光板保護薄膜之偏光板和液晶胞之間,設置具 有將厚度爲80〜100微米之降萡烯系薄膜予以拉伸,具有 Re爲100〜250奈米、Rth爲50〜15 0奈米之相位差板,於 辨視者側面上設置以 2 · 3 0 S S A + S B &lt; 2 · 5 0、0.8 0 &lt; S B &lt; 1· 〇〇、膜厚度爲40微米之醯化纖維素薄膜做爲第二偏光板 保護薄膜的偏光板和液晶胞間設置厚度爲50〜1 00微米、 Re爲200〜300奈米、Rth爲0〜50奈米範圍之經拉伸的聚 &lt; 碳酸酯系相位差板之補償方式等。 &lt;&lt;抗反射薄膜&gt;&gt; 前述之偏光板可以和抗反射薄膜組合使用。 抗反射薄膜係可以使用只單層提供氟系聚合物等之低 折射率材料之反射率爲1 .5%左右的薄膜、或利用薄膜之多 層干涉的反射率爲1 %以下之薄膜中的任一者。 在本發明中,適合使用在透明支撐體上積層低折射率 層、及至少一層的具有比低折射率層還高折射率的層(即, 高折射率層、中折射率層)之構成。 又,也可以適合使用在日東技報第38卷第1號2000 年五月第26頁〜28頁、及特開2002-301783號等上所記載 的抗反射薄膜。各層的折射率係滿足以下之關係。 高折射率層之折射率 &gt; 中折射率層之折射率 &gt; 透明支 撐體之折射率 &gt; 低折射率層之折射率 抗反射薄膜所使用的透明支撐體係可以適合使用在前 -98- 200831962 述偏光層之保護膜所用的透明聚合物。 低折射率層之折射率較宜是1.20〜1.55,更宜是1.30 〜1 . 5 0 〇 低折射率層較宜是做爲具有耐擦傷性、防污性之最外層 來使用。爲了提高耐擦傷性,則也適合使用含有氟之材料來 進行向表面賦予平滑性。 含氟化合物,例如,其係可以適合使用於特開平9 -222503號公報說明書中之段落編號〔0018〕〜〔 0026〕、 《 特開平1 1 — 38202號公報說明書中之段落編號〔001 9〕〜 〔0030〕、特開200 1 — 40284號公報說明書中之段落編號 〔0027〕〜〔0028〕、特開2000-2 84102號公報等之上所記 載的化合物。 含矽化合物較宜是具有聚矽氧構造之化合物,然而可以 使用反應性矽(例如,撒伊拉普蘭(氮素(股)公司製))或在兩 末端上含有矽烷基之聚矽氧烷(特開平11-2584303號公報) , 等。也可以在觸媒共存之下,使矽烷偶合劑等之有機金屬化 1' 合物、和特定的具有含氟烴之矽烷偶合劑進行縮合反應而徑 以硬化(特開昭58-1 42958號公號、特開昭58-1 47483號公 報、特開昭58-1 47484號公報、特開平9-1 57582號公報、 特開平1 1 -1 06704號公報、特開2000-1 1 7902號公報、特 開2001-48590號公報、特開2002-53804號公報)。 在低折射率層上,除了上述以外的添加劑,也可以適合 使之含有塡充劑(例如,二氧化矽(矽石)、含氟粒子(氟化鎂、 -99- 200831962 藏化銘、氟/化鎖)寺之一次平均粒徑爲1〜1 5 0奈米的低折射 率層之折射率無機化合物、特開平1彳-3 8 2 0號公報中之段落 編號〔〇 〇 2 0〕〜〔〇 〇 3 8〕上所記載的有機微粒子等)、矽烷 偶合劑、平滑劑、界面活性劑等。 低折射率層係可藉由氣相法(真空蒸鍍法、濺鍍法、離 子鍍敷法、電漿CV D法等)來形成,然而從可以廉價地製造 的觀點來看,較宜是以塗布法來形成。 塗布法係適合使用滴塗法、氣刀塗布法、廉幕塗布法、 輥塗法、線塗法、凹版塗布法、微凹版塗布法。 低折射率層之膜厚度較宜是30〜200奈米,更宜是50 〜150奈米,更理想是60〜120奈米。 中折射率層及高折射率層較宜是將平均粒徑爲1 〇 〇奈 米以下之高折射率層的無機化合物超微粒子分散於基料用 材料中而構成者。 高折射率層之無機化合物微粒子係適合使用折射率爲 1.65以上之無機化合物,例如,Ti、Zn、Sb、Sn、Zr、Ce、The tilt angle of the rubbing direction of the discotic liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the alignment layer is aligned almost parallel to the plane of the film, and on the opposite air side, the discotic liquid crystal molecules are aligned to an upright shape which is nearly perpendicular to the surface. The dish-like liquid crystal layer is mixed and aligned in the whole system, and the viewing angle of the TFT-LCD in the TN mode can be realized by this layer structure. The optically anisotropic layer is generally applied to an alignment layer by dissolving a dish-like compound and another compound (for example, a polymerizable monomer or a photopolymerization initiator) in a solvent. It is dried, and then heated to a dish-like nematic phase formation temperature, and then polymerized by irradiation of UV light or the like, and further cooled. The dish-like liquid crystal phase-solid phase transfer temperature of the discotic liquid crystal compound used in the present invention is preferably 70 to 300 ° C, more preferably 70 to 170 ° C. -88-200831962 Further, the compound other than the dish-like compound to be added to the optically anisotropic layer may have a compatibility with the disc compound, and may provide a preferable tilt angle change to the liquid crystal disc compound, or Do not hinder the alignment, any compound can be used. Among these, a polymerizable monomer (for example, a compound having a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a propylene fluorenyl group, and a methacryl fluorenyl group), an air-side-side alignment control additive such as a fluorine-containing tri-trap compound, For example, it may be a polymer of cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate butyrate. The amount of such a compound to be added is generally 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0. 1 to 30% by mass based on the disc compound. /. . The thickness of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably from 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 5 μm. Further, the Re of the optical anisotropic layer is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 20 to 70 nm, more preferably 3 0 to 50 nm. The front side retardation Re of the deuterated cellulose substrate used at this time is preferably in the range of 0 to 50 nm, more preferably 2 to 30 nm. Further, the retardation 値Rth in the film thickness direction is preferably in the range of 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 30 to 150 nm. A preferred aspect of the expanded viewing angle film is formed by using a deuterated cellulose film as a transparent substrate film, an alignment layer disposed thereon, and an optically anisotropic layer formed of a disk-like liquid crystal formed on the alignment layer. And the optically anisotropic layer is crosslinked by irradiation with UV light. In addition, in the case of combining the enlarged viewing angle film and the polarizing plate of the present invention, for example, it is also possible to suitably have a direction intersecting the board surface as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 07-1 98942. The optical axis is laminated with a phase difference plate which exhibits the directionality of the birefringence of -89-200831962, and the dimensional change rate of the protective film and the optical anisotropic layer can be substantially as described in JP-A-2002-258052. Equivalent. In addition, the moisture content of the polarizing plate bonded to the enlarged viewing angle film may be 2.4% or less as described in JP-A-2000-258632, and may be expanded as described in JP-A-2002-267839. The angle of contact of the viewing angle film with water is 70° or less. [OCB mode] The polarizing plate described above can provide a liquid crystal display device having high display quality without causing problems such as light leakage when applied to a liquid crystal display device of the CB mode, as described below. . The Ο C B mode is sometimes referred to as a bending mode or a τι cell mode from the alignment state of liquid crystal molecules. When an electric field is not applied and an electric field is applied by 〇 F F , the liquid crystal alignment state when 〇 N is applied with an electric field greatly changes. When an electric field is applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal cell exhibits a relationship of optical compensation to each other, and the viewing angle is broad. Moreover, compared with other display modes, it is characterized by a fast response speed. In order to perform the black display in the ΟN state, the optical compensation layer must be arranged. The CB mode liquid crystal cell expands the viewing angle film, which is used to perform liquid crystal layer on the liquid crystal layer which is vertically aligned to the central portion of the liquid crystal layer by the application of an electric field and obliquely aligned in the vicinity of the substrate interface, thereby improving the viewing angle characteristics in black display. . In the case where the above-mentioned polarizing plate is used for the 0 CB mode liquid crystal cell, -90-200831962 is suitable for a discotic liquid crystalline compound as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,805,525, and the like. The combined viewing angle film is used in combination. The front side retardation 値Re (unit: nanometer) of the deuterated cellulose substrate used at this time is preferably in the range of 1 〇 to 1 〇〇 nanometer, and more preferably 20 to 70 nm. Further, the retardation 値Rth (unit: nanometer) in the film thickness direction is preferably in the range of 50 to 300 nm, more preferably 100 to 250 nm. Further, the Re of the optically oriented layer having the second protective film is preferably 1 〇 1 〇〇 〇〇 奈 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 〜 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ [ECB mode] The polarizing plate described above can provide a liquid crystal display device having high display quality without causing problems such as light leakage when applied to an ECB mode liquid crystal display device as described below. In the case of use in a transflective liquid crystal display device, it is suitable to use an optical compensation film which is circularly polarized. In this case, the optical compensation film is suitable for use in the in-plane hysteresis of 1 / 4 of the wavelength of light, the so-called λ / 4 plate. In the all visible light region, for the purpose of satisfying such conditions, for example, an optical compensation film having a hysteresis λ λ /4 and a retardation axis of the optical compensation film of λ /2 can be crossed (refer to Japanese Patent No. 3236304). . As the polarizing plate described above, a circular polarizing plate laminated with a λ / 4 plate can be used. The λ / 4 plate used in the present invention is preferably a retardation film having a hysteresis (Re) of about 1⁄4 of a wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to obtain almost complete circularly polarized light in the visible light wavelength range. The so-called "approximately 1 / 4 hysteresis in the visible wavelength range" refers to -91- 200831962. In the wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, the longer the long wavelength, the longer the hysteresis, and the wavelength is The hysteresis Re (Re4 50) measured at 450 nm is 80 to 125 nm and the retardation Re (Re590) measured at a wavelength of 590 nm is in the range of 120 to 160 nm. It is preferably Re590 - Re450^5 nm, more preferably Re590 - Re450g 10 nm. The λ /4 plate used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the above conditions are satisfied, however, for example, it can be used for the special opening λ /4 plate made up of a plurality of polymer films described in the publications 5 - 2 7 1 1 8 , JP-A-10-1 688 1 6 , and JP-A-10-0-9052 The λ /4 plate which is obtained by stretching one polymer film described in WO 00/65384, WO 00/26705, and can also be used in JP-A-2000-284126 A known λ /4 plate such as a λ /4 plate having at least one optical anisotropic layer on a polymer film as described in JP-A-2002-31717. Further, the retardation axis direction of the polymer film and the alignment direction of the optically different direction layer can be arranged in an arbitrary I direction suitable for the liquid crystal cell. In the circularly polarizing plate, the slow axis of the λ /4 plate and the transmission axis of the above polarizing plate may be crossed at an arbitrary angle, but it is preferable to cross within a range of 45 ° ± 20 °. However, the retardation axis of the λ /4 plate and the transmission axis of the above-mentioned polarizer do not depend on the range other than the above. In the case of the λ /4 plate and the λ / 2 plate layer, the λ /4 plate is preferably used as described in Japanese Patent No. 3,236,304 and JP-A-10-68816, in accordance with the λ /4 plate and The in-plane slow axis of the λ/2 plate and the angle of the transmission axis of the polarizing plate-92-200831962 are substantially 75° and 15°. In the case of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, it is preferred to use a combination of a discotic liquid crystal compound and a mixed viewing angle film. At this time, the Re of the cellulose substrate is preferably 0 to 300 nm, more preferably 0 to 200 nm. Rth is preferably 0 to 200 nm, more preferably 0 to 100 nm. The Re of the optically different directional layer is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 10 to 50 nm. [VA Mode] The polarizing plate described above can provide a liquid crystal display device having high display quality without causing problems such as light leakage when applied to a VA mode liquid crystal display device as described below. The VA mode liquid crystal cell optical compensation film system can improve the viewing angle characteristics of the black display state in which the liquid crystal molecules are vertically aligned with respect to the substrate surface in the absence of an applied electric field. Such an optical compensation film is suitably used as a sheet having a phase difference in the in-plane of 0 and a phase difference in the thickness direction (Japanese Patent No. 2866372). The rod-like and vertical alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is optically compensated, and it is preferred to arrange the disc-shaped compound parallel to the substrate. For example, in some cases, a stretched film having the same in-plane retardation , is laminated in such a manner that the slow axis is orthogonal, and some examples are formed by applying a disk-shaped liquid crystalline compound. Further, in order to prevent the deterioration of the orthogonal transmittance in the oblique direction of the polarizing plate, there is also an example in which a sheet composed of a rod-like compound of liquid crystal molecules is laminated. In the polarizing plate, the polarizing plate is formed by laminating the above-mentioned polarizing plate protective film on at least one side of the polarizing film. By arranging the polarizing plate obtained in this way on one surface side or both surface sides of a VA (vertical nematic) type liquid crystal cell, a VA type liquid crystal display device can be obtained. The second protective film used on the polarizing plate described above can be used as an optical anisotropic film. In this case, the front retardation 値Re (unit: nanometer) is preferably 20 to 100 nm. The range is more preferably 30~70 nm. $ Again, the retardation in the thickness direction 値Rth (unit: nanometer) is preferably in the range of 50 to 250 nm, more preferably 80 to 170 nm. When a polarizing plate having a retardation 値 (Rth値) in the thickness direction as a protective film of a polarizing plate in the above range is used, good viewing angle characteristics of the VA liquid crystal display device can be obtained. Further, in addition to the second protective film having the above-described optical anisotropy, any phase difference & film may be used between the above polarizing plate and the liquid crystal cell. Although it is not particularly limited, a stretched decene-based resin film and a polycarbonate-based resin film may be used, or a retardation film formed of a resin film such as polyamide or polyester may be used. Although not particularly limited to the above combination, in order to present a representative combination of good viewing angle characteristics when only the optical anisotropy of the second protective film is present, for example, a thickness of 40 to 100 μm may be used. A fluoridation film having a base substitution degree SA+SB of 2.30SSA+SB<2.80, 0SSBS1.00, which is stretched by 10 to 35% to have a desired optical property of -94-200831962 As the second polarizing plate protective film, a method of forming a polarizing plate formed therefrom and bonding it to the side surface of at least one end of the VA mode liquid crystal cell through an adhesive is prepared. Among them, a polarizing plate having a second polarizing plate protective film obtained by stretching a deuterated cellulose film having a thiol substitution degree SA+SB of 2.30SSA+SB<2_60 and 0.50SSBg0.80, is bonded to the crystal. On both sides of the cell, there is also a polarizing plate having a second polarizing plate protective film obtained by stretching a deuterated cellulose film having a thiol substitution degree SA+SB of 2.30SSA+SB<3.00 and SB=0. A method of using the backlight side of the unit cell for compensation. In addition to the second protective film, the method of using a phase difference plate is also known to provide a polyamine, a polyimine, a polyester poly(ether ketone), between a VA mode liquid crystal cell and a polarizing plate. A polymer of at least one selected from the group consisting of poly(amidoximine) and poly(esterimide), and the refractive index in the in-plane direction is denoted as nx and ny, and the thickness direction When the refractive index is nz, a method of compensating for a retardation film of η X &gt; ny &gt; η z can be satisfied. [IPS mode] The polarizing plate described above can provide a liquid crystal display device having high display quality without causing problems such as light leakage when applied to a liquid crystal display device of the I P S mode as described below. The optical compensation film for liquid crystal cells of the I PS mode is used to enhance the optical compensation thin of the liquid crystal molecules aligned on the parallel substrate surface and the viewing angle characteristics of the orthogonal transmittance of the polarizing plate when the black display is not applied. -95- 200831962 The I P S mode is black in the absence of an applied electric field, and the transmission axes of the upper and lower polarizing plates are orthogonal. However, in the case of observing from an oblique direction, the crossing angle of the transmission axis is not 90°, and light leakage occurs to reduce the contrast. In the case where the above-mentioned polarizing plate is used in the IPS mode, in order to reduce the light leakage, it is suitable to have a phase difference close to the in-plane and a phase difference in the thickness direction, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. The expanded viewing angle film is used in combination. For example, for example, a polarizing plate having a retinal film having a Re of 0 to 100 nm and an Rth of 0 to 200 nm as a second protective film is used, and Re is 50~ A phase difference plate of 300 nm and Rth of 0 to 200 nm is used in combination; in some cases, it is set on a smectin film having a Re of 0 to 100 nm and an Rth of 0 to 200 nm. A polarizing plate having an optically anisotropic layer is used in combination with a phase difference plate having a Re of 50 to 300 nm and an Rth of 0 to 200 nm. Further, the polarizing plate which can be used for optical compensation of the liquid crystal display device of the PS mode is not limited to the following. However, it may be suitably used by combining a retardation film having a maximum refractive index in the film thickness direction. By the means as described above, it is possible to use the bismuth hydride film as the second protective film of the polarizing plate by having the property that the refractive index in the film thickness direction is maximized. The preferable optical characteristics in which the refractive index in the film thickness direction is maximized as described above are the characteristics of the phase difference film to be combined. However, the following characteristics are suitable for use in the -96-200831962. For example, R e is preferably 〇~50 nm, and more preferably 〇~10 nm. On the other hand, Rth is preferably a 20-300 nm, more preferably an 80--160 nm. Further, the polarizing plate which can be used for optical compensation of the liquid crystal display device of the PS mode is not limited to the following. However, it is also possible to suitably use an additive having an optical anisotropy which reduces the thickness of the disintegrated film, and includes a positive electrode. The hysteresis is I Re| €10, the retardation in the thickness direction is I Rth| $25 of the second protective film of the polarizing plate, or has a substitution ratio of SA+SB of 2.30 SSA+SB&lt;3_00, 0$SB&lt;; 1_00, a polarizing plate of a second polarizing plate protective film composed of a deuterated cellulose film having a film thickness of 40 to 80 μm, or a second optical anisotropy stretched by the above-described deuterated film A polarizing plate or the like for protecting a film. Further, the polarizing plate may be used in combination with a phase difference film obtained by coating a liquid crystalline compound on a norbornene resin, a polycarbonate resin or the like. As a specific example, for example, a polarizing plate using Z-TAC (manufactured by Rich Films Co., Ltd.) as a second protective film may be attached to the backlight side of the unit cell, on the side of the viewer. A polarizing plate having a deuterated cellulose film having a film thickness of 40 μm of 2.30 SSA + SB &lt; 2.50, 0.80&lt; SB &lt; 1.00, and a film thickness of 40 μm as a second polarizing plate protective film, and the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal cell are used thereon An embodiment in which a stretched norbornene film or a polycarbonate film is stretched between them is provided. Further, on the backlight side of the unit cell, a deuterated cellulose film having 2.30 S SA + SB &lt; -97-200831962 2·50, 0.80&lt;SB&lt;1.00, and a film thickness of 40 μm is provided as the second polarizing plate Between the polarizing plate of the protective film and the liquid crystal cell, a decene-based film having a thickness of 80 to 100 μm is stretched, and has a phase difference of Re of 100 to 250 nm and Rth of 50 to 150 nm. The plate is provided with a bismuth cellulose film of 2 · 30 SSA + SB &lt; 2 · 5 0, 0.8 0 &lt; SB &lt; 1· 〇〇, film thickness 40 μm on the side of the viewer. The polarized plate of the two polarizing plate protective film and the liquid crystal cell are provided with a stretched poly-carbonate phase difference of 50 to 100 μm, Re of 200 to 300 nm, and Rth of 0 to 50 nm. Board compensation method, etc. &lt;&lt;Antireflection Film&gt;&gt; The polarizing plate described above can be used in combination with an antireflection film. As the antireflection film, a film having a reflectance of about 1.5% of a low refractive index material such as a fluorine-based polymer or a film having a reflectance of 1% or less by multilayer interference of a film can be used. One. In the present invention, a structure in which a low refractive index layer and at least one layer having a higher refractive index than the low refractive index layer (i.e., a high refractive index layer, a medium refractive index layer) are laminated on the transparent support are suitably used. Further, the antireflection film described in the Japanese Journal of Technology, Vol. 38, No. 1, May 2000, pages 26 to 28, and JP-A-2002-301783 may be suitably used. The refractive index of each layer satisfies the following relationship. Refractive Index of High Refractive Index Layer&gt; Refractive Index of Medium Refractive Index Layer&gt; Refractive Index of Transparent Support&gt; Refractive Index of Low Refractive Index Layer The transparent support system used for the antireflection film can be suitably used in the former-98- 200831962 A transparent polymer used for the protective film of the polarizing layer. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably 1.20 to 1.55, more preferably 1.30 to 1. 5 0 〇 The low refractive index layer is preferably used as the outermost layer having scratch resistance and antifouling properties. In order to improve the scratch resistance, it is also suitable to impart a smoothness to the surface by using a material containing fluorine. The fluorine-containing compound, for example, may be suitably used in the paragraphs [0018] to [0026] in the specification of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-222503, and the paragraph number [001 9] in the specification of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. ~ 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 The ruthenium-containing compound is preferably a compound having a polyoxo structure, however, reactive ruthenium (for example, Sayrapram (manufactured by Nitrogen Co., Ltd.)) or a polyoxyalkylene having a decyl group at both terminals may be used. (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-2584303), et al. It is also possible to carry out a condensation reaction by a condensation reaction of an organometallated 1' compound such as a decane coupling agent with a specific fluorinated hydrocarbon-containing decane coupling agent in the presence of a catalyst (JP-A-58-1 42958) Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-48590 and JP-A-2002-53804. On the low refractive index layer, an additive other than the above may be suitably used to contain a chelating agent (for example, cerium oxide ( vermiculite), fluorine-containing particles (magnesium fluoride, -99-200831962 藏化铭, fluorine) /Chemical lock) The refractive index inorganic compound of the low refractive index layer of the temple having an average particle diameter of 1 to 150 nm, and the paragraph number in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 1彳-3 8 2 0 [〇〇2 0] ~ [〇〇3 8] organic fine particles, etc.), a decane coupling agent, a smoothing agent, a surfactant, and the like. The low refractive index layer can be formed by a vapor phase method (vacuum evaporation method, sputtering method, ion plating method, plasma CV D method, etc.), but it is preferably from the viewpoint of being inexpensive to manufacture. It is formed by a coating method. The coating method is preferably a drop coating method, an air knife coating method, an air curtain coating method, a roll coating method, a wire coating method, a gravure coating method, or a micro gravure coating method. The film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably from 30 to 200 nm, more preferably from 50 to 150 nm, more preferably from 60 to 120 nm. The medium refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer are preferably composed of an inorganic compound ultrafine particle having a high refractive index layer having an average particle diameter of 1 〇 〇 or less dispersed in a material for a base material. The inorganic compound fine particles of the high refractive index layer are preferably an inorganic compound having a refractive index of 1.65 or more, for example, Ti, Zn, Sb, Sn, Zr, Ce,

Ta、La、In等之氧化物、含有此等之金屬原子的複合氧化 物等。 此種超微粒子係可以使用粒子表面經以表面處理劑 (矽烷偶合劑等;特開平1 1 -295503號公報、特開平 1 1 -1 53703號公報、特開2000-9908號公報、陰離子性化合 物或有機金屬偶合劑;特開200 1 -31 0432號公報等)處理過 的、以高折射率粒子做爲芯的芯殼構造(特開2001-166104 -100- 200831962 等)、倂用特定之分散劑(例如,特開平1 1 -1 53703 美國專利號碼US6210858B1、特開2002-2776069 等之態樣。 用來做爲基料用材料者,雖然可以使用習用公 塑性樹脂、硬化性樹脂皮膜等,然而也可以使 2000-47004 號公報、特開 2001 -31 5242 號公; 2001 -3 1 87 1號公報、同開2001 -296401號公報等 載的多官能性材料、或由在特開2001 -2938 1 8號 ί 上所記載的金屬烷氧化物組成物所得到的硬化性藤 高折射率層之折射率較宜是1.70〜2.20。高 之厚度較宜是5奈米〜10微米,更宜是10奈米〜 中折射率層之折射率係被調整成在低折射率 率與高折射率層之折射率間的値。中折射率層之折 是 1 _50 〜1 .70。 抗反射薄膜之霧度較宜是5%以下,更宜是 , 又,膜之強度,按照JIS Κ5400之鉛筆硬度試驗 Ο 以上,較宜是2 Η以上,更理想是3 Η以上。 &lt; &lt;提昇売度薄Θ吴〉〉 前述之偏光板係可以與提昇亮度薄膜組合使J 度薄膜係具有圓偏光或直線偏光機能,而被配置在 背光之間,於背光側上將一側之圓偏光或直線偏光 反射或後方散射。 來自背光部之再反射光,其係由於在改變部另 號公報、 號公報等) 知的熱可 用在特開 報、特開 之上所記 公報等之 | 〇 折射率層 / 1微米。 層之折射 射率較宜 3%以下。 較宜是Η ΐ。提昇亮 :偏光板和 :進行後方 、偏光狀態 -101- 200831962 而再入射於提昇亮度薄膜及偏光板之際形成部分透射, 藉由反復此種過程來提昇光之利用,正面亮度提昇到1 左右。 做爲提昇亮度薄膜者,已知係有異方向性反射方式 方向性散射方式,其中任一者皆可以和本發明之偏光 合。 就異方向性反射方式而論,已知道藉由多重積層單 伸薄膜和未拉伸薄膜,增大拉伸方向之折射率差,具有 率及穿透率之異方向性的提昇亮度薄膜,使用介電體密 理之多層膜方式(WO 95/1 7691號、WO 95/1 7692號 95/1 7699號各說明書之記載),以及已知道膽固醇液晶 (歐州專利606940A2號說明書、特開平8-271 731號公 記載)。 本發明係適合使用介電體密勒原理之多層方式的 亮度薄膜之DBEF-E、DBEF-D、DBEF-M(均爲3M公司 膽固醇液晶方式之提昇亮度薄膜之NIPOCS(日東電二 公司製)。關於NIPOCS係可以參考日東技報第1·38考 號,2000年五月第19頁〜21頁等。 又,在本發明中較宜是使用像在WO 97/32223號 97/32224 號、WO 97/32225 號、WO 97/32226 號之名 書及特開平9-274 1 08號、特開平1 1 -1 74231號各公韩 記載之將正的固有複折射性聚合物、與負的固有複折躬 合物予以摻混,並與單軸拉伸之異方向性散射方式的携 因而 •4倍 及異 板組 軸拉 反射 勒原 、WO 方式 報之 提昇 製)、 :(股) B第1 、w〇 •說明 i上所 Μ生聚 [昇亮 -102- 200831962 度薄膜一起組合。 異方向性散射方式之提昇亮度薄膜較宜是DRPF-H(3M 公司製)。本發明之偏光板和提昇亮度薄膜較宜是使用透過 黏著劑貼合的形態、或者使用將偏光板之保護膜的一側當做 提昇亮度薄膜之一體化型。 &lt; &lt;其他的機能性光學薄膜&gt; &gt; 在前述之偏光板上,也較宜是和設有硬塗層、前方散射 層、防眩(antiglare)層、氣體阻障層、平滑層、抗靜電層、 下塗層或保護層等之機能性光學薄膜一起組合來使用。又, 此等之機能層也較宜是將前述之抗反射層、或光學異方向性 層等在同一層內相互地複合來使用。 〔硬塗層〕 前述之偏光板,爲了賦予耐擦傷性等之力學強度之目 的,其係適合與設於透明支撐體之表面上的機能性光學薄膜 一起組合使用。在將硬塗層使用於所適用的前述抗反射薄膜 的情況下,特佳爲設在透明支撐體和高折射率層之間。 硬塗層較宜是藉由光及熱中之至少任一種而引起硬化 性化合物之交聯反應、或聚合反應來形成。硬化性官能基較 宜是光聚合性官能基,又含有水解性官能基之有機金屬化合 物較宜是有機院氧基砂院化合物。 硬塗層之具體的構成組成物,例如,其係可以使用特開 2002-144913 號公報、特開 2000-9908 號公報、WOOO/4 6617 號公報等所記載之物。 -103- 200831962 硬塗層之膜厚度較宜是0.2〜100微米。 硬塗層之強度,較宜是依照J I S K54 0 0之鉛筆硬度試驗 Η以上,更宜是2H以上,更理想3H以上。又,依照JIS K5400 之摩耗試驗,試驗前後之試驗片之摩耗量愈少愈好。 形成硬塗層之材料係可以使用含有乙烯性不飽和基之 化合物、含有開環聚合性基之化合物,此等之化合物係可以 單獨或組合使用。 含有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物的較佳例子,舉例來說, f 例如其可以是乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸 酯、貳三羥甲基丙烷四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季 戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六 丙烯酸酯等之多元醇之聚丙烯酸酯類;雙酚A二縮水甘油醚 之二丙烯酸酯、己烷二醇二縮水甘油醚之二丙烯酸酯等之環 氧丙烯酸酯類;藉由聚異氰酸酯和丙烯酸羥乙酯等之含羥基 丙烯酸酯的反應所得到的丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯等之較佳的化 # 合物。 又,市售化合物,舉例來說,例如其可以是EB-600、 EB-40、EB-140、EB-1150、EB-1290K、IRR214、EB-2220、 TMPTA、TMPTMA(以上爲戴西爾 UCB(股)公司製)、 UV-6300、UV-1700B(以上爲曰本合成化學工業(股)公司製) 等。 又,含有開環聚合性基之化合物的較佳例子,舉例來 說,例如其可以是縮水甘油醚類之乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、雙 -104- 200831962 酚A二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基乙烷三縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基 丙烷三縮水甘油醚、甘油基三縮水甘油醚、三縮水甘油基參 羥乙基三聚異氰酸酯、山梨糖醇四縮水甘油醚、季戊四醇甲 苯基四縮水甘油醚、甲酚酚醛清漆樹脂之聚縮水甘油醚、苯 酚酚醛清漆樹脂之聚縮水甘油醚等;脂環式環氧樹脂類之塞 羅氧化物2021 P、塞羅2081、艾普利得GT-301、艾普利得 GT-401、EHPE3150CE(以下爲戴西爾化學工業(股)公司 製)、苯酚酚醛清漆樹脂之聚環己基環氧甲基醚等、氧雜環 丁 院類之 OXT-121、OXT-221、〇X-SQ、PNOX-1009(以上 爲東亞合成(股)公司製)等。 除此以外,縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物、或者 是縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯與可以共聚合的單體間之共 聚物也可以使用於硬塗層。 在硬塗層上,爲了減低硬塗層之硬化收縮、提昇和基材 間之密合性、減低本發明之硬塗層處理物品之捲曲之目的, 也適合進行添加矽、鈦、銷、鋁等之氧化物微粒子、或聚乙 烯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、聚二甲基環己烷等之交聯粒子、 SBR、NBR等之交聯橡膠微粒子等之有機微粒子等之交聯微 粒子。 此等之交聯微粒子之平均粒徑較宜是1〜20,000奈 米。又,交聯微粒子之形狀係可後沒有特別限制地使用球 狀、棒狀、針狀、板狀等。微粒子之添加量較宜是佔硬化後 之硬塗層的6 0體積%以下,更宜是4 0體積。/。以下。 -105- 200831962 硬塗層較宜是使用熱或活性能量線加以硬化,其中更宜 是使用放射線、r線、α線、電子線、紫外線等之活性能量 線’從安全性、生產性考量時,特佳爲使用電子線、紫外線。 在以熱進行硬化的情況下,考量塑膠本身之耐熱性時,加熱 溫度較宜是1 4 0 °c以下,更宜是1 〇 〇 °c以下。 〔前方散射層〕 前方散射層係用以改良在將本發明之偏光板適用於液 晶顯示裝置時之上下左右方向的視角特性(色相與亮度分 布)。 在本發明中較宜是由折射率不同的微粒子分散於黏合 劑而構成者’例如,可以使用前方散射係數特定化之特開 1 1 -38208號公報、透明樹脂和微粒子之相對折射率於特定 範圍之特開2000-1 99809號公報、霧度値限定於40%以上 之特開2002-107512號公報等之構成。 又,爲了控制本發明之偏光板的霧度之視角特性,也可 以適合與住友化學之技術報告「光機能性薄膜」第3 1頁〜 39頁上所記載的「魯密斯帝」組合來使用。 〔防眩層〕 防眩(antiglare)層係被使用來使得反射光散射以防止 映入。防眩機能係可以藉由在液晶顯示裝置的最表面上形成 凹凸而得到。具有防眩機能的光學薄膜之霧度較宜是3〜 3 0%,更宜是5〜20%,更理想是7〜20%。 在薄膜表面上形成凹凸的方法,例如,可以適合使用添 -106- 200831962 加微粒子而於膜表面上形成凹凸之方法(例如,特開 2000-271878號公報等)、添加少量(〇·1〜50質量%)的較大 粒子(粒徑爲 〇·〇5〜2微米)而形成表面凹凸膜之方法(例 如,特開2000-281 41 0號公報、特開2000-95893號公報、 特開200 1 -1 00004號公報、特開2001 -28 1 407號公報等)、 於薄膜表面上物理轉印凹凸形狀之方法(例如,特開昭 63-278839號公報、特開平 1 1 -1 8371 0號公報、特開 20 0 0-2 7 5401號公報等所記載之鑲嵌加工方法)等。 此等之機能層較宜是使用設置於偏光子側及和偏光子 相反面的任一單面或兩面上。 (液晶顯示裝置) 其次,說明使用本發明之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置。 第2圖係使用本發明之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置之一例。 如第2圖所示,本發明之液晶顯示裝置係具有液晶胞 (15〜19)、以及挾持液晶胞(15〜19)而配置於上側偏光板11 和下側偏光板2 2。 偏光板雖然是被偏光子及一對的透明保護薄膜所挾 持,然而在第2圖中則係顯示一體化的偏光板而省略詳細的 構造。 液晶胞係由上側基板1 5及下側基板1 8、被此等挾持之 液晶分子1 7所形成的液晶層所構成。液晶胞雖然是依照進 行Ο Ν ·〇F F顯示時之液晶分子的配向狀態之不同而分類成 如ΤΝ(扭曲向列型)、IPS(面內切換型)、OCB(光學補償彎曲 -107- 200831962 型)、VA(垂直向列型)、EC B (電控複折射型)之顯示模式,然 而本發明之偏光板不論是穿透型或反射型,任一種之顯示模 式均可以使用。 藉由在基板1 5及1 8之接觸液晶分子1 7的表面(以下, 有的情況稱爲「內面」)上形成配向膜(未圖示),並在配向膜 上實施摩擦處理,來控制無施加電場或低施加狀態下之液晶 分子17之配向。又,在基板15及18之內面上,在由液晶 分子1 7構成的液晶層上係形成有能夠施加電場之透明電極 (未圖示)。 TN模式之摩擦方向係在上下基板相互正交之方向上實 施,以其強度和摩擦次數等來控制傾斜角之大小。配向膜係 在塗布聚醯亞胺後進行燒成而形成的。液晶層之扭角(扭曲 角)的大小係由上下基板之摩擦方向的交叉角、和添加於液 晶材料中的光學活性劑來決定。爲了使此處之扭曲角成爲 9 0°,則添加節距爲60微米左右的光學活性劑。 另外,扭曲角,在筆記型電腦或個人電腦螢幕、電視用 之液晶顯示裝置的情況下,其係設定於90°附近(85至95°), 而於做爲行動電話等之反射型顯示裝置使用的情況下,則設 定在0〜70°。又,在IPS模式及ECB模式中,扭曲角爲0°。 又在丨P S模式中,電極係僅配置於下側基板1 8之上,並施 加平行於基板面的電場。又,在OCB模式中係無扭曲角且 傾斜角變大;而在VA模式中則液晶分子1 7係配向成垂直 於上下基板。 -108- 200831962 本文中,液晶層之厚度d和折射率異方向性△ η的積△ n d之大小可改變白顯示時之明亮度。因此,爲了得到最大 明亮度,則設定於每一顯示模示之該範圍內。 一般,乃藉由將上側偏光板1 1之吸收軸1 2和下側偏 光板2 2之吸收軸2 3之交叉角略呈正交地積層,以得到高對 比。 液晶胞之上側偏光板1 1之吸收軸1 2和上側基板1 5之 摩擦方向之交叉角雖然是隨著液晶顯示模式而定,然而在 TN、IPS模式通常是設定爲平行或垂直。於OCB、ECB模 式則多半設定爲45°。但是,由於調整顯示色彩之色調及視 角,各顯示模式之最適値是不同的,所以不應限定於此範圍 內。 使用前述偏光板之液晶顯示裝置不限定於第2圖之構 成,也可以含有其他的構件。例如,也可以在液晶胞和偏光 子之間配置彩色濾光片。 又,在液晶胞和偏光板之間,也可以另外置前述之擴大 視角薄膜13、20。偏光板1 1、22和擴大視角薄膜13、20 係可以黏著劑貼合之積層形態來進行配置,也可以將液晶胞 側保護膜之一者使用於擴大視角薄膜上,即當做所謂的一體 型楕圓偏光板來進行配置。 又,在做爲穿透型使用的情況下,可以在背面上配置冷 陰極或熱陰極螢光管、或發光二極體、場效發射元件、電致 發光元件以做爲光源。又,使用本發明之偏光板之液晶顯示 -109- 200831962 裝置也可以是反射型,在此種情況下,可以只在觀察側上配 置1枚偏光板,而在液晶胞背面或液晶胞之下側基板的內面 上設置反射膜。當然,也可以在液晶胞觀察側上設置使用前 述光源的前光。 按照本發明,即可以提供隨著熱、濕度而引起穿透率、 偏光率之變化小、且耐久性高的偏光板。 又,依照本發明的話,即可以提供不會產生顯著的色味 變化、且顯示品質高的液晶顯示裝置。 【實施例】 以下,藉由實施例來更進一步地具體說明本發明本發 明,然而本發明之實施態樣不是限定於此等之物而已。 &lt;環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1之製作&gt; 使用Z E〇N〇R 1 4 2 0 (降萡烯類之開環聚合物之氫化物、 日本茜恩公司製、Tg: 140 °C)之九粒。 使用腔內徑爲50奈米、螺旋L/D爲28之單軸擠壓成 形機(日本製鋼所製),於桶溫度爲2 6 0 °C下將前述之九粒予 以熔融擠押出,從模具溫度爲260它之塗布吊式模口擠出寬 度爲6 5 0毫米之片狀熔融樹脂,使密接於第1冷卻鼓輪(直 徑:200毫米、溫度T1: 135°C、周速度R1 : 12.50公尺/ 秒),直接藉由刮刀塗布機,按照順序將之密合地移送到第1 冷卻輥、接著第2冷卻冷卻鼓輪(直徑:350毫米、溫度丁2 : 125。(3、周速度82:14.46公尺/秒)、然後第3冷卻鼓輪(直 徑:350毫米、溫度T3 : 80°C、周速度R3 ·· 14_40公尺/秒), -110- 200831962 逐次冷卻並藉由冷卻鼓輪面之轉印來進行平滑化,而得到寬 度爲550毫米(縮幅爲左右各50毫米)的熱可塑性樹脂薄 膜;經調整鼓輪後,藉由切割機從兩端各切除3 0毫米,以 捲曲鼓輪捲成圓筒狀而得到圓筒狀之光學用薄膜。此時,在 第1冷卻鼓輪之片狀熱可塑性樹脂的接觸時間11爲3.1 (秒),離開第1冷卻鼓輪時之樹脂溫度T1爲1 32(°C ),則t1 X (T 1 — T g )爲一 1 2 (單位:秒•度)。如此作法,擠押成形一 厚度爲80微米之降萡烯系樹脂薄膜。 (聚酯系樹脂薄膜A-2之製作) 將聚酯之小片材料,以亨歇爾混合機及於槳板式乾燥機 內進行乾燥,使含水率成爲50ppm以下之後,於加熱器溫 度設定於280〜300 °C之擠壓機內使之熔融。 將經熔融的聚酯樹脂由模口部吐出到施加靜電的輥 上,得到非結晶胚料(base)。 將此非結晶胚料於胚料流動方向進行拉伸,使拉伸比成 爲3 · 3倍之後,於胚料寬度方向以3.9倍之拉伸比進行拉 伸,製作成厚度爲1 〇〇微米之聚酯系樹脂薄膜A-2。 &lt;聚碳酸酯系樹脂薄膜A-3之製作&gt; 將100份之聚碳酸酯樹脂(黏度平均分子量4萬、雙酚 A型)、1.〇份之2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-t-丁基苯基)-苯并三唑、 4 3 0份之二氯甲烷、9 0份之甲醇投入密閉容器,於加壓下進 行80 °C之保溫,一邊攪拌一邊使完全溶解而得到塗布液組 成物。 -111- 200831962 接著,過濾此塗布液組成物並進行冷卻,保持於33 °C, 均勻地流延於不銹鋼帶上,於33 °C進行5分鐘之乾燥。 其次,從不銹鋼剝離後,一邊以多支輥運送一邊完成乾 燥,而得到膜厚度爲1 00微米之聚碳酸酯薄膜。 &lt;偏氯乙烯系樹脂薄膜A-4之製作&gt; &lt;&lt;被複層1塗布液之製作&gt;&gt; 〔被複層1塗布液之組成〕_ •含氯聚合物:R204.............12克 ’ (旭化成生活&amp;民生(股)公司製「沙朗蘭迪R204」} •四氫呋喃..................63克 &lt; &lt;被複層1之塗設&gt; &gt; 在80微米之厚度的三乙酸纖維素薄膜(TAC-TD80U、 富士軟片(股)公司製)上,使用具有狹縫模口之塗布機,按照 使乾燥後的厚度成爲3微米的方式塗布被複層1用塗布液。 以運送速度爲30公尺/分鐘的條件進行塗布,以60°C及100 I °C進行乾燥5分鐘,並予以捲取。 &lt;乙烯醇系樹脂層被複薄膜A-5、A-6之製作&gt; &lt;&lt;由乙烯醇系聚合物形成之被複層2之製作&gt; &gt; 〔被複層2塗布液之組成〕_ •乙烯醇系聚合物HR-3010(可樂麗(股)公司製)· 5質量份 •水中高壓分散完成之矽石ME-100(固體物成分比5質量 %、克普化學(股)公司製).........10質量份 •水.................... 〇 〇質量份 -112- 200831962 將ME-100與水依照所期望的濃度予以混合,然後使用 高壓分散機,以3 0 Μ P a進行高壓分散處理3次,使之分散 於水中。HR-3010係藉由於95°C之水中進行攪拌2小時而 溶解。 &lt; &lt;被複層2之塗設&gt; &gt; 將設有三乙酸纖維素(TAC-TD80U、富士軟片(股)公司 製)之被複層的側邊,以1莫耳/升之鹼溶液、於50 °C實施鹼 化處理。 然後,在三乙酸纖維素薄膜之鹼化處理面上,使用具有 狹縫模口之塗布機,按照使乾燥後之膜厚度成爲5微米的方 式塗布被複層2用塗布液。然後,以運送速度爲30公尺/ 分鐘的條件進行塗布,以1 3 (TC進行乾燥5分鐘,並予以捲 取。 &lt;第一保護薄膜之製作&gt; &lt; &lt;第一保護薄膜B-1之製作&gt; &gt; 目II處理— 在上述之環烯烴系莖薄膜A-1的雙面上,使用高頻發信 機(電暈發生機HV05-2、湯姆科技(股)公司製),於輸出電壓 1 00%、輸出功率爲250W、以直徑1 ·2毫米之線電極、電極 通長度爲240毫米、工作電極間隔[5毫米之條件下進行電 暈放電處理3秒鐘,將表面張力予以表面改質使成爲 0.072Ν/公尺。 &lt;下塗層之塗設&gt; -113- 200831962 在經實施前處理過的環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1的雙面 上,按照使乾燥膜厚度成爲9 0奈米的方式,塗布如下所示 之下塗層用塗布液。 〔下塗層用塗布液之組成〕 ___ •苯乙烯丁二烯乳膠(固體物成分爲43%)..... 300克 • 2,4-二氯-6羥-s-三畊鈉鹽(8%).........49克 •蒸餾水..................1,6 0 0克 200831962An oxide of Ta, La, In or the like, a composite oxide containing such a metal atom, or the like. For the ultrafine particle system, a surface treatment agent can be used as a surface treatment agent (a decane coupling agent, etc., and an anionic compound, JP-A No. 1-295503, JP-A No. Hei 01-153703, JP-A-2000-9908, an anionic compound) Or an organic metal coupling agent; a core-shell structure having a high refractive index particle as a core, which has been treated, and the like, (specifically, 2001-166104-100-200831962, etc.) In the case of a material for use as a base material, a public plastic resin, a curable resin film, or the like can be used, for example, in the case of a material for use as a base material, for example, JP-A No. 1 1 -1 53 703. However, it is also possible to make a polyfunctional material such as No. 2000-47004, JP-A-2001-31 5242, No. 2001-319781, and JP-A-2001-296401, or The refractive index of the curable vine high refractive index layer obtained by the metal alkoxide composition described in No. 2938 1 8 is preferably 1.70 to 2.20. The height is preferably 5 nm to 10 μm, more preferably Is the refraction of 10 nm ~ medium refractive index layer It is adjusted to be between the low refractive index and the refractive index of the high refractive index layer. The refractive index of the medium refractive index layer is 1 _50 〜 1.70. The haze of the antireflection film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably In addition, the strength of the film is preferably 2 Η or more, more preferably 3 Η or more, in accordance with JIS Κ 5400 pencil hardness test 。. &lt;&lt; Lifting Θ度ΘΘ> The aforementioned polarizing plate system can In combination with the enhanced brightness film, the J-degree film system has a circularly polarized or linear polarizing function, and is disposed between the backlights, and reflects one side of the circular or linear polarized light on the backlight side or backscatters. Re-reflection from the backlight The light, which is known as the heat in the special section, the bulletin, etc., can be used in the 〇 refractive index layer / 1 micron. The refractive index of the layer is preferably less than 3%. It is more suitable. Enhance the brightness: polarizing plate and: rear, polarized state -101- 200831962 and then incident on the brightness-enhancing film and polarizing plate to form partial transmission, by repeating this process to enhance the use of light, the front brightness is raised to about 1 . As a film for improving brightness, it is known that there is an omnidirectional reflection mode directional scattering method, and any of them can be polarized with the present invention. In the case of the unidirectional reflection method, it has been known that a multi-layered one-stretch film and an unstretched film increase the refractive index difference in the stretching direction, and the directionality-increasing brightness film having a rate and a transmittance is used. Multilayer film method of dielectric body (WO 95/1 7691, WO 95/1 7692, No. 95/1 7699), and cholesteric liquid crystal (European Patent No. 606940A2, special Kaiping 8-- 271 731 public records). The present invention is suitable for the brightness film of the multilayer film of the dielectric Miller principle, DBEF-E, DBEF-D, and DBEF-M (all of which are NIPOCS (made by Nitto Electric Co., Ltd.) of the brightness enhancement film of the 3M company cholesteric liquid crystal system) For the NIPOCS system, refer to the Nitto Technical Daily No. 1.38 test number, May 2000, pages 19 to 21, etc. Further, in the present invention, it is preferable to use, as in WO 97/32223, No. 97/32224, WO 97/32225, WO 97/32226, and the special intrinsic birefringent polymers described in the Korean Patent Publication No. 9-274 1 08 and JP-A No. 1 1 -1 74231 The intrinsic complex-folding compound is blended, and it is uniaxially stretched by the unidirectional stretching method, and thus 4 times and the heterogeneous plate axis is pulled back, and the WO method is reported to improve the system): (share) B No. 1, w〇• Description i is a combination of poly-[Liang-102-200831962 degree film together. The brightness-increasing film of the isotropic scattering method is preferably DRPF-H (manufactured by 3M Company). The polarizing plate and the brightness-enhancing film of the present invention are preferably one which is bonded by an adhesive or an integrated type in which one side of the protective film of the polarizing film is used as a brightness-increasing film. &lt;&lt;Other functional optical film&gt;&gt; In the above polarizing plate, it is preferable to provide a hard coat layer, a front scattering layer, an antiglare layer, a gas barrier layer, and a smooth layer. A functional optical film such as an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer or a protective layer is used in combination. Further, it is preferable that these functional layers are used by combining the above-mentioned antireflection layer or optically anisotropic layer in the same layer. [Hard Coating Layer] The above-mentioned polarizing plate is preferably used in combination with a functional optical film provided on the surface of a transparent support for the purpose of imparting mechanical strength such as scratch resistance. In the case where a hard coat layer is used for the aforementioned antireflection film to be applied, it is particularly preferably provided between the transparent support and the high refractive index layer. The hard coat layer is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of a curable compound by at least any one of light and heat. The organometallic compound having a curable functional group which is preferably a photopolymerizable functional group and a hydrolyzable functional group is preferably an organic compound oxide sand compound. For the specific constituents of the hard coat layer, for example, those described in JP-A-2002-144913, JP-A-2000-9908, WOOO/4 6617, and the like can be used. -103- 200831962 The film thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 0.2 to 100 μm. The strength of the hard coat layer is preferably in accordance with the pencil hardness test of J I S K54 0 0 or more, more preferably 2H or more, more preferably 3H or more. Moreover, according to the abrasion test of JIS K5400, the less the amount of friction of the test piece before and after the test, the better. As the material for forming the hard coat layer, a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group or a compound containing a ring-opening polymerizable group can be used, and these compounds can be used singly or in combination. A preferred example of the compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, for example, f may be, for example, ethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol Polyacrylates of polyhydric alcohols such as acrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, etc.; diacrylate of bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether An epoxy acrylate such as a diacrylate; a preferred compound such as an urethane acrylate obtained by a reaction of a hydroxyl group-containing acrylate such as polyisocyanate or hydroxyethyl acrylate. Further, commercially available compounds, for example, may be EB-600, EB-40, EB-140, EB-1150, EB-1290K, IRR214, EB-2220, TMPTA, TMPTMA (above is Daisy UCB) (Stock) company), UV-6300, UV-1700B (above is manufactured by Sakamoto Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Further, preferred examples of the compound containing a ring-opening polymerizable group may, for example, be ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether of glycidyl ether, bis-104-200831962 phenol A diglycidyl ether, trishydroxyl Methyl ethane triglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, glyceryl triglycidyl ether, triglycidyl hydroxyethyl trimeric isocyanate, sorbitol tetraglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol tolyl tetra Glycidyl ether, polyglycidyl ether of cresol novolac resin, polyglycidyl ether of phenol novolac resin, etc.; erro oxide 2021 P of alicyclic epoxy resin, Cerro 2081, Eplide GT- 301, Optimus GT-401, EHPE3150CE (hereinafter referred to as Daisy Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), phenol novolac resin polycyclohexyl epoxy methyl ether, etc., oxetane OXT-121 OXT-221, 〇X-SQ, PNOX-1009 (above is East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.). In addition to this, a polymer of glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a copolymer of a glycidyl (meth) acrylate and a monomer copolymerizable may be used for the hard coat layer. On the hard coat layer, in order to reduce the hardening shrinkage of the hard coat layer, the adhesion between the substrate and the adhesion between the substrates, and the purpose of reducing the curl of the hard coat treated article of the present invention, it is also suitable for adding bismuth, titanium, pin, aluminum. Crosslinked fine particles such as oxide fine particles or crosslinked particles such as polyethylene, poly(meth)acrylate or polydimethylcyclohexane, and organic fine particles such as crosslinked rubber fine particles such as SBR and NBR . The average particle size of such crosslinked microparticles is preferably from 1 to 20,000 nm. Further, the shape of the crosslinked fine particles may be a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a plate shape or the like without particular limitation. The amount of the fine particles added is preferably 60% by volume or less, more preferably 40% by volume of the hard coat layer after hardening. /. the following. -105- 200831962 The hard coat layer is preferably hardened by using heat or active energy rays, and it is more preferable to use active energy rays such as radiation, r-line, α-line, electron beam, ultraviolet light, etc. from the viewpoint of safety and productivity. It is especially good to use electronic wires and ultraviolet rays. In the case of hardening by heat, when considering the heat resistance of the plastic itself, the heating temperature is preferably 1 40 °c or less, more preferably 1 〇 〇 °c or less. [Front Scattering Layer] The front scattering layer is used to improve the viewing angle characteristics (hue and brightness distribution) in the upper, lower, left and right directions when the polarizing plate of the present invention is applied to a liquid crystal display device. In the present invention, it is preferred that the fine particles having different refractive indices are dispersed in the binder. For example, the forward scattering coefficient can be used to specify the relative refractive index of the transparent resin and the fine particles. JP-A-2000-99809, and the configuration in which the haze is limited to 40% or more, and the like. Further, in order to control the viewing angle characteristics of the haze of the polarizing plate of the present invention, it is also suitable to be used in combination with the "Romez Emperor" described in Sumitomo Chemical Technical Report "Optical Functional Film" on pages 31 to 39. . [Anti-glare layer] An antiglare layer is used to scatter reflected light to prevent reflection. The anti-glare function can be obtained by forming irregularities on the outermost surface of the liquid crystal display device. The haze of the optical film having an anti-glare function is preferably from 3 to 30%, more preferably from 5 to 20%, still more preferably from 7 to 20%. In the method of forming the concavities and convexities on the surface of the film, for example, a method of adding fine particles to the surface of the film by adding -106 to 200831962 (for example, JP-A-2000-271878, etc.), and adding a small amount (〇·1~) can be suitably used. 50% by mass of a larger particle (having a particle diameter of 5 to 2 μm) to form a surface unevenness film (for example, JP-A-2000-281 41 0, JP-A-2000-95893, JP-A-2007-95893 In the method of physically transferring the uneven shape on the surface of the film (for example, JP-A-63-278839, JP-A No. Hei 01-178371, JP-A No. 2001-28, No. 407, and the like) In the case of the inlaid processing method described in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. Preferably, the functional layers are provided on either one or both sides of the polarizer side and the opposite side of the polarizer. (Liquid Crystal Display Device) Next, a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of the present invention will be described. Fig. 2 is an example of a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of the present invention. As shown in Fig. 2, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has liquid crystal cells (15 to 19) and liquid crystal cells (15 to 19), and is disposed on the upper polarizing plate 11 and the lower polarizing plate 2 2 . Although the polarizing plate is held by the polarizing film and the pair of transparent protective films, in the second drawing, the integrated polarizing plate is shown, and the detailed structure is omitted. The liquid crystal cell is composed of a liquid crystal layer formed by the upper substrate 15 and the lower substrate 18, and the liquid crystal molecules 17 held thereby. The liquid crystal cells are classified into, for example, ΤΝ (twisted nematic), IPS (in-plane switching), OCB (optical compensation bending -107- 200831962), depending on the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules when Ο 〇 〇 FF is displayed. The display mode of the type), VA (vertical nematic type), and EC B (electrically controlled birefringence type), however, the polarizing plate of the present invention can be used in any of the display modes, whether it is a transmissive type or a reflective type. An alignment film (not shown) is formed on the surface of the substrate 15 and 18 contacting the liquid crystal molecules 17 (hereinafter, referred to as "inner surface"), and rubbing treatment is performed on the alignment film. The alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 17 in the absence of an applied electric field or a low applied state is controlled. Further, on the inner surfaces of the substrates 15 and 18, a transparent electrode (not shown) capable of applying an electric field is formed on the liquid crystal layer composed of the liquid crystal molecules 17. The rubbing direction of the TN mode is performed in a direction in which the upper and lower substrates are orthogonal to each other, and the magnitude of the tilt angle is controlled by the strength and the number of rubbing times. The alignment film is formed by baking after coating polyimide. The magnitude of the twist angle (twist angle) of the liquid crystal layer is determined by the intersection angle of the rubbing direction of the upper and lower substrates and the optically active agent added to the liquid crystal material. In order to make the twist angle here 90°, an optically active agent having a pitch of about 60 μm is added. In addition, in the case of a notebook computer or a personal computer screen or a liquid crystal display device for a television, the twist angle is set at around 90° (85 to 95°), and is used as a reflective display device such as a mobile phone. In the case of use, it is set at 0 to 70 °. Also, in the IPS mode and the ECB mode, the twist angle is 0°. Further, in the 丨P S mode, the electrodes are disposed only on the lower substrate 18, and an electric field parallel to the substrate surface is applied. Further, in the OCB mode, there is no twist angle and the tilt angle becomes large; and in the VA mode, the liquid crystal molecules 17 are aligned perpendicular to the upper and lower substrates. -108- 200831962 Here, the thickness Δ n d of the thickness d of the liquid crystal layer and the refractive index anisotropy Δ η can change the brightness at the time of white display. Therefore, in order to obtain the maximum brightness, it is set within the range of each display mode. Generally, a high contrast is obtained by slightly orthogonally crossing the intersection angles of the absorption axis 1 2 of the upper polarizing plate 1 1 and the absorption axis 2 3 of the lower polarizing plate 2 2 . Although the crossing angle of the rubbing direction of the absorption axis 1 2 of the liquid crystal cell upper polarizing plate 1 and the upper substrate 15 is in accordance with the liquid crystal display mode, the TN and IPS modes are generally set to be parallel or vertical. In the OCB and ECB modes, it is mostly set to 45°. However, since the optimum color of each display mode is different by adjusting the color tone and the viewing angle of the display color, it should not be limited to this range. The liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate is not limited to the configuration of Fig. 2, and may include other members. For example, a color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer. Further, between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate, the above-described viewing angle films 13 and 20 may be additionally provided. The polarizing plates 1 1 and 22 and the enlarged viewing angle films 13 and 20 may be disposed in a laminated form in which an adhesive is attached, or one of the liquid crystal cell side protective films may be used on the enlarged viewing angle film, that is, as a so-called integrated type.楕 Round polarizer for configuration. Further, in the case of use as a penetrating type, a cold cathode or a hot cathode fluorescent tube, or a light emitting diode, a field effect emitting element, or an electroluminescence element may be disposed on the back surface as a light source. Further, the liquid crystal display-109-200831962 apparatus using the polarizing plate of the present invention may be of a reflective type. In this case, only one polarizing plate may be disposed on the observation side, but on the back surface of the liquid crystal cell or under the liquid crystal cell. A reflective film is provided on the inner surface of the side substrate. Of course, the front light using the above-described light source may be provided on the liquid crystal cell observation side. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a polarizing plate which has a small change in transmittance, a change in polarizing rate, and high durability with heat and humidity. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device which does not cause a significant change in color odor and which has high display quality. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto. &lt;Production of Cycloolefin-Based Resin Film A-1&gt; ZE〇N〇R 1 4 2 0 (Hydrogen of a ring-opening polymer of a decene-based product, manufactured by Nippon Co., Ltd., Tg: 140 ° C) Nine. Using the uniaxial extrusion molding machine (manufactured by Nippon Steel Co., Ltd.) having a cavity inner diameter of 50 nm and a spiral L/D of 28, the above-mentioned nine particles were melt-extruded at a barrel temperature of 260 °C. The mold temperature is 260. The coated die is extruded with a sheet-like molten resin having a width of 650 mm, so as to be in close contact with the first cooling drum (diameter: 200 mm, temperature T1: 135 ° C, peripheral speed R1: 12.50 m / s), directly transferred to the first cooling roller and then the second cooling cooling drum by a knife coater (diameter: 350 mm, temperature D: 2: 125. Weekly speed 82: 14.46 meters / sec), then the third cooling drum (diameter: 350 mm, temperature T3: 80 ° C, weekly speed R3 · · 14_40 m / s), -110- 200831962 successive cooling and borrowing Smoothing by transfer of the cooling drum surface to obtain a thermoplastic resin film having a width of 550 mm (retracted to 50 mm on the left and right sides); after adjusting the drum, it is cut off from both ends by a cutter 3 0 mm, a cylindrical drum is wound into a cylindrical shape to obtain a cylindrical optical film. At this time, the first cooling is performed. The contact time 11 of the sheet-shaped thermoplastic resin of the wheel is 3.1 (sec), and the resin temperature T1 when leaving the first cooling drum is 1 32 (° C.), then t1 X (T 1 - T g ) is a 1 2 (Unit: second • degree). In this way, a film of a terpene-based resin having a thickness of 80 μm is formed by extrusion. (Production of polyester resin film A-2) A small piece of polyester material is used in Henschel The mixer is dried in a paddle dryer to have a water content of 50 ppm or less, and then melted in an extruder having a heater temperature of 280 to 300 ° C. The molten polyester resin is molded by a die. The part is spit out onto a roller to which static electricity is applied to obtain a non-crystalline billet. The non-crystalline billet is stretched in the direction in which the billet flows, so that the draw ratio is 3.3 times, and then in the width direction of the billet. The polyester resin film A-2 having a thickness of 1 μm was produced by stretching at a draw ratio of 3.9 times. &lt;Production of polycarbonate resin film A-3&gt; 100 parts of polycarbonate Resin (viscosity average molecular weight 40,000, bisphenol A type), 1. 2-particulate 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-t-butylbenzene - benzotriazole, 430 parts of dichloromethane, and 90 parts of methanol were placed in a sealed container, and kept at 80 ° C under pressure, and completely dissolved while stirring to obtain a coating liquid composition. 111- 200831962 Next, the coating liquid composition was filtered, cooled, kept at 33 ° C, uniformly cast on a stainless steel belt, and dried at 33 ° C for 5 minutes. The support roller was conveyed while drying to obtain a polycarbonate film having a film thickness of 100 μm. &lt;Preparation of vinylidene chloride-based resin film A-4&gt;&lt;&lt;&gt; Preparation of coating layer 1 to be coated&gt;&gt;&gt; [Composition of coating layer of coating layer 1] _ • Chlorine-containing polymer: R204. ............12g' (Asahi Kasei Life & Minsheng (share) company "Sharon Randy R204"} • Tetrahydrofuran.............. ....63 g &lt;&lt;Coated with layer 1&gt;&gt; On a cellulose triacetate film (TAC-TD80U, manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 80 μm, The coating machine for the slit die was applied with the coating liquid for the layer 1 so as to have a thickness of 3 μm after drying. The coating was applied at a conveying speed of 30 m/min to 60 ° C and 100 ° C. The film was dried for 5 minutes and wound up. <Production of vinyl alcohol-based resin layer-coated film A-5 and A-6> &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; Preparation of layer 2 formed of vinyl alcohol-based polymer &gt; [Composition of the coating liquid of the layer 2] _ • Vinyl alcohol polymer HR-3010 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) · 5 parts by mass • Vermiculite ME-100 (solid matter) Ingredient ratio of 5% by mass, Kepu Chemical Company system).........10 parts by mass •water....................〇〇质量份-112- 200831962 ME-100 with The water was mixed according to the desired concentration, and then subjected to high-pressure dispersion treatment for 3 times at 30 ° C using a high-pressure disperser to disperse it in water. HR-3010 was stirred by water at 95 ° C for 2 hours. Dissolved &lt;&lt;Coated with Layer 2&gt;&gt; The side of the layered layer of cellulose triacetate (TAC-TD80U, manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) was set at 1 m/liter. The alkali solution was subjected to alkalization treatment at 50 ° C. Then, on the alkalized surface of the cellulose triacetate film, a coater having a slit die was used in such a manner that the film thickness after drying was 5 μm. The coating liquid for coating layer 2 was applied, and then applied at a conveying speed of 30 m/min, and dried at 1 3 (TC for 5 minutes, and wound up. &lt;Production of First Protective Film&gt;&lt;&lt;Production of First Protective Film B-1&gt;&gt; Treatment of Object II - Using a high frequency transmitter (corona) on both sides of the above-mentioned cyclic olefin-based stem film A-1 HV05-2, manufactured by Tom Technology Co., Ltd.), with output voltage of 100%, output power of 250W, wire electrode with diameter of 1.2 mm, electrode length of 240 mm, working electrode spacing [5 mm The corona discharge treatment was carried out for 3 seconds, and the surface tension was surface-modified to become 0.072 Å/meter. &lt;Coating of the undercoat layer&gt; -113-200831962 The following is applied to both sides of the cycloolefin-based resin film A-1 which has been subjected to the pretreatment, so that the thickness of the dried film is 90 nm. The coating liquid for coating is shown below. [Composition of coating liquid for undercoating] ___ • Styrene butadiene latex (solid content: 43%)..... 300 g• 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxy-s-three-pill sodium salt (8%).........49g•distilled water..................1,6 0 0g 200831962

CHa H3C〇“;i,。七f甲’0女⑽ 〇CH3 och3 8 0 : 2 0莫耳比 一般式(1 ) 另外,29Si-NMR測定之縮合率α係爲〇·56。由此分析 結果來看,可明白:本矽烷偶合劑溶膠之大部分是直鏈狀構 造部分。 又,由氣相色譜層析儀分析來看,原料之丙烯醯氧基丙 基三甲氧砂院之殘存率爲5 %以下。 &lt; &lt;硬被覆層用塗布液之調製&gt; &gt; 〔硬被覆層用塗布液之組成〕 40.0 克 I 0.0 克 • 2.0 克 .2.0 克 13.0 克 0.06 克 II ·〇 克 38.5 克 • ΡΕΤ-30........... • DPHA ............ • I rg aq u re 184......... • SX-350(30%)........ •交聯丙烯酸酯-苯乙烯粒子(30 %) • FP-1 3............ •溶膠液............ • Ψ ............. -115- 200831962 以孔徑爲30微米之聚丙烯製之過濾器,過濾上述之塗 布液而調製成硬被覆層用塗布液。 各種使用的化合物係如以下所示。 • PET-3 0 :季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯之 混合物(日本化藥(股)公司製) • Irgaqure184:聚合起始劑(汽巴特殊化學品(股)公司製) • SX-350 :平均粒徑爲3.5微米之交聯聚苯乙烯粒子(折射 率爲1 ·6、綜硏化學(股)公司製、30%之甲苯分散液、以 聚特龍分散機於10, 〇〇〇 rpm進行分散20分鐘後使用) •交聯丙烯酸酯-苯乙烯粒子:平均粒徑爲3.5微米(折射率 爲1 .55、綜硏化學(股)公司製、30%之甲苯分散液、以聚 特龍分散機於1 0,000 rpm進行分散20分鐘後使用) 將所製作的上述環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1捲成圓筒形 態,使用具有狹縫模口之塗布機,將硬被覆層用塗布液,直 接擠押、塗布在輔助輥上之偏光板保護薄膜的末設置被覆層 之面上。以運送速度爲30公尺/分鐘的條件進行塗布,於30 °C乾燥1 5秒鐘、於9 0 °C乾燥2 0秒鐘後,更進一步地於氮 質沖提下,使用1 60 W/公分之空氣冷卻甲基鹵化物燈(艾格 拉弗庫斯(股)公司製),照射90mJ/cm2之照射量的紫外線, 使得塗布層硬化,形成厚度爲6微米之具有防眩性的防眩 層,進行捲取而於環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1之上設置硬被覆 層。 &lt;低折射率層之塗設&gt; -116- 200831962 &lt; &lt;全氟烯烴共聚物(1)之合成&gt; &gt; 在內容量爲100毫升之不銹鋼製的附有攪拌機之高壓 釜中,投入40毫升之乙酸乙酯、14.7克之羥乙基乙烯醚、 及0.55克之過氧化二月桂酯,於系統內進行脫氣置換成氮 氣。 更進一步地在高壓釜中,導入25克之六氟丙烷(HFP), 昇溫到6 5 °C。在高壓釜內之溫度達到6 5 °C時點的壓力是 0.53 M Pa (5.4公斤/平方公分)。 # 保持在該溫度下繼續反應8小時,於壓力達到0.3 1 MPa (3.2公斤/平方公分)的時點關閉加熱,放置冷卻。 在內溫下降到室溫的時點,趕出未反應的聚合物,打開 高壓釜取出反應液。將所得到的反應液投入大量過剩的己烷 中,藉由脫水除去溶劑,取出沉澱的聚合物。 再者,將此聚合物溶解於少量的乙酸乙酯中,藉由以己 烷進行2次的再沉澱而完全地除去殘存的單體。乾燥後,得 , 到2 8克之聚合物。 \ 接著,將2 0克之該聚合物溶解於1 0 0毫升之N,N -二甲 基乙醯胺中,於冰冷下滴入1 1.4克之氯化丙烯酸後,於室 溫下攪拌1 〇小時。於反應液中加入乙酸乙酯,進行水洗萃 取有機層後予以濃縮,藉由以己烷使所得到的聚合物再沉澱 而得到1 9克的以下述之一般式(2)所表示之全氟烯烴共聚物 (1)。所得到的聚合物之折射率爲1 ·421。 全氟烯烴共聚物(υ -117- 200831962 CF2——CF-.I cf3 50 十H2 CH--V / 50 Otl OCHaCHaOCCH^CHg 50 : 50表示莫耳比 一般式(2) &lt; &lt;溶膠液2之調製&gt; &gt; 在配備有攪拌機、迴流冷卻器之反應器中,加入120 份之甲基乙基酮、100份之丙烯醯基氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (KBM-5103、信越化學工業(股)公司製)、3份之二異丙氧基 鋁乙基乙醯乙酸鹽,予以混合之後,再加入3 0份之離子交 換水,於60 °C下反應4小時當中,冷卻到室溫而得到溶膠 液2。 質量平均分子量爲1,600;在寡聚物成分以上之成分 中,分子量爲1,000〜20,000之成分爲100%。又,由氣相 色譜層析儀分析來看,原料之丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧矽烷完 全沒有殘存。 &lt;&lt;低折射率層用塗布液之調製&gt; &gt; 添加13克之含有聚矽氧烷及羥基之折射率爲1_44之熱 交聯性含氟聚合物(JTA11 3、固體物成分濃度爲6%、JSR (股) 公司製)、1 3克之膠態矽石分散液MEK-ST-L(商品名、平均 粒徑爲4 5奈米、固體物成分濃度爲3 0 %、日產化學(股)公 司製)、0.65克之前述的溶膠液、及4.4克之甲基乙基酮、 1.2克之環己酮,攪拌之後,以孔徑爲1微米之聚丙烯製的 -118- 200831962 過濾器進行過濾,調製成低折射率層塗布液1。藉由此種塗 布液所形成的層之折射率爲1.4 5。 將形成有上述之硬被覆層的環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1捲 成圓筒形態,使用具有狹縫模口之塗布機,將低折射率層用 塗布液,直接擠押塗布於有輔助輥上之偏光板保護薄膜之已 塗布有硬被覆層的面上。 於1 2 0 °C下乾燥1 5 0秒之後,更進一步地於1 4 0 °C乾燥 8分鐘,然後藉由氮氣沖提,於氧濃度爲0.1 %之氛圍氣下, ^ 使用240W/cm之空氣冷卻式甲基鹼化物(艾格拉弗庫斯(股) 公司製),照射300mJ/cm2之照射量的紫外線,以形成厚度 爲1 0 0奈米之低折射率層,進行捲取而製作成於形成有硬被 覆層的環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1上,更進一步地形成有低折射 率之第一保護薄膜B-1。 〔透濕度之測定〕 如以上所述,除了將調濕條件變更爲60°C、95%RH以 外,按照J I S Z- 0 2 0 8計算出透濕。此時,以適當的時間間 隔取出已裝入恆溫恆濕裝置中的杯子,反復地進行稱重操 作,以二個連續的稱重,求出個別單位時間的平均質量增加 量,繼續評直到彼等成爲5%以下之一定値爲止。 又,爲了排除試料之吸濕等所引起的影響,則測定不加 入吸濕劑之空杯,以補正透濕度之値。 如此作法得到的第一保護薄膜B-1之透濕度爲5克/平 方公尺•日。 -119- 200831962 &lt; &lt;第一保護薄膜B-2〜B-13之製作&gt; &gt; 以和第一保護薄膜B·1同樣 的作法,製作第一保護薄膜 B -1 3之各個透濕度 B-2〜B-13。另外,第一*保5蒦薄膜B-2〜 (克/平方公尺•日)係如表1所示。 另外,在測定透濕之中,於測定含有乙烯醇系聚合物之 樹脂層的偏光板保護薄膜之透濕度的情況下,其係按照使得 設置於透明基材薄膜上之該樹脂層接觸測定杯的方式,來設 定試樣,並以和上述同樣的方法’測定透明基材薄膜側的透 濕度。 表1 第一保 護薄膜 薄膜層 前處理 下塗層 硬被 覆層 低折射 率層 透濕度 (g/m2·日) B-1 A-1 (環烯烴系樹脂薄膜) 電暈 有 有 有 5 B - 2 A-2 (聚酯系樹脂薄膜) 電暈 有 有 有 49 B-3 A-3 (聚碳酸酯系樹脂薄膜) 電暈 有 有 有 230 B-4 A-4 (偏氯乙烯層被覆薄膜) Μ 川、 Μ 有 有 140 B-5 A-5 (乙烯醇系樹脂被複薄膜) Μ j\\\ 並 j\\\ 有 有 219 B-6 TAC-TD80U(富士軟片(股)製) 黑 Μ j\\\ 有 有 900 B-7 A-1 (環烯烴系樹脂薄膜) inL· 黑 Μ J \ \Ν &amp;E J\ \\ 無 5 B-8 A-2 (聚酯系樹脂薄膜) Μ Μ j\\\ 並 j\\\ 無 50 B-9 A-3 (聚碳酸酯系樹脂薄膜) Μ 4επι 無 並 無 250 B-1 0 A-4 (偏氯乙烯層被覆薄膜) Μ y \ 4jtji m 魅 j\ \\ 雛 150 B-1 1 A-5 (乙烯醇系樹脂被複薄膜) 姐 j\\\ Μ j\w Μ j\\\ Μ 224 -120- 200831962 B-1 2 TAC-TD80U(富士軟片(股)製) &gt;fnr nil y \ nn 無 4rrr. nrl j\\\ 1,200 B-1 3 A-5 (乙烯醇系樹脂被複薄膜) &gt;fnr lilt: 無 te j\\\ 4τγτ lilt j\\\ 450 &lt;第二保護薄膜之製作&gt; &lt; &lt;光學補償薄膜CF-1之製作&gt; &gt; 將下述表2所示之組成物投入混合槽中,一邊加熱到 3 0°C —邊進行攪拌,以將各成分予以溶解,而調製成醯化纖 維素。 醯化纖維素係使用總醯基取代度爲2.8 3、總乙醯基取 代度爲2.8 3、6位取代度爲0 · 9 0之物。 表2 乙酸纖維素溶劑組成 內層(質量份) 外層(質量份) 醯化纖維素 100 100 三苯基膦(可塑劑) 7.8 7.8 聯苯基二苯基膦(可塑劑) 3.9 3.9 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 293 314 甲醇(第2溶劑) 71 76 1-丁醇(第3溶劑) 1 .5 1.6 矽石微粒子(AEROSIL R972、日本 0 0.8 艾羅迪魯(股)公司製) 下述一般式(3)所示之遲滯値提昇劑 0.5 0 -121- 200831962CHa H3C〇";i,.7f-A'0 female(10) 〇CH3 och3 8 0 : 2 0 molar ratio general formula (1) In addition, the condensation ratio α measured by 29Si-NMR is 〇·56. As a result, it can be understood that most of the decane coupling agent sol is a linear structural part. Moreover, the residual rate of the raw material propylene oxypropyl trimethoxide sands is analyzed by gas chromatography. < 5% or less. &lt;&lt;Preparation of coating liquid for hard coating layer&gt;&gt; [Composition of coating liquid for hard coating layer] 40.0 g I 0.0 g • 2.0 g. 2.0 g 13.0 g 0.06 g II · gram 38.5 grams • ΡΕΤ-30........... • DPHA ............ • I rg aq u re 184......... • SX- 350 (30%)........ • Crosslinked acrylate-styrene particles (30%) • FP-1 3............ • Sol solution.... ........ • Ψ ............. -115- 200831962 A filter made of polypropylene with a pore size of 30 μm is filtered to prepare a hard coating. The coating liquid for the layer. The various compounds used are as follows: • PET-3 0: pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Mixture (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) • Irgaqure 184: polymerization initiator (made by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) • SX-350: crosslinked polystyrene particles with an average particle diameter of 3.5 μm (refraction) The rate is 1.7, 30% toluene dispersion made by the company, used in a polytron dispersion machine at 10, rpm for 20 minutes.) • Crosslinked acrylate-styrene Particles: an average particle diameter of 3.5 μm (refractive index of 1.55, a 30% toluene dispersion manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd., and dispersed by a polytron disperser at 10,000 rpm for 20 minutes) The produced cycloolefin-based resin film A-1 is wound into a cylindrical form, and the coating liquid for a hard coating layer is directly extruded and applied to a polarizing plate protective film on an auxiliary roll using a coater having a slit die. At the end of the coating layer, the coating was carried out at a conveying speed of 30 m/min, dried at 30 ° C for 15 seconds, dried at 90 ° C for 20 seconds, and further dried with nitrogen. Under the quality, use a 1 60 W/cm air to cool the methyl halide lamp ( Irradiated by ultraviolet light of 90 mJ/cm2, the coating layer is cured to form an anti-glare layer having an anti-glare property of 6 μm thick, and is wound up in a cycloolefin resin. A hard coating layer is provided on the film A-1. &lt;Coating of Low Refractive Index Layer&gt; -116- 200831962 &lt;&lt;Synthesis of Perfluoroolefin Copolymer (1)&gt;&gt; In an autoclave equipped with a stirrer made of stainless steel having a content of 100 ml 40 ml of ethyl acetate, 14.7 g of hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, and 0.55 g of dilauryl peroxide were charged and degassed into nitrogen in the system. Further, in an autoclave, 25 g of hexafluoropropane (HFP) was introduced and the temperature was raised to 65 °C. The pressure at the point where the temperature in the autoclave reached 65 ° C was 0.53 M Pa (5.4 kg/cm 2 ). # Maintain the reaction at this temperature for 8 hours, turn off the heat when the pressure reaches 0.3 1 MPa (3.2 kg/cm 2 ), and let it cool. When the internal temperature dropped to room temperature, the unreacted polymer was driven out, and the autoclave was opened to take out the reaction liquid. The obtained reaction liquid was poured into a large excess of hexane, and the solvent was removed by dehydration, and the precipitated polymer was taken out. Further, this polymer was dissolved in a small amount of ethyl acetate, and the remaining monomer was completely removed by reprecipitation twice with hexane. After drying, it was obtained to 28 g of polymer. Then, 20 g of the polymer was dissolved in 100 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and 11.4 g of chlorinated acrylic acid was added dropwise under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. . Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic layer was extracted with water and then concentrated, and the obtained polymer was re-precipitated with hexane to obtain 19 g of perfluoro group represented by the following general formula (2). Olefin copolymer (1). The resulting polymer had a refractive index of 1.421. Perfluoroolefin copolymer (υ -117- 200831962 CF2 - CF-.I cf3 50 十 H2 CH--V / 50 Otl OCHaCHaOCCH^CHg 50 : 50 means Mobi ratio general formula (2) &lt;&lt;Sol 2 Modulation &gt;&gt; In a reactor equipped with a stirrer and a reflux condenser, 120 parts of methyl ethyl ketone and 100 parts of acrylonitrile oxypropyl trimethoxy decane (KBM-5103, Shin-Etsu Chemical) were added. Industrial Co., Ltd.), 3 parts of diisopropoxy aluminum ethyl acetoacetate, after mixing, add 30 parts of ion-exchanged water, react at 60 ° C for 4 hours, and cool to The sol solution 2 was obtained at room temperature. The mass average molecular weight was 1,600; among the components having an oligomer component or more, the component having a molecular weight of 1,000 to 20,000 was 100%. Further, by gas chromatography, the raw material was analyzed. Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane does not remain at all. &lt;&lt;Preparation of coating liquid for low refractive index layer&gt;&gt; 13 g of thermal crosslinkability of polysiloxane and hydroxyl group having a refractive index of 1 to 44 is added Fluoropolymer (JTA11 3, solid content concentration: 6%, manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), 1 3 Colloidal vermiculite dispersion MEK-ST-L (trade name, average particle diameter of 45 nm, solid content concentration of 30%, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), 0.65 g of the aforementioned sol solution, And 4.4 g of methyl ethyl ketone and 1.2 g of cyclohexanone, and after stirring, the mixture was filtered with a polypropylene-118-200831962 filter having a pore size of 1 μm to prepare a low refractive index layer coating liquid 1. The refractive index of the layer formed by the coating liquid is 1.45. The cycloolefin-based resin film A-1 having the above-described hard coating layer is wound into a cylindrical form, and a low refractive index is used using a coater having a slit die. The coating layer for the rate layer is directly pressed onto the surface of the polarizing plate protective film coated with the auxiliary roller and coated with the hard coating layer. After drying at 150 ° C for 150 seconds, further to 1 Dry at 40 °C for 8 minutes, then purge with nitrogen, under an atmosphere of oxygen concentration of 0.1%, ^ use 240W/cm air-cooled methyl basified material (made by Agrafkus Co., Ltd.) ), irradiating ultraviolet rays of an irradiation amount of 300 mJ/cm 2 to form a low fold of a thickness of 100 nm The luminosity layer is wound up and formed on the cycloolefin resin film A-1 having the hard coating layer formed thereon, and the first protective film B-1 having a low refractive index is further formed. [Measurement of moisture permeability] As described above, in addition to changing the humidity control condition to 60 ° C and 95% RH, moisture permeability was calculated in accordance with JIS Z- 0 0 0 8. At this time, the thermostatically humidified device was taken out at appropriate time intervals. In the cup, the weighing operation is repeated, and the average mass increase per unit time is obtained by two consecutive weighings, and the evaluation is continued until they become 5% or less. Further, in order to eliminate the influence of the moisture absorption of the sample, the empty cup to which the moisture absorbent is not added is measured to correct the moisture permeability. The first protective film B-1 thus obtained has a moisture permeability of 5 g/m2. -119- 200831962 &lt;&lt;Production of First Protective Films B-2 to B-13&gt;&gt; In the same manner as the first protective film B·1, each of the first protective films B-1 was prepared. Humidity B-2 ~ B-13. In addition, the first *protected 5 蒦 film B-2 ~ (g / m ^ 2 • day) is shown in Table 1. Further, in the measurement of moisture permeability, in the case of measuring the moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective film containing the resin layer of the vinyl alcohol polymer, the resin layer provided on the transparent substrate film is brought into contact with the measuring cup. In the manner of setting the sample, the moisture permeability on the transparent substrate film side was measured in the same manner as described above. Table 1 First protective film film layer pretreatment undercoat hard coating low-refractive-index layer moisture permeability (g/m2·day) B-1 A-1 (cycloolefin resin film) Corona has 5 B - 2 A-2 (Polyester-based resin film) Corona has 49 B-3 A-3 (polycarbonate-based resin film) Corona has 230 B-4 A-4 (vinyl chloride-coated film) ) 川川, Μ There are 140 B-5 A-5 (vinyl alcohol resin coated film) Μ j\\\ and j\\\ There are 219 B-6 TAC-TD80U (Fuji film (stock) system) Black Μ j\\\ has 900 B-7 A-1 (cycloolefin resin film) inL· black Μ J \ \Ν & EJ\ \\ no 5 B-8 A-2 (polyester resin film ) Μ Μ j\\\ and j\\\ No 50 B-9 A-3 (Polycarbonate resin film) Μ 4επι None 250 B-1 0 A-4 (vinylidene chloride coating film) Μ y \ 4jtji m Charm j\ \\ chick 150 B-1 1 A-5 (vinyl alcohol resin coated film) sister j\\\ Μ j\w Μ j\\\ Μ 224 -120- 200831962 B-1 2 TAC-TD80U (Fuji film (stock) system) &gt;fnr nil y \ nn No 4rrr. nrl j\\\ 1,200 B-1 3 A-5 (vinyl alcohol resin coated film &gt;fnr lilt: no te j\\\ 4τγτ lilt j\\\ 450 &lt;Production of second protective film&gt;&lt;&lt;Production of optical compensation film CF-1&gt;&gt; The composition was placed in a mixing tank and stirred while being heated to 30 ° C to dissolve the components to prepare cellulose hydride. The deuterated cellulose was obtained by using a total thiol substitution degree of 2.8 3 , a total oxime substitution degree of 2.8 3 , and a 6-position substitution degree of 0 · 90 . Table 2 Cellulose acetate solvent composition Inner layer (parts by mass) Outer layer (parts by mass) Deuterated cellulose 100 100 Triphenylphosphine (plasticizer) 7.8 7.8 Biphenyl diphenylphosphine (plasticizer) 3.9 3.9 Methylene chloride (1st solvent) 293 314 Methanol (2nd solvent) 71 76 1-butanol (3rd solvent) 1. 5 1.6 矽石microparticles (AEROSIL R972, Japan 0 0.8 Airo Dilu Co., Ltd.) Hysteresis 値 lifter shown in general formula (3) 0.5 0 -121- 200831962

使用三層共流延模具,將所得到的內層用塗布 用塗布液,流延於冷卻到0 °c之鼓輪上。 將殘留溶劑量爲7 0質量%之薄膜從鼓輪剝離 固定於銷式拉幅乾燥機上’將運送方向之負荷1 1 1 5 %,一邊運送一邊以8 0 °C進行乾燥,當殘留溶 1 0 %時,以1 1 〇 °c進行乾燥。 然後,於1 5 5 °C之溫度進行乾燥2 0分鐘,製 溶劑量爲〇 . 3質量%之乙酸纖維素薄膜(外層:3微: 74微米、外層:3微米)。 以所製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜當做聚合物基材&lt; 定光學特性。 聚合物基材C-1之寬度爲1, 340毫米,厚度爲 使用橢圓計(Μ -1 5 0、日本分光(股)公司製),測定 630奈米之遲滯値(Re),此時遲相軸係爲與運送方 的方向,其値爲8奈米。又,測定在波長爲630奈 方向的遲滯値(Rt h )時,其値爲9 〇奈米。 液及外層 ,將兩端 :匕設定爲 劑量變爲 造成殘留 长、內層: ,並測 75微米。 在波長爲 向成正交 米之厚度 -122- 200831962 又,在波長爲630奈米之厚度方向的遲滯値(Rth)時, 其値爲90奈米。將聚合物基材C-1浸漬於2.0N之氫氧化鉀 溶液(2 5 °C )中歷2分鐘之後,以硫酸進行中和,以純水進行 水洗,並進行乾燥。 藉由接觸角法求取此聚合物基材C_1之表面能’其値爲 63 m N/m。 &lt;光學異方向性層之形成&gt; 在上述所製作的聚合物基材C-1上,以#16之線塗布 機,以28毫升/平方公尺之塗布量,塗布下述組成的配向膜 塗布液。以6 0 °C之溫風乾燥6 0秒,更進一步地以9 0 °C之溫 風乾燥1 5 0秒。 〔配向膜塗布液之組成〕___ •下述之一般式(4)所示之改性聚乙烯醇···· 1 〇質量份 •水...................371質量份 •甲醇................... 1 9質量份 •戊二醛(交聯劑).............. . 5質量份 -4-ch2&quot;*ch4—卜 ch2-ch }:。十〇&quot;2 - v z I f 87.2 x \ χ | 12 OH 0 〇C〇CH3 bo - n(ch2)ooc-c=ch2 ch3 一般式(4) 然後,對於配向膜實施摩擦處理。摩擦方向係爲與聚合 -123- 200831962 物基材C-1之遲相軸(於波長632.8奈米測定)成45°之方向。 〔液晶層之形成〕 將41.01質量份之以下述一般式(5)所示之膽固醇液晶 性化合物、4.06質量份之環氧乙烷改性三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯 酸酯(V#360、大阪有機化合物(股)公司製)、0.35質量份之 乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB531-1、伊斯特曼化學公司製)、1 .35 質量份之光聚合起始劑(lrgaqure907、汽巴蓋格公司製)、 〇·45質量份之增感劑(卡克爾DETX、日本化藥(股)公司製)、 ( 及0.1質量份之下述之含氟界面活性劑,溶解於102質量份 之甲基乙基酮中作成塗布液,將此塗布液以#3.6之線塗布機 塗布在前述之配向膜上,於1 30 °C之狀態下加熱2分鐘,使 配向成碟狀液晶性化合物。 其次,使用1〇〇 °C、120 W/公分之高壓水銀燈,進行UV 照射1分鐘,使碟狀液晶性化合物聚合。然後,放置冷卻到 室溫。 / 按照如此作法而製作成形成有光學異方向性層之光學 補償薄膜,以它做爲第二保護薄膜CF-1。另外,於波長爲 546奈米下測定的光學異方向性層之面內遲滯値Re爲38奈 米。 又,在25°C、相對濕度爲10%下之面內遲滯値(Re10) 和在25°C、相對濕度爲80%下之面內遲滯値(Re80)間之差 爲12.1奈米,它除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60%下之面內遲 滯値(Re60)之値Gr爲0.40。 -124- 200831962The obtained coating liquid for coating for the inner layer was cast on a drum cooled to 0 °C using a three-layer co-casting die. The film having a residual solvent amount of 70% by mass was peeled off from the drum and fixed on a pin tenter dryer. The load in the transport direction was 1 1 1 5 %, and the solution was dried at 80 ° C while being transported. At 10%, dry at 1 1 〇 °c. Then, it was dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 20 minutes to prepare a cellulose acetate film (outer layer: 3 μ: 74 μm, outer layer: 3 μm) having a solvent amount of 〇 3 mass %. The cellulose acetate film produced was used as a polymer substrate to determine optical properties. The polymer substrate C-1 has a width of 1,340 mm and a thickness of 630 nm retardation Re (Re) using an ellipsometer (Μ-150, manufactured by JASCO Corporation). The phase axis is in the direction of the carrier, and the 値 is 8 nm. Further, when the hysteresis 値 (Rt h ) in the wavelength of 630 nm was measured, the enthalpy was 9 〇 nanometer. For the liquid and the outer layer, set both ends: 匕 to the dose to cause residual long, inner layer: and measure 75 microns. The wavelength is the thickness of the orthogonal rice -122- 200831962. When the retardation R(Rth) in the thickness direction of the wavelength of 630 nm, the enthalpy is 90 nm. The polymer substrate C-1 was immersed in a 2.0 N potassium hydroxide solution (25 ° C) for 2 minutes, neutralized with sulfuric acid, washed with pure water, and dried. The surface energy of the polymer substrate C_1 was determined by the contact angle method to be 63 m N/m. &lt;Formation of optical anisotropic layer&gt; On the polymer substrate C-1 produced above, a coating of the following composition was applied at a coating amount of 28 ml/m 2 using a #16 line coater. Film coating solution. It was dried at 60 ° C for 60 seconds, and further dried at 90 ° C for 150 seconds. [Composition of alignment film coating liquid] ___ • Modified polyvinyl alcohol represented by the following general formula (4)···· 1 〇 parts by mass • water.............. ..... 371 parts by mass • Methanol................... 1 9 parts by mass • Glutaraldehyde (crosslinking agent)........ ...... 5 parts by weight - 4ch2 &quot; * ch4 - Bu ch2-ch }:. Shiyan &quot;2 - v z I f 87.2 x \ χ | 12 OH 0 〇C〇CH3 bo - n(ch2)ooc-c=ch2 ch3 General formula (4) Then, the alignment film is subjected to rubbing treatment. The rubbing direction was in the direction of 45° with respect to the late phase axis (measured at a wavelength of 632.8 nm) of the polymer substrate -1 to -12331. [Formation of Liquid Crystal Layer] 41.01 parts by mass of the cholesteryl liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (5) and 4.06 parts by mass of ethylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate (V#360, Osaka) Organic compound (manufactured by the company), 0.35 parts by mass of cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB531-1, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.), and 1.35 parts by mass of photopolymerization initiator (lrgaqure 907, Ciba Geiger公司·45 parts by mass of sensitizer (Kacker DETX, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), (and 0.1 parts by mass of the following fluorinated surfactant, dissolved in 102 parts by mass) A coating liquid was prepared as a coating liquid in the ethyl ketone, and the coating liquid was applied onto the above-mentioned alignment film by a #3.6 line coater, and heated at 1 30 ° C for 2 minutes to form a discotic liquid crystalline compound. The liquid crystal compound was polymerized by UV irradiation for 1 minute using a high-pressure mercury lamp of 1 ° C and 120 W / cm for 1 minute, and then left to cool to room temperature. / In this way, an optically different direction was formed. Optical compensation film for the layer It is the second protective film CF-1. In addition, the in-plane retardation 値Re of the optically anisotropic layer measured at a wavelength of 546 nm is 38 nm. Further, at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10% The difference between in-plane retardation Re (Re10) and in-plane hysteresis Re (Re80) at 25 ° C and relative humidity of 80% is 12.1 nm, which is divided by 25 ° C and relative humidity of 60%. The in-plane hysteresis (Re60) has a Gr of 0.40. -124- 200831962

R RR R

R= —〇-C II oR= —〇-C II o

一般式(5) &lt; &lt;醯化纖維素薄膜C-2〜C-10之製作&gt; &gt; 除了在製作上述第二保護薄膜CF_1時形成光學異方向 性層以外,以和第二保護薄膜C F_ 1同樣的作法製作醯化纖 維素薄膜C-2〜C-10。 另外,在製作醯化纖維素薄膜C - 2〜C -1 0時,使用表3 所示之特性的醯化纖維素CTA-1〜CTA-10、及表4所示之 溶劑S-1〜S-3,製作如表5所示之塗布液D-1〜D-1 0。又, 各塗布液之調製係分爲溶劑S-1、溶劑S-2、溶劑S-3的情 況,分別按照下述作法進行調製。 〔溶劑S-1之情況〕 在具有攪拌槳翼,外周有冷卻水循環之400升的不銹 鋼製溶解槽中,混合溶液組成1之溶劑,接著溶解醯化纖維 素以外之添加劑。其次,一邊攪拌一邊慢慢地添加醯化纖維 素粉末,使總投入量成爲300公斤。另外,二氯甲院、丁醇、 甲醇之溶劑係全部使用含水率爲〇 _ 2質量。/。以下之物。 關閉槽體,將槽外周之冷卻水變更爲60 °C ’ 一邊擾泮 一邊進行溶解2小時,調製成醯化纖維素溶液。其次’以絕 對過濾精度爲〇.〇1毫米之濾紙(東洋濾紙(股)公司製、#63) -125- 200831962 進行過濾,更進一步地以絕對過濾精度爲2.5微米之濾紙(波 魯公司製、F Η 0 2 5 )進行過濾。 在另外的混合槽中調製下述之第二溶液組成,混合474 質量份之上述第一溶液和25質量份之第二溶液。 〔第二溶液之組成〕_ •微粒子(二氧化矽(粒徑20奈米)、莫氏硬度約爲7).....0.5質量份 •二氯甲烷................87質量份 •甲醇..................1 3質量份 〔溶劑S-2及S-3的情況〕 在具有攪拌槳翼,外周有冷卻水循環之400升的不銹 鋼製溶解槽中,投入溶劑混合成如表2所示之組成,更進一 步地加入如表3所示之可塑劑、剝離劑及添加劑並使之溶 解。一邊攪拌一邊慢慢地添加醯化纖維素粉末,使總投入量 成爲200公斤。 另外,二氯甲烷、丁醇、甲醇之溶劑係全部使用含水率 爲0.2質量%以下之物。 首先,醯化纖維素之粉末,將在分散槽中之已投入粉體 的槽內減壓到1,300 Pa,以最初之攪拌剪力速度爲15公尺/ 秒(剪切應力5\1041&lt;9&quot;以/36()2)之周速進行攪拌之溶解桿型 偏心攪拌軸、及在中心軸上具有錨定翼之周速爲1公尺/秒 (剪切應力1x1〇4kgf/m/sec2)進行攪拌的條件下,進行分散 歷30分鐘。分散之開始溫度爲25°C,藉由冷卻水之水流使 最終溫度成爲35°C。 -126- 200831962 分散終了後,停止高速攪拌,將錨定翼之周速設定爲 〇. 5公尺/秒更進一步地進行攪拌1 〇 〇分鐘,以使醯化纖維素 膠羽膨潤。達到膨潤終了時,以氮氣加壓槽內使成爲0.1 2 MPa。此時,槽內之氧濃度保持小於2體積%、沒有防爆上 之問題的狀態。 又’塗布液中之水分量,經確認是在0.2質量。/。以下。 將470質量份之本溶液和25質量份的另外調製完畢之下述 第二溶液組成液予以混合。 〔第二溶液之組成〕_ •微粒子(二氧化矽(粒徑20奈米)、莫氏硬度約爲7).....0.5質量份 •乙酸曱酯................8 5質量份 •丙酮...................7質量份 •乙醇...................8質量份 將所得到的不均勻的溶膠狀溶液,以中心軸經加溫到 3CTC之螺旋泵輸送,按照以3分鐘從該螺旋外周部起進行冷 卻,到一 75°C之方式使之通過冷卻部分。 冷卻係使用以冷凍機冷卻到- 80°C之冷媒來實施的。 然後,將藉由冷卻所得到的溶液,以螺旋泵於送液中加 溫到3 5 °C並移送到不銹鋼製之容器中。 於5 0 °C均勻地攪拌2小時後,以絕對過濾精度爲〇 . 0 1 毫米之濾紙(東洋濾紙(股)公司製、#6 3)進行過濾,更進一步 地以絕對過濾精度爲2.5微米之濾紙(波魯公司製、FH025) 進行過濾。 -127- 200831962 將所得到的纖維素衍生物溶液,以送液管之加溫部壓力 部加溫到1 1 〇 °C、1 Μ P a,釋放到常壓(約〇 . 1 M p a )以使有機 溶劑揮發出來,經冷卻而得到在4 0 °C之溫度下固體物成分 濃度爲約24%之溶液。 表3 原料綿 總醯基取代度 乙醯基取代度 丙醯基取代度 6位取代度 CTA-1 ---— 2.87 2.87 0.00 0.90 CTA-2 2.30 2.30 0.00 0.90 CTA-3 2.83 2.83 0.00 0.91 CTA-4 2.84 2.84 0.00 0.92 CTA-5 2.57 1.89 0.68 0.91 CTA-6 -------- 2.82 2.82 0.00 0.91 CTA-7 — 2.38 1.54 0.84 0.88 cTA-8 2.94 2.94 0.00 0.91 CTA-9 2.88 2.88 0.00 0.90 CTA-10 --- 2.87 2.87 0.00 0.91 袠4 二氯甲院 乙酸甲酯 丙酮 甲醇 乙醇 1-丁醇 溶劑S-1 87 — — 12 — 1 溶劑S-2 ----- — 8 1 7 — 8 4 溶劑S-3 1---- — 75 7 5 10 3 -128- 200831962 表5 塗布 醯化f 戴維素 溶劑 可塑劑 剝離劑 添加劑(1) 添加劑(2) 液名 種類 添加量 (質量份) 種類 添加量(質 量份) 添加量償 量份) 添加薰 (質纛份) 種類 添加量 (質量份) 種類 添加量 (質量份) D-1 CTA-1 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-3 0.32 一 — D-2 CTA-2 18 S-2 80 2.0 M-3 0.32 — — D-3 CTA-3 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-1 0.1 M-2 0.005 D-4 CTA-4 18 S-1 80 2.6 0.1 M-3 0.1 M-2 0.005 D-5 CTA-5 18 S-3 80 2.4 0.1 M-3 0.32 — 一 D-6 CTA-6 18 S-1 80 2.4 ------ 0.1 M-1 0.1 M-2 0.005 D-7 CTA-7 18 S-1 80 2.4 0.1 M-3 0.32 — — D-8 CTA-8 18 S-3 80 2.4 0.1 M-4 12 — 一 D-9 CTA-9 18 S-1 80 2.0 --S__. 0.1 — — — — D-10 CTA-10 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-4 5 — — 另外,表5中所示之可塑劑全部均使用由2質量份之Ξ 苯基膦和1質量份之聯苯二苯基膦混合而成。又,剝離劑係 使用檸檬酸乙酯(乙基取代度爲0〜3之混合物)。另外’表5 所示之塗布液添加劑Μ 1〜Μ4係如卞述所不°General Formula (5) &lt;&lt;Production of Deuterated Cellulose Films C-2 to C-10&gt;&gt; In addition to forming an optically anisotropic layer in the production of the second protective film CF_1, In the same manner as the film C F-1, a cellulose film C-2 to C-10 was produced. Further, in the production of the deuterated cellulose film C-2 to C-1, the deuterated cellulose CTA-1 to CTA-10 having the characteristics shown in Table 3 and the solvent S-1 shown in Table 4 were used. S-3, coating liquids D-1 to D-1 0 shown in Table 5 were produced. Further, the preparation of each coating liquid was classified into a solvent S-1, a solvent S-2, and a solvent S-3, and the preparation was carried out in accordance with the following procedure. [In the case of the solvent S-1] In a dissolution tank made of stainless steel having a stirring paddle and having 400 liters of cooling water circulating on the outer circumference, the solvent of the composition 1 was mixed, and then an additive other than the cellulose-degraded cellulose was dissolved. Next, the cellulose powder was slowly added while stirring, so that the total input amount was 300 kg. In addition, all of the solvent solutions of the dichlorocarbyl, butanol, and methanol systems have a water content of 〇 _ 2 by mass. /. The following things. The tank was closed, and the cooling water outside the tank was changed to 60 °C. While dissolving, the solution was dissolved for 2 hours to prepare a deuterated cellulose solution. Next, 'filter paper with absolute filtration accuracy of 〇.〇1 mm (made by Toyo Filter Co., Ltd., #63) -125- 200831962, and further filter paper with absolute filtration accuracy of 2.5 μm (made by Bolu Co., Ltd.) , F Η 0 2 5 ) for filtering. The second solution composition described below was prepared in another mixing tank, and 474 parts by mass of the above first solution and 25 parts by mass of the second solution were mixed. [Composition of the second solution] _ • Fine particles (cerium oxide (particle size: 20 nm), Mohs hardness of about 7).....0.5 parts by mass • dichloromethane... .......87 parts by mass • methanol..................13 parts by mass [in the case of solvents S-2 and S-3] with stirring paddle Wings, a 400 liter stainless steel dissolution tank having a cooling water circulation in the periphery, were mixed with a solvent to have a composition as shown in Table 2, and further, a plasticizer, a release agent, and an additive as shown in Table 3 were added and dissolved. The deuterated cellulose powder was slowly added while stirring, so that the total input amount was 200 kg. Further, all of the solvents of dichloromethane, butanol, and methanol are those having a water content of 0.2% by mass or less. First, the powder of deuterated cellulose is decompressed to 1,300 Pa in the tank into which the powder has been placed in the dispersion tank, at an initial agitation shear rate of 15 m/sec (shear stress 5\1041 &lt;9&quot; The dissolving rod type eccentric stirring shaft that is stirred at a peripheral speed of /36 () 2) and the peripheral speed of the anchoring wing on the central shaft is 1 m/sec (shear stress 1 x 1 〇 4 kgf / m / sec 2 The dispersion was carried out for 30 minutes under stirring. The starting temperature of the dispersion was 25 ° C, and the final temperature was 35 ° C by the flow of cooling water. -126- 200831962 After the end of the dispersion, stop the high-speed stirring, set the peripheral speed of the anchoring wing to 〇. 5 m / s and further stir for 1 〇 〇 minutes to swell the cellulose sulphide. When the swelling was completed, the inside of the tank was pressurized with nitrogen to make 0.12 MPa. At this time, the oxygen concentration in the tank was kept less than 2% by volume, and there was no problem in the explosion. Further, the amount of water in the coating liquid was confirmed to be 0.2 mass. /. the following. 470 parts by mass of this solution and 25 parts by mass of the additionally prepared second solution composition liquid were mixed. [Composition of the second solution] _ • Fine particles (cerium oxide (particle size: 20 nm), Mohs hardness of about 7).....0.5 parts by mass • decyl acetate... .......8 5 parts by mass • Acetone...................7 parts by mass • Ethanol............. 8 parts by mass of the obtained uneven sol-like solution, which was conveyed by a screw pump which was heated to 3 CTC on the central axis, and cooled from the outer peripheral portion of the spiral to a 75° in 3 minutes. The way C passes through the cooling section. The cooling was carried out using a refrigerant cooled to -80 ° C in a freezer. Then, the obtained solution was cooled by a screw pump to a temperature of 35 ° C by a screw pump and transferred to a container made of stainless steel. After uniformly stirring at 50 ° C for 2 hours, the filter was filtered with an absolute filtration accuracy of 〇 0 1 mm (made by Toyo Filter Co., Ltd., #6 3), and further with an absolute filtration accuracy of 2.5 μm. The filter paper (made by Bolu Co., Ltd., FH025) was filtered. -127- 200831962 The obtained cellulose derivative solution is heated to a temperature of 1 1 〇 ° C, 1 Μ P a by the heating portion of the liquid feeding tube, and released to atmospheric pressure (about 1 M Pa ). The organic solvent was volatilized and cooled to obtain a solution having a solid concentration of about 24% at a temperature of 40 °C. Table 3 Raw material 醯 total thiol substitution degree acetamyl substitution degree propyl thiol substitution degree 6 degree substitution degree CTA-1 ---- 2.87 2.87 0.00 0.90 CTA-2 2.30 2.30 0.00 0.90 CTA-3 2.83 2.83 0.00 0.91 CTA- 4 2.84 2.84 0.00 0.92 CTA-5 2.57 1.89 0.68 0.91 CTA-6 -------- 2.82 2.82 0.00 0.91 CTA-7 — 2.38 1.54 0.84 0.88 cTA-8 2.94 2.94 0.00 0.91 CTA-9 2.88 2.88 0.00 0.90 CTA -10 --- 2.87 2.87 0.00 0.91 袠4 Dichloromethane methyl acetate acetone methanol ethanol 1-butanol solvent S-1 87 — — 12 — 1 Solvent S-2 ----- — 8 1 7 — 8 4 Solvent S-3 1---- — 75 7 5 10 3 -128- 200831962 Table 5 Coating deuterated f Davis solvent plasticizer stripping agent additive (1) Additives (2) Addition amount of liquid name (parts by mass) Adding amount (parts by mass) Adding amount of the amount) Adding a scent (mass 纛) Type of addition (parts by mass) Type of addition (parts by mass) D-1 CTA-1 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-3 0.32 I—D-2 CTA-2 18 S-2 80 2.0 M-3 0.32 — — D-3 CTA-3 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-1 0.1 M-2 0.005 D-4 CTA-4 18 S- 1 80 2.6 0.1 M-3 0.1 M-2 0.005 D -5 CTA-5 18 S-3 80 2.4 0.1 M-3 0.32 — One D-6 CTA-6 18 S-1 80 2.4 ------ 0.1 M-1 0.1 M-2 0.005 D-7 CTA- 7 18 S-1 80 2.4 0.1 M-3 0.32 — — D-8 CTA-8 18 S-3 80 2.4 0.1 M-4 12 — A D-9 CTA-9 18 S-1 80 2.0 --S__. 0.1 — — — — D-10 CTA-10 18 S-1 80 2.0 0.1 M-4 5 — — In addition, all the plasticizers shown in Table 5 were used in an amount of 2 parts by mass of phenylphosphine and 1 part by mass. Mixed with biphenyl diphenyl phosphine. Further, as the release agent, ethyl citrate (a mixture of ethyl substitution degrees of 0 to 3) was used. In addition, the coating liquid additives Μ 1 to Μ 4 shown in Table 5 are not described.

ch3 構造式…一1) -129- 200831962 fCh3 structural formula...a 1) -129- 200831962 f

構造式(Μ-2)Structural formula (Μ-2)

將按照如此做法所得到的塗布液D -1〜D -1 0流延於鏡 面不銹鋼鼓輪支撐體上。一邊於長度方向拉伸約5 % 一邊從 鼓輪剝離薄膜後,一邊以一部拉幅機於寬度方向一邊進行乾 燥,更進一步地一邊於多數輥間運送一邊進行乾燥後,再將 -130- 200831962 之捲起來。 測定如此做法所得到的醯化纖維素薄膜c-1〜C-1 0之 厚度、厚度方向遲滯値(Rth)及面內遲滯値(Re)。將其結果 與寬度方向拉伸率顯示於表6。另外,於表6所示之寬度方 向拉伸率係以從拉伸前薄膜之寬度尺寸到藉由拉伸所增加 之尺寸、相對於拉伸前薄膜之寬度尺寸的百分率來表示。 &lt; &lt;醯化纖維素薄膜C-11〜C-12之製作&gt; &gt; 在附設有機械攪拌器、溫度計、冷卻、滴下漏斗之1 升的三口燒瓶中,量取40克之戴西爾公司製醯化纖維素(乙 醯基取代度爲2.41)、46.0毫升之吡啶、300毫升之二氯甲 烷,於室溫下進行攪拌。 在其中,慢慢地滴下62.4毫升之苯甲醯氯,添加後更 進一步地於室溫下進行攪拌。 反應後,當一邊激烈地攪拌一邊將反應溶液投入4升之 甲醇時,就析出白色固體。 藉由吸引過濾分離前述之白色固體,以大量的甲醇進行 洗淨3次。 以6 0 °C將所得到的白色固體予以乾燥整夜之後,藉由 於90°C下進行真空乾燥而得到白色粉末之目的化合物(醯化 纖維素)CTA-11。該化合物CTA-11之醯基的總取代度爲 3.0,芳香族醯基之取代度爲0.58。 〔醯化纖維素薄膜C-11〕 將上述之醯化纖維素薄膜CTA-1 1於1 20 °C下進行2小 -131- 200831962 時之乾燥後,將以下所記載的組成物投入混合槽,進行攪拌 予以溶解,調製醯化纖維素溶液。 〔醯化纖維素溶液之組成〕 •二氯甲烷................2 91質量份 •甲醇..................44質量份 •醯化纖維素(CTA-11)...........100質量份 •二氧化矽微粒子.............0.25質量份 將上述之醯化纖維素溶液加溫30°C,通過寬度爲800 毫米之流延機而流延於鏡面不銹鋼支撐體上。另外,流延點 係設在經設定爲22°C之流延輥上,支撐帶之另一輥的溫度 爲 30〇C。 又,流延部整體之空間溫度係設定於7〇°C。流延速度 爲3公尺/秒,塗布寬度爲80公分。 將在距離流延部5 0公分處,流延旋轉的醯化纖維素薄 膜從帶上剝離,以拉幅機把持薄膜兩端。一邊使薄膜寬度保 持一定,一邊運送1 1 〇°C之拉幅機部。 然後,脫離拉幅機,切除薄膜兩端的鉗鋏痕跡部分之 後,使薄膜通過由複數過渡輥所構成的1 35°C〜145°C之乾 燥部,以將殘留溶劑量乾燥成0.1 %以下。 乾燥後,捲附於捲芯上而得到長尺狀之膜厚度爲80微 米之醯化纖維素薄膜C-11, 對於所得到的醯化纖維素薄膜C-1 1,使用自動複折射 率(KOBRA-21 ADH、王子計測機器(股)公司製),測定遲滯値 -132- 200831962 之光入射角度依存性,計算光學特性的結果’ Re = 4.5奈米’ Rth= — 141 奈米。 醯化纖維素薄膜C-11之在25。(:、相對濕度爲10%下之 面內遲滯値(Re 10)和在25°C、相對濕度爲80%下之面內遲 滯値(Re80)間之差的絕對値,除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60% 下之面內遲滯値(Re60)之値Gr係0.16。 醯化纖維素薄膜C-11之寬度方向拉伸率、厚度、面內 遲滯値(Re)、厚度方向遲滯値(Rth)、Gr値係顯示於表6。 〔醯化纖維素薄膜C-12之製作〕 除了將完成厚度設定爲5 0微米以外,以和醯化纖維素 薄膜C 1 1之製作同樣的作法,而得到長條狀醯化纖維素薄膜 C1 2。 對於所得到的醯化纖維素薄膜C 1 2,使用自動複折射率 (KOBRA-2 1 ADH、王子計測機器(股)公司製),測定遲滯値之 光入射角度依存性,計算光學特性的結果,Re = 2奈米,Rth = —190奈米。 醯化纖維素薄膜C12之在25 °C、相對濕度爲10%下之 面內遲滯値(Re 1 0)和在25 °C、相對濕度爲80%下之面內遲 滯値(Re 80)間之差的絕對値,除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60% 下之面內遲滯値(Re60)之値Gr係0.2。 醯化纖維素薄膜C-12之寬度方向拉伸率、厚度、面內 遲滯値(Re)、厚度方向遲滯値(Rth)、Gr値係顯示於表6。 表6 -133- 200831962 薄膜名 使用塗布液 寬度方向拉伸率(%) 薄膜厚度 Re(nm) Rth(nm) Gr C-1 D — 1 5 80 9.6 80 1.26 C一2 D-2 5 80 12.5 96 1.68 C-3 D — 3 18 80 35 180 0.34 C-4 D—4 28 80 2 50 4.60 C-5 D-5 22 80 50 130 0.24 C-6 D — 6 16 70 55 200 0.09 C-7 D — 7 30 40 45 118 0.16 C一 8 D-8 5 70 2 4 0.90 C-9 D — 9 5 80 6.8 44 1.59 C-10 D-10 20 80 11 18 0.05 C-11 D —11 0 80 4.5 -141 0.16 C-12 D-12 0 50 2 -90 0.2 然後,將所製作的醯化纖維素薄膜C-1〜C-12於50°c 之6%之氫氧化鈉水溶液中浸漬2分鐘之後,進行水洗並予 以乾燥。 &lt; &lt;光學償薄膜CF-2之製作&gt; &gt; 〔光學異方向性層之塗設〕 於上述所製作的醯化纖維素薄膜C-2上,和上述光學償 薄膜CF-1同樣的作法設置光學異方向性層,而製作成光學 償薄膜CF-2。所製作的光學償薄膜CF-2之Re爲28奈米, Rth爲170奈米;在25°C、相對濕度爲10%下之面內遲滯 値(8610)和在251、相對濕度爲80%下之面內遲滯値([^80) -134- 200831962 間之差的絕對値,除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60%下之面內 遲滯値(R e 6 0 )之値G r係0.7 0。 &lt; &lt;光學償薄膜CF-3之製作&gt; &gt; 〔光學異方向性層之塗設〕 於上述所製作的醯化纖維素薄膜C-3上,和上述光學償 薄膜C F -1同樣的作法塗布配向膜,以2 0公尺/分鐘的速度 運送薄膜,按照相對於長軸方向而言爲4 5 °進行摩擦處理的 方式來設定摩擦輥(直徑爲300毫米),使之以650 rpm進行 旋轉,對於設有配向膜之表面實施摩擦處理。 然後,在經實施摩擦處理過的配向膜上,於由4 1 . 0 1 公斤之碟狀液晶化合物、4.06公斤之環氧乙烷改性三羥甲基 丙烷三丙烯酸酯(V#360、大阪有機化合物(股)公司製)、0.35 公斤之乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB531-1、伊斯特曼化學公司製)、 1 .35公斤之光聚合起始劑(Irgaqure907、汽巴蓋格公司 製)、0.45公斤之增感劑(卡克爾DETX、日本化藥(股)公司 製)、0.45公斤之檸檬酸酯(三協化學製、AS3)溶解於1〇2 公斤之甲基乙基酮而成的塗布液中加入〇·1公斤之含氟脂肪 族基共聚物(梅伽法庫F7 80、大日本油墨(股)公司製),使得 # 3.2之線塗布機在和薄膜之運送方向相同的方向上以3 9 1 rpm進行旋轉,連續地塗布在以20公尺/分鐘運送的C-3之 配向膜面上。 藉由從室溫連續加溫到1 〇〇 °C之步驟以乾燥溶劑,然後 在1 30 °C的乾燥區域,將碟狀液晶化合物層之膜表面風速設 -135- 200831962 定爲平行於薄膜運送方向之2 · 5公尺/秒,加熱約9 0秒鐘, 以將碟狀液晶化合物予以配向。 其次,運送到80°C之乾燥區域,於薄膜之表面溫度爲 約1 〇〇°C的狀態下,藉由紫外線照射裝置(紫外線燈:輸出 功率爲160W/公分、發光長度爲1 _6公尺),照射照度爲60 0mW 之紫外線,使之進行交聯反應,以將碟狀液晶化合物固定於 該配向上。 然後,放置冷卻到室溫,將之捲成圓筒狀使其形態成爲 圓筒狀。 以如此作法而製作成圓筒狀的光學償薄膜(C F - 3)。所製 作的光學異方向性層之Re爲30奈米,Rth爲90奈米;在 25°C、相對濕度爲10%下之面內遲滯値(Re10)和在25°C、 相對濕度爲8 0 %下之面內遲滯値(R e 8 0 )間之差的絕對値,除 以在25°C、相對濕度爲60%下之面內遲滯値(Re60)之値Gr 係 0 · 8 0 〇 &lt; &lt;光學償薄膜CF-4之製作&gt; &gt; 〔光學異方向性層之塗設〕 於上述所製作的醯化纖維素薄膜C-4上,和上述光學償 薄膜CF-1同樣的作法塗布配向膜,設置如Re爲30奈米而 Rth爲80奈米這樣的光學異方向性層,而製作成光學償薄 膜(CF-4)。所製作的光學償薄膜CF-4之Re爲28奈米,Rth 爲1 30奈米;在25°C、相對濕度爲1 0%下之面內遲滯値(Re1 0) 和在25°C、相對濕度爲80%下之面內遲滯値(Re80)間之差 -136- 200831962 的絕對値,除以在25t、相對濕度爲60%下之面內遲滯値 (Re60)之値 Gr 係 0.6。 (實施例1) (偏光板之製作) &lt;偏光子之製作&gt; 將厚度爲120微米之聚乙烯醇薄膜,浸漬於含有1質 量份之碘、2質量份之碘化鉀、4質量份之硼酸的水溶液中, 於50°C拉伸4倍而製作成偏光子。 將2質量份之馬來酸酐改性乙烯•丁二烯•苯乙烯嵌段 共聚物之加氫物(熔流指數値,於2 0 0 °C、5公斤之荷重下爲 1·〇克/10分鐘,苯乙烯嵌酸含量爲30質量。/。,加氫率爲80% 以上,馬來酸酐加成量爲2%),溶解於8質量份之二甲苯和 40質量份之甲基異丁基酮的混合溶劑中,以孔徑爲1微米 之聚四氟乙烯製之過濾器進行過濾,得到底劑溶液。 然後,藉由不設置第一保護薄膜Β-1之硬被覆層,在經 電暈處理過的面和經上述鹼化過的WV薄膜之未塗布光學異 方向性層的面上,以上述所製作的底劑溶液做爲偏光子之黏 著劑,將第一保護薄膜和偏光子予以貼合,以完全鹼化型之 聚乙烯醇5 %之水溶液做爲黏著劑,將第二保護薄膜和偏光 子予以貼合,藉以製作成上側偏光板。以同樣的作法,按照 順序貼合第一保護薄膜Β-7、偏光子及第二保護薄膜CF-) 而製作成下側偏光板。 &lt;偏光板之耐久性評估&gt; -137- 200831962 將以上述作法所得到的偏光板,於6 0 °C、9 5 % R Η之環 境下放置1,〇〇〇小時後,測定偏光度,基於以下之評價基準 進行評價。結果係顯示於表6。另外,偏光度係如以上所述’ 藉由上述數學式(1)而求出在波長爲550奈米之偏光度。 如此作法評價本實施例1之偏光板之耐久性的結果,偏 光度爲9 9.5 %,係爲無問題等級。 〔評價基準〕 〇:偏光度爲99%以上,無實用上之問題; △:偏光度爲98%以上〜99%以下,無實用上之問題; X :偏光度小於98%,有實用上之問題。 (液晶顯示裝置之製作) 將設置在使用ΤΝ型液晶胞的20吋之液晶顯示裝置 (LC-20V1、夏普(股)公司製)上的一對偏光板(上側偏光板及 下側偏光板)予以剝除,改以本實施例1所製作的偏光板代 替,將第二保護薄膜透過黏著劑,按照使之成爲液晶胞側的 方式,在觀察者側及背光側上各貼附一枚。按照使觀察者側 之偏光板(上側偏光板)之穿透軸、及背光側之偏光板(下側偏 光板)之穿透軸成正交的方式來配置偏光板。此時,在觀察 者側之偏光板(上側偏光板)上係配置具有硬被覆層之第一 保護薄膜之偏光板,而在背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)係配 置不具有硬被覆層之偏光板。 &lt;液晶顯示裝置之評價&gt; 其次,使用測定機(ΕΖ-對比160D、ELDIM公司製),測 -138- 200831962 定在以液晶顯示畫面之橫方向當做基準的方位角45 °、以畫 面表面之法線方向敞做基準之極角60°之方位的黑顯示時之 色味。 接著,將此液晶顯示裝置於常溫常濕(2 5 °C、60 % RH左 右,無濕度控制)之房屋中放置1週,再度測定黑顯示時之 色味。 又,將此液晶顯示裝置於2 5 °C、1 〇 % R Η下放置1週, 然後再測定黑顯示時之色味。更進一步地將同樣的液晶顯示 裝置於25°C、80 % RH下放置1週,然後再測定黑顯示時之 色味。 關於以上所得到的色味測定,基於下述評價基準進行色 味變化之評價。 ◎:黑色味變化(△ E*)爲小於0.1,無實用上之問題; 〇:黑色味變化(ΔΕ*)爲0.1以上〜〇·3以下,無實用上 之問題; △:黑色味變化(ΔΕ*)爲〇·3以上〜0·5以下,有實用上 之問題; X :黑色味變化(ΔΕ*)爲〇·5以上,有實用上之問題。 又’觀察所作的液晶顯示裝置之結果,可以實現正面方 向及視角方向均調和(n u t r a丨)的黑顯示。 (實施例2〜1 5及比較例彳〜1 3之偏光板之製作) 和上述實施例1同樣的作法,使用於上述所製作的第一 保護薄膜B-2〜B-1 3、和第二保護薄膜cF-彳〜CF-4、C-5〜 -139- 200831962 C _ 1 0 ’丨女照表7所示之組合製作成偏光板。此時,b 4〜B - 6、 B10〜B13及第二保護薄膜係於浸漬15莫耳/升、55它之 NaOH水溶液中歷2分鐘之後,進行中和、水洗、鹼化處理, 然後以完全鹼化型聚乙烯醇5 %水溶液當做黏著劑,與偏光 子貼合。又,B2、B3及B7〜B9之保護薄膜係於電暈處理 後’以和實施例1同樣的作法與偏光子貼合。 &lt;實施例2〜5、實施例1〜3及比較例1 2之偏光板之評價 &gt; ( &lt; &lt; TN模式液晶胞之評價&gt; &gt; 除了將所使用的偏光板如表7所示進行更以外,以和實 施例1同樣的作法,將實施例2〜5、實施例1〜3及比較例 1 2之偏光板裝入液晶顯示裝置中,以和實施例1同樣的作 法進行色味變化之評價。將此等評價果記載於表7。 &lt;實施例6及比較例4之偏光板之評價&gt; &lt; &lt; OCB模式液晶胞之製作&gt; &gt; / 在附有I TO電極之玻璃基板上設置當做配向膜之聚醯 亞胺膜,並進行摩擦處理。 摩擦處理係按照使2枚玻璃基板成相反方向的方式來 實施。按照使得晶胞間隙(d)成爲8微米的方式,相向地貼 合2枚玻璃基板。於晶胞間隙中,注入△ η爲0.1 396之液 晶性化合物(ZLI1132、梅魯庫公司製),製作成OCB模式液 晶胞。 在OCB模式液晶胞上,按照挾持液晶胞的方式、使得 -140- 200831962 光學償薄膜之光學異方向性層、和液晶胞之玻璃成相對面的 方式,來配置2枚上述所製作的偏光板。 按照使得〇 C B模式液晶胞之配向膜的摩擦方向、和光 學償薄膜之配向膜的摩擦方向成爲逆向平行的方式,進行配 置。在此等之兩側上,依正交尼科耳鏡方式配置偏光元件。 此時,將實施例6及比較例4之偏光板使用於所製作的〇 C B 模式液晶顯示裝置上,以和實施例1同樣的作法進行色味變 化之評價。將該等之評價結果記載於表7上。 &lt;實施例7及比較例5之偏光板之評價&gt; &lt; &lt; E C B模式液晶胞之評價&gt; &gt; 液晶胞係將晶胞間隙設定爲3.5微米,藉由將持有正介 電率異方向層之向列液晶材料滴下注入於基板間,予以封 閉,並將液晶層之Δη· d定爲300奈米而成。 液晶材料係使用介電異方向性爲正、折射率異方向性、 △ n = 0.0854(589奈米、20 °C)、△ ε = + 8_5左右之向列液晶 (例如,梅魯庫之MLC-9100)。 又,上側基板及下側基板之各個配向軸(摩擦軸)之交叉 角爲〇 °,然後,在貼合上下偏光板之際,按照使得液晶胞 之上下基板的摩擦軸方向(配向控制方向)係與光學異方向 性層的支撐體之遲相軸成4 5 °交叉的方式進行貼合。 又,偏光膜之吸收軸係分別與液晶胞的配向方向(摩擦 方向)約略呈45 °交叉,且上下偏光膜之吸收軸的交叉角係約 略呈90°正交尼科耳。 評價將實施例7及比較例5之偏光板,使用於所製作的 -141- 200831962 ECB模式液晶顯示裝置時之色味變化。將該等之評價結果記 載於表7上。 &lt;實施例8〜9及比較例6〜7之偏光板之評價&gt; 將設置於VA型液晶顯示裝置(LC-26GD3、夏普(股)公 司製)上之偏光板及相位差膜予以剝離,改爲實施例8〜9及 比較例6〜7之偏光板,按照使得穿透軸與製品上所貼的偏 光板一致的方式進行貼合。然後,以和實施例1同樣的作法 進行色味變化之評價。將評價結果記載於表7。 &lt;實施例1 0、1 5及比較例8之偏光板之評價&gt; &lt; &lt;第一相位差薄膜之製作&gt; &gt; 將由2,2’-雙(3,4二羧苯基)六氟丙烷、及2,2’-雙(三氟 甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯基所合成的聚醯亞胺,使用環己酮做 爲溶劑調製而成的1 5質量%之溶液,塗布於50微米厚度之 三乙醯基纖維素薄膜上。 然後,藉由在1 〇 0 °C進行乾燥處理1 0分鐘而得到殘存 溶劑量爲7 %、厚度爲6微米之薄膜。 然後,將於三乙醯基纖維素薄膜上所形成的薄膜,每一 基材(三乙醯基纖維素薄膜)於160°C之溫度下進行5%縱向 單軸拉伸,從前述之三乙醯基纖維素薄膜剝離而得到第一相 位差薄膜。 第一相位差薄膜之特性係爲具有△ n d = 6 0奈米、 Rth = 250 奈米、d = 5.5 微米,△ηΙηχ-ηζ^Ο.ΟΜδ、nx&gt;ny &gt; η z之特性。 將設置於VA型液晶顯示裝置(LC-26GD3、夏普(股)公 司製)上之偏光板及相位差膜予以剝離,改爲實施例1 0、1 5 -142- 200831962 及比較例8之偏光板,按照使得穿透軸與製品上所貼的偏光 板一致的方式進行貼合。 另外,在背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)之液晶胞側(第 二保護薄膜側)上,按照使得η X方向和偏光板之吸收軸呈正 交的方式,透過黏著劑貼上前述之第一相位差薄膜。又,觀 察者側之偏光板(上側偏光板)係不隔著則述之第一^相位差 薄膜,使得偏光板之吸收軸彼此呈正交的方式,透過黏著劑 貼合液晶胞。 / 然後,以和實施例1同樣的作法進行色味變化之評價。 Γ 將評價結果記載於表7。 &lt;實施例1 1及比較例9之偏光板之評價&gt; &lt; &lt;第二相位差薄膜之評價&gt; &gt; 將厚度爲135微米之降萡烯系樹脂薄膜(JSR公司製、 阿特翁),於拉幅機、1 7 5 °C進行拉伸處理,製作成具有η X &gt;ny&gt;nz之折射率特性、Re爲40奈米而Rth爲200奈米 之第二相位差薄膜。 然後,將設置於IPS型液晶顯示裝置(Th-26LX300、松 C. 下電器產業(股)公司製)上之偏光板及相位差膜予以剝離,改 爲本發明之偏光板,按照使得穿透軸與製品上所貼的偏光板 一致的方式進行貼附。 另外’在觀察者側之偏光板(上側偏光板)之液晶胞側 (第二保護薄膜側)上,透過黏著劑貼上前述之第二相位差薄 膜。又,背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)係不隔著前述之第二 相位差薄膜,透過黏著劑貼合液晶胞。 然後,以和實施例1同樣的作法進行色味變化之評價。 -143- 200831962 將評價結果記載於表7。 &lt;實施例1 2及比較例1 0之偏光板之評價&gt; &lt; &lt;第三相位差薄膜&gt; &gt; 將質量平均分子量爲8萬之聚碳酸酯的17 %二氯甲烷 溶液流延於不銹鋼帶上,使殘留揮發分成爲3%之後’於158 °C之溫度條件下,將該薄膜藉由1 5%縱向單軸拉伸’得到遲 滯値(以5 90奈米之光進行測定)Re = 1 5奈米、Rth = 270奈米 之由聚碳酸酯形成的第三相位差薄膜。 . &lt; &lt;第四相位差薄膜之製作&gt; &gt; ί 將降萡烯系樹脂薄膜(商品名「茜歐諾亞1 420R」、曰本 麗陽公司製)於拉幅式拉伸機中進行拉伸處理,製作成具有 nx&gt;ny&gt;nz之折射率特性、Re爲213奈米而Rth爲106奈 米之第二相位差薄膜。 然後,將設置於丨PS型液晶顯示裝置(Th-26LX300、松 下電器產業(股)公司製)上之偏光板及相位差膜予以剝離,改 爲如表7所示的本發明之偏光板,按照使得穿透軸與製品上 所貼的偏光板一致的方式進行貼附。The coating liquids D -1 to D -10 obtained in this manner were cast on a mirror stainless steel drum support. After peeling the film from the drum while stretching about 5% in the longitudinal direction, the film is dried in the width direction by a tenter, and further dried while being transported between the plurality of rolls, and then -130- Rolled up in 200831962. The thickness, thickness direction retardation R (Rth) and in-plane retardation Re (Re) of the deuterated cellulose films c-1 to C-1 0 obtained in this manner were measured. The results and the stretch ratio in the width direction are shown in Table 6. Further, the stretch ratio in the width direction shown in Table 6 is expressed as a percentage from the width dimension of the film before stretching to the dimension increased by stretching and the width dimension of the film before stretching. &lt;&lt;Production of Deuterated Cellulose Films C-11 to C-12&gt;&gt; 40 g of Daysill in a three-liter flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a thermometer, a cooling, and a dropping funnel The company made cellulose (ethyl ketone substitution degree of 2.41), 46.0 ml of pyridine, and 300 ml of dichloromethane, and stirred at room temperature. Thereto, 62.4 ml of benzamidine chloride was slowly dropped, and after the addition, stirring was further carried out at room temperature. After the reaction, when the reaction solution was poured into 4 liters of methanol while vigorously stirring, a white solid precipitated. The white solid described above was separated by suction filtration, and washed with a large amount of methanol three times. The obtained white solid was dried overnight at 60 ° C, and dried under vacuum at 90 ° C to give the title compound (deuterated cellulose) CTA-11 as a white powder. The total substitution degree of the fluorenyl group of the compound CTA-11 was 3.0, and the degree of substitution of the aromatic fluorenyl group was 0.58. [Deuterated cellulose film C-11] The above-described deuterated cellulose film CTA-1 1 was dried at 2 to 20 ° C for 2 hours - 131 to 200831962, and then the composition described below was put into a mixing tank. The mixture was stirred and dissolved to prepare a deuterated cellulose solution. [Composition of deuterated cellulose solution] • Dichloromethane................2 91 parts by mass • Methanol............... ...44 parts by mass • Deuterated cellulose (CTA-11)..........100 parts by mass • cerium oxide microparticles.............0.25 mass The above-mentioned deuterated cellulose solution was heated at 30 ° C and cast on a mirror stainless steel support through a casting machine having a width of 800 mm. Further, the casting point was set on a casting roll set to 22 ° C, and the temperature of the other roll of the support belt was 30 ° C. Further, the space temperature of the entire casting portion was set at 7 °C. The casting speed was 3 m/sec and the coating width was 80 cm. At a distance of 50 cm from the casting portion, the cast cellulose film which was cast and rotated was peeled off from the belt, and both ends of the film were held by a tenter. The tenter unit of 1 1 〇 °C is transported while keeping the width of the film constant. Then, after the tenter is removed from the tenter, the portions of the nip marks on both ends of the film are cut off, and then the film is passed through a drying portion of 135 ° C to 145 ° C composed of a plurality of transition rolls to dry the residual solvent amount to 0.1% or less. After drying, the roll was attached to a core to obtain a long-sized film of deuterated cellulose film C-11 having a film thickness of 80 μm, and for the obtained cellulose-deposited film C-1 1, an automatic complex refractive index was used ( KOBRA-21 ADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., measured the dependence of light incident angle on hysteresis 132-132-200831962, and calculated the optical characteristics as 'Re = 4.5 nm' Rth = - 141 nm. The deuterated cellulose film C-11 is at 25. (:, the absolute 値 of the difference between the in-plane hysteresis Re (Re 10) at a relative humidity of 10% and the in-plane hysteresis Re (Re80) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 80%, divided by 25° C. The in-plane retardation 値 (Re60) under the relative humidity of 60% is Gr. 0.16. The elongation ratio, thickness, in-plane retardation Re (Re), thickness direction retardation of the bismuth cellulose film C-11 R (Rth) and Gr 値 are shown in Table 6. [Production of Deuterated Cellulose Film C-12] The same as the production of the cellulose-deposited film C 1 1 except that the completed thickness was set to 50 μm. In the same manner, a long-length deuterated cellulose film C1 2 was obtained. For the obtained deuterated cellulose film C 1 2, an automatic complex refractive index (KOBRA-2 1 ADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) was used. The incident angle dependence of the light of the hysteresis was measured, and the optical characteristics were calculated. Re = 2 nm, Rth = -190 nm. The cellulose film C12 was in the plane at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10%. The absolute 値 of the difference between the retardation Re (Re 1 0) and the in-plane hysteresis Re (Re 80) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 80%, divided by 25 ° C The in-plane retardation 値 (Re60) at a relative humidity of 60% is Gr 0.2. The elongation ratio, thickness, in-plane retardation Re (Re), and thickness retardation of the bismuth cellulose film C-12 (Rth) and Gr値 are shown in Table 6. Table 6 - 133 - 200831962 Film name using coating liquid in the width direction stretch ratio (%) Film thickness Re (nm) Rth (nm) Gr C-1 D - 1 5 80 9.6 80 1.26 C-2 D-2 5 80 12.5 96 1.68 C-3 D — 3 18 80 35 180 0.34 C-4 D-4 28 80 2 50 4.60 C-5 D-5 22 80 50 130 0.24 C-6 D — 6 16 70 55 200 0.09 C-7 D — 7 30 40 45 118 0.16 C-8 D-8 5 70 2 4 0.90 C-9 D — 9 5 80 6.8 44 1.59 C-10 D-10 20 80 11 18 0.05 C-11 D —11 0 80 4.5 -141 0.16 C-12 D-12 0 50 2 -90 0.2 Then, the produced deuterated cellulose films C-1 to C-12 were at 50 ° C After immersing in a sodium hydroxide aqueous solution for 2 minutes, it was washed with water and dried. &lt;&lt;&lt;&gt; Preparation of optical film CF-2&gt;&gt; [Application of optical anisotropic layer] The same method as the optical compensation film CF-1 described above on the cellulose film C-2 The optically oriented layer was formed into an optical compensation film CF-2. The optical compensation film CF-2 produced had a Re of 28 nm and an Rth of 170 nm; an in-plane retardation (8610) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10% and a relative humidity of 80% at 251. The absolute 値 of the difference between the lower surface hysteresis ([^80) -134- 200831962, divided by the in-plane retardation R(R e 6 0 ) at 25 ° C and 60% relative humidity 値G r System 0.7 0. &lt;&lt;Production of optical compensation film CF-3&gt;&gt; [Application of optical anisotropic layer] The same as the optical compensation film CF-1 described above on the cellulose-deposited film C-3 produced The method is to apply an alignment film, transport the film at a speed of 20 m/min, and set a rubbing roller (300 mm in diameter) by rubbing with respect to a longitudinal direction of 45° to make it 650. The rpm was rotated, and the surface provided with the alignment film was subjected to a rubbing treatment. Then, on the rubbed-treated alignment film, a trimethylolpropane triacrylate (V#360, Osaka) was modified from 41.0 kg of a discotic liquid crystal compound and 4.06 kg of ethylene oxide. Organic compound (manufactured by the company), 0.35 kg of cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB531-1, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1.35 kg of photopolymerization initiator (Irgaqure 907, manufactured by Ciba Geiger Co., Ltd.) ), 0.45 kg of sensitizer (Kacker DETX, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 0.45 kg of citrate (Sansei Chemical Co., Ltd., AS3) dissolved in 1 〇 2 kg of methyl ethyl ketone 1·1 kg of fluoroaliphatic-based copolymer (Megafacu F7 80, manufactured by Dainippon Ink Co., Ltd.) was added to the resulting coating solution, so that the #3.2 line coater was in the same direction as the film. The direction was rotated at 3 9 1 rpm and continuously applied to the alignment film surface of C-3 transported at 20 meters/min. The film surface air velocity is set to be parallel to the film by drying the solvent by continuously heating from room temperature to 1 〇〇 ° C, and then drying the film at a temperature of 130 ° C in a dry region at 130 ° C. The transport direction is 2 · 5 meters / sec, and the heating is about 90 seconds to align the discotic liquid crystal compound. Next, it is transported to a dry area of 80 ° C, and the surface temperature of the film is about 1 〇〇 ° C, by means of an ultraviolet irradiation device (ultraviolet lamp: output power is 160 W / cm, and the luminous length is 1 _ 6 m). The ultraviolet ray having an illuminance of 60 0 mW is subjected to a crosslinking reaction to fix the discotic liquid crystal compound in the alignment direction. Then, it was left to cool to room temperature, and it was rolled into a cylindrical shape to have a cylindrical shape. In this way, a cylindrical optical compensation film (C F - 3) was produced. The optical anisotropic layer produced had a Re of 30 nm and an Rth of 90 nm; an in-plane retardation (Re10) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10% and a relative humidity of 8 at 25 ° C. The absolute 値 of the difference between the in-plane hysteresis R(R e 8 0 ) at 0 %, divided by the in-plane hysteresis (Re60) at 25 ° C and 60% relative humidity, Gr system 0 · 80 〇 &lt;&lt;Production of optical compensation film CF-4&gt;&gt; [Application of optical anisotropic layer] on the fluorinated cellulose film C-4 produced above, and the optical compensation film CF-1 In the same manner, an alignment film was applied, and an optically anisotropic layer such as Re of 30 nm and Rth of 80 nm was provided to prepare an optical compensation film (CF-4). The optical compensation film CF-4 produced had a Re of 28 nm and an Rth of 1 30 nm; in-plane retardation Re (Re1 0) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10%, and at 25 ° C, The absolute enthalpy of the in-plane hysteresis Re (Re80) at a relative humidity of 80% is -136-200831962, divided by the in-plane retardation Re (Re60) at 25t and a relative humidity of 60%, and the Gr system is 0.6. (Example 1) (Production of polarizing plate) &lt;Production of polarizer&gt; A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was immersed in 1 part by mass of iodine, 2 parts by mass of potassium iodide, and 4 parts by mass of boric acid. In the aqueous solution, it was stretched 4 times at 50 ° C to prepare a polarizer. 2 parts by mass of a maleic anhydride modified ethylene butadiene styrene block copolymer hydrogenated product (melt flow index 値, at 2000 ° C, 5 kg load is 1 · gram / 10 minutes, the styrene acid content is 30 mass%, the hydrogenation rate is 80% or more, the maleic anhydride addition amount is 2%), and it is dissolved in 8 parts by mass of xylene and 40 parts by mass of methyl group. In a mixed solvent of butyl ketone, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore size of 1 μm was filtered to obtain a primer solution. Then, by not providing the hard coating layer of the first protective film Β-1, on the surface of the corona-treated surface and the uncoated optical anisotropic layer of the alkalized WV film, The prepared primer solution is used as a polarizer adhesive, and the first protective film and the polarizer are attached, and the completely alkalized polyvinyl alcohol 5% aqueous solution is used as an adhesive, and the second protective film and polarized light are used. The sheets are attached to each other to form an upper polarizing plate. In the same manner, the first protective film Β-7, the polarizer and the second protective film CF-) are bonded in this order to form a lower polarizing plate. &lt;Evaluation of durability of polarizing plate&gt; -137- 200831962 The polarizing plate obtained by the above method was placed in an environment of 60 ° C and 9 5 % R 1 for 1 hour, and the degree of polarization was measured. Based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 6. Further, the degree of polarization is as described above. The degree of polarization at a wavelength of 550 nm is obtained by the above formula (1). As a result of evaluating the durability of the polarizing plate of Example 1 in this manner, the degree of polarization was 99.5 %, which was a problem-free grade. [Evaluation Criteria] 〇: The degree of polarization is 99% or more, and there is no practical problem; △: The degree of polarization is 98% or more and 99% or less, and there is no practical problem; X: The degree of polarization is less than 98%, and it is practical. problem. (Production of Liquid Crystal Display Device) A pair of polarizing plates (upper polarizing plate and lower polarizing plate) provided on a 20-inch liquid crystal display device (LC-20V1, manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd.) using a ΤΝ-type liquid crystal cell In the same manner as in the polarizing plate produced in the first embodiment, the second protective film was passed through the adhesive, and one of the viewer side and the backlight side was attached so as to be on the liquid crystal cell side. The polarizing plate is disposed such that the transmission axis of the polarizing plate (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side and the transmission axis of the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side are orthogonal to each other. At this time, a polarizing plate having a first protective film of a hard coating layer is disposed on a polarizing plate (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side, and a polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side is disposed without a hard coating. Layer of polarizing plate. &lt;Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Display Device&gt; Next, using a measuring machine (ΕΖ-Comp. 160D, manufactured by ELDIM Co., Ltd.), measuring -138-200831962 is set at an azimuth angle of 45 ° which is a reference in the lateral direction of the liquid crystal display screen. The normal direction of the reference is the color of the black display when the polar angle of the reference is 60°. Next, this liquid crystal display device was placed in a house at normal temperature and normal humidity (25 ° C, 60% RH, no humidity control) for one week, and the color odor at the time of black display was measured again. Further, this liquid crystal display device was allowed to stand at 25 ° C under 1 〇 % R 1 for one week, and then the color odor at the time of black display was measured. Further, the same liquid crystal display device was allowed to stand at 25 ° C and 80 % RH for one week, and then the color tone at the time of black display was measured. With respect to the color odor measurement obtained above, the evaluation of the color change was performed based on the following evaluation criteria. ◎: black taste change (Δ E*) is less than 0.1, and there is no practical problem; 〇: black taste change (ΔΕ*) is 0.1 or more to 〇·3 or less, and there is no practical problem; Δ: black taste change ( ΔΕ*) is 〇·3 or more and 0·5 or less, and there is a practical problem; X: Black taste change (ΔΕ*) is 〇·5 or more, and there are practical problems. Further, as a result of observing the liquid crystal display device, it is possible to realize a black display in which both the front direction and the viewing angle are uniformly adjusted (n u t r a 丨). (Production of Polarizing Plates of Examples 2 to 15 and Comparative Examples 彳1 to 13) The same procedure as in the above-described Example 1 was carried out using the first protective films B-2 to B-1 3 and the above-described first protective film. The second protective film cF-彳~CF-4, C-5~-139- 200831962 C _ 1 0 'The combination shown in Table 7 is made into a polarizing plate. At this time, b 4~B-6, B10~B13 and the second protective film are subjected to neutralization, water washing and alkalization after being immersed in 15 mol/liter of 55 NaOH aqueous solution for 2 minutes, and then A fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol 5% aqueous solution is used as an adhesive and adheres to a polarizer. Further, the protective films of B2, B3 and B7 to B9 were bonded to the polarizers in the same manner as in Example 1 after the corona treatment. &lt;Evaluation of polarizing plates of Examples 2 to 5, Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1&gt;(&lt;&lt;TN mode liquid crystal cell evaluation&gt;&gt; In addition to the polarizing plate used, Table 7 In the same manner as in the first embodiment, the polarizing plates of Examples 2 to 5, Examples 1 to 3, and Comparative Example 1 were placed in a liquid crystal display device in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation of the color change was carried out. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. <Evaluation of the polarizing plate of Example 6 and Comparative Example> &lt;&lt; OCB mode liquid crystal cell production &gt;&gt; A polyimide film having an alignment film is provided on the glass substrate having the I TO electrode, and rubbing treatment is performed. The rubbing treatment is performed in such a manner that the two glass substrates are opposed to each other, so that the cell gap (d) becomes In a mode of 8 micrometers, two glass substrates were bonded to each other, and a liquid crystal compound (ZLI1132, manufactured by Meruku) having a Δη of 0.1 396 was injected into the cell gap to prepare an OCB mode liquid crystal cell. On the liquid crystal cell, in the manner of holding the liquid crystal cell, making -140- 200831962 The polarizing plate prepared as described above is disposed so that the optically oriented layer of the optical compensation film and the glass of the liquid crystal cell face each other. The rubbing direction of the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell of the 〇CB mode and the optical compensation film are used. The rubbing direction of the alignment film was reversed and arranged. On both sides, the polarizing element was placed by a crossed Nicols method. In this case, the polarizing plates of Example 6 and Comparative Example 4 were used. The color change was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 on the produced 〇CB mode liquid crystal display device. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. <Polarization of Example 7 and Comparative Example 5 Evaluation of the board &lt;&lt;&lt;Evaluation of ECB mode liquid crystal cells&gt;&gt; The liquid crystal cell system has a cell gap of 3.5 μm, which is dropped by injecting a nematic liquid crystal material having a positive dielectric constant direction layer It is sealed between the substrates, and the Δη·d of the liquid crystal layer is set to 300 nm. The liquid crystal material is positive in dielectric anisotropy and refractive index isotropic, Δ n = 0.0854 (589 nm, 20 °C), △ ε = + 8 a nematic liquid crystal of about _5 (for example, MLC-9100 of Meruku). Further, the intersection angle of each of the alignment axes (friction axes) of the upper substrate and the lower substrate is 〇°, and then, the upper and lower polarizing plates are attached. Then, the rubbing axis direction (alignment control direction) of the upper and lower substrates of the liquid crystal cell is bonded to the retardation axis of the support of the optically anisotropic layer at 45°. Further, the absorption axis of the polarizing film The alignment direction (friction direction) of the liquid crystal cells is approximately 45°, and the intersection angle of the absorption axes of the upper and lower polarizing films is approximately 90° crossed Nicols. The polarizing plates of Example 7 and Comparative Example 5 were evaluated for color change when used in the produced -141-200831962 ECB mode liquid crystal display device. The evaluation results of these are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of Polarizing Plates of Examples 8 to 9 and Comparative Examples 6 to 7&gt; The polarizing plate and the retardation film provided on a VA liquid crystal display device (LC-26GD3, manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd.) were peeled off. The polarizing plates of Examples 8 to 9 and Comparative Examples 6 to 7 were replaced so that the transmission axis was aligned with the polarizing plate attached to the product. Then, the evaluation of the color change was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of polarizing plate of Example 1 0, 15 and Comparative Example &gt;&lt;&lt;Production of first retardation film&gt;&gt;&gt; 2,2'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) Polyheximide synthesized from hexafluoropropane and 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, prepared using cyclohexanone as a solvent A 5 mass% solution was applied to a 50 μm thick triethylenesulfonated cellulose film. Then, by drying at 1 °C °C for 10 minutes, a film having a residual solvent amount of 7% and a thickness of 6 μm was obtained. Then, the film formed on the triethylenesulfonated cellulose film, each substrate (triethylenesulfonated cellulose film) was subjected to 5% longitudinal uniaxial stretching at a temperature of 160 ° C, from the foregoing three The acetonitrile-based cellulose film was peeled off to obtain a first retardation film. The first retardation film has characteristics of Δ n d = 60 nm, Rth = 250 nm, d = 5.5 μm, ΔηΙηχ-ηζ^Ο.ΟΜδ, nx&gt;ny &gt; η z. The polarizing plate and the retardation film provided on the VA liquid crystal display device (LC-26GD3, manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd.) were peeled off, and the polarized light of Example 10, 1-5-142-200831962 and Comparative Example 8 was changed. The plate is attached in such a manner that the penetration axis coincides with the polarizing plate attached to the article. Further, on the liquid crystal cell side (second protective film side) of the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side, the η X direction and the absorption axis of the polarizing plate are orthogonal to each other, and the above-mentioned adhesive is applied thereto. The first retardation film. Further, the polarizing plate (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side is attached to the liquid crystal cell through the adhesive so that the absorption axis of the polarizing plate is orthogonal to each other without interposing the first retardation film. / Then, the evaluation of the color change was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. Γ The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of polarizing plate of Example 1 and Comparative Example&gt;&lt;&lt;&gt; Evaluation of second retardation film&gt;&gt; A terpene-based resin film having a thickness of 135 μm (made by JSR Corporation) Twisting, stretching treatment at 175 °C, to produce a refractive index characteristic of η X &gt; ny &gt; nz, Re is 40 nm and Rth is 200 nm. film. Then, the polarizing plate and the retardation film provided on the IPS type liquid crystal display device (Th-26LX300, manufactured by Matsushika Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.) are peeled off, and the polarizing plate of the present invention is changed to pass through. The shaft is attached in a manner consistent with the polarizing plate attached to the product. Further, on the liquid crystal cell side (second protective film side) of the polarizer (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side, the second retardation film described above is attached via an adhesive. Further, the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side is bonded to the liquid crystal cell through the adhesive without interposing the second retardation film described above. Then, the evaluation of the color change was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. -143- 200831962 The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of polarizing plate of Example 1 2 and Comparative Example 1&gt;&lt;&lt;3rd retardation film&gt;&gt;&gt; 17% dichloromethane solution of polycarbonate having a mass average molecular weight of 80,000 After extending the stainless steel strip to make the residual volatiles 3%, the film was subjected to a longitudinal uniaxial stretching of 1 5% at a temperature of 158 ° C to obtain hysteresis (with a light of 5 90 nm). A third retardation film formed of polycarbonate having Re = 15 nm and Rth = 270 nm was measured. &lt;&lt;Production of Fourth Disparity Film&gt;&gt; ί A ruthenium-based resin film (trade name "Ou Noah 1 420R", manufactured by Sakamoto Co., Ltd.) in a tenter type stretching machine The stretching treatment was carried out to prepare a second retardation film having a refractive index characteristic of nx &gt; ny &gt; nz, a Re of 213 nm and an Rth of 106 nm. Then, the polarizing plate and the retardation film provided on the 丨PS type liquid crystal display device (Th-26LX300, manufactured by Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.) were peeled off, and the polarizing plate of the present invention shown in Table 7 was changed. The attachment is performed in such a manner that the penetration axis coincides with the polarizing plate attached to the article.

C 另外’在觀察者側之偏光板(上側偏光板)之液晶胞側 (第二保護薄膜側)上,透過黏著劑貼上前述之第三相位差薄 膜。又,背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)係透過黏著劑貼合第 四相位差薄膜。 然後,以和實施例1同樣的作法進行色味變化之評價。 將評價結果記載於表7。 &lt;實施例1 3及比較例1 1之偏光板之評價&gt; 在實J也例1 1中’除了使用第三相位差薄膜來代替第一 -144- 200831962 相位差薄膜以外,以和實施例1 1同樣的作法製作出實施例 1 3之液晶顯示裝置,以和實施例1 1同樣的作法,使用丨p s 液晶顯示裝置並進行色味評價。結果示於表7。 在比較例9中,除了使用第三相位差薄膜來代替第一相 位差薄膜以外’以和比較例9同樣的作法製作出比較例]] 之液晶顯不裝置’以和比較例9同樣的作法,使用丨p s液晶 顯不裝置並進行色味評價。結果示於表7。 &lt;實施例1 4之偏光板之評價&gt; 在實施例1 3中,除了使用第一保護薄膜b _彳2來代替 、背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)中使用的第一保護薄膜B _ 7以 外’以和實施例1 3同樣的作法製作出實施例1 4之液晶顯示 裝置’以和實施例1 3同樣的作法,使用| p s液晶顯示裝置 並進行色味評價。結果示於表7。 (比較例13之偏光板之製作) 在實施例1中,除了將觀察者側之偏光板(上側偏光 板)、及背光側之偏光板(下側偏光板)的各別之第一保護薄 膜、及第二保護薄膜全部改爲第一保護薄膜B-7(實施例1 r 所製作的環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1)以外,以和實施例1同樣的 作法製作比較例1 3之液晶顯示裝置。另外,第一保護薄膜 B-7(實施例1所製作的環烯烴系樹脂薄膜A-1)之在25°C、 相對濕度爲10%下之面內遲滯値(Re10)和在25°C、相對濕 度爲80 %下之面內遲滯値(Re 80)間之差的絕對値,除以在 25°C、相對濕度爲60%下之面內遲滯値(Re60)之値Gr係 0 · 04。在該比較例1 3中,生產性顯著地下降。 &lt;實施例1 6〜1 7之偏光板之製作及評價&gt; &lt; &lt;第五相位差薄膜之製作&gt; &gt; -145- 200831962 將由聚碳酸酯-聚苯乙烯共聚物溶解於二氯甲烷所製作 的塗布液溶液製作成流延薄膜,於175t之溫度下,藉由進 行寬度自由單軸拉伸得到Re=140奈米、Rth = 70奈米之相 位差薄膜。 然後,將設置於IPS型液晶顯示裝置(Th-26LX300、松 下電器產業(股)公司製)上之偏光板及相位差膜予以剝離,改 爲如表7所示的本發明之偏光板,按照使得穿透軸與製品上 所貼的偏光板一致的方式進行貼附。 另外,在觀察者側之偏光板(上側偏光板)之液晶胞側 (第二保護薄膜側)上,透過黏著劑,按照使遲相軸與觀察者 側偏光板之吸收軸平行的方式,貼合前述之第五相位差薄 膜。 將如上述作法所製作的偏光板,以和實施例1 1同樣的 作法,使用丨P S液晶顯示裝置’進行色味變化之評價。結果 示於表 7 〇 -146- 200831962 表7 上側偏光板 偏 光板 相位差 液晶胞 相位薄膜 差 下側偏光板 色味變化 色味變化 第一保 護薄膜 第二保 護薄膜 耐 久性 薄膜 第一保 護薄膜 第二保 護薄膜 (25。。、 60%—25 °C ' 60%RH) (25〇C ' 60%—25 。。、 60%RH) 實施例1 B-1 CF-1 ◎ 4rrr 视 TN模式 Μ J\\\ B-7 CF-1 〇 〇 實施例2 B-7 CF-1 ◎ 無 TN模式 Ατντ ΠΙΓ B-7 CF-1 〇 〇 實施例3 B-2 CF-1 〇 4τττ 雛 TN模式 drrr J \ w B-8 CF-1 〇 〇 實施例4 B-4 CF-1 〇 無 TN模式 irrr Λ\\ B-10 CF-1 〇 〇. 實施例5 B-1 CF-2 〇 TN模式 B-7 CF-2 ◎ ◎ 實施例6 B-3 CF-3 〇 無 OCB模式 無 B-9 CF-3 〇 〇 實施例7 B-5 CF-4 〇 無 ECB模式 B-11 CF-4 〇 〇 實施例8 B-1 C-5 ◎ 無 VA模式 無 B-7 C-5 ◎ ◎ 實施例9 B-1 C-6 ◎ 無 VA模式 無 B-7 C-9 ◎ 〇 實施例 B-1 C-9 ◎ 無 VA模式 第一相位 差薄膜 B-7 C-9 ◎ 〇 實施例11 B-1 C-7 ◎ 第二相位 差薄膜 VA模式 無 B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ 實施例12 B-1 C-7 ◎ 第三相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 第四相位 差薄膜 B-7 C-7 ◎ ◎ 實施例13 B-1 C-7 ◎ 第三相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 B-7 C-9 ◎ ◎ 實施例14 B-1 C-7 ◎ 第三相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 無 B-12 C-9 〇 〇 實施例15 B-1 C-10 ◎ 無 VA模式 第一相位 差薄膜 B-7 C-10 〇 〇 實施例16 B-1 C-11 ◎ 第五相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 無 B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ 實施例17 B-1 C-12 ◎ 第五相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 無 B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ -147- 200831962C Further, the third retardation film described above is attached to the liquid crystal cell side (second protective film side) of the polarizer (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side through an adhesive. Further, the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side is bonded to the fourth retardation film through an adhesive. Then, the evaluation of the color change was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of the polarizing plate of Example 1 and Comparative Example 1&gt; In the case of Example J1, in addition to the use of the third retardation film in place of the first-144-200831962 retardation film, Example 1 In the same manner as in Example 1, a liquid crystal display device of Example 13 was produced. In the same manner as in Example 11, a 丨ps liquid crystal display device was used and color odor evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 7. In Comparative Example 9, except that the third retardation film was used instead of the first retardation film, the liquid crystal display device of Comparative Example] was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 9 in the same manner as in Comparative Example 9. Using 丨ps liquid crystal display device and performing color taste evaluation. The results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Evaluation of Polarizing Plate of Example 1&gt; In the first embodiment, the first protective film b_彳2 was used instead of the first protective layer used in the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side. A liquid crystal display device of Example 14 was produced in the same manner as in Example 13 except for the film B_7. In the same manner as in Example 13, a liquid crystal display device was used to evaluate the color tone. The results are shown in Table 7. (Production of Polarizing Plate of Comparative Example 13) In the first embodiment, the first protective film of the polarizing plate (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side and the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight side are separately provided. The liquid crystal of Comparative Example 13 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the second protective film was changed to the first protective film B-7 (the cycloolefin-based resin film A-1 produced in Example 1 r). Display device. Further, the first protective film B-7 (the cycloolefin-based resin film A-1 produced in Example 1) had an in-plane retardation (Re10) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10% and at 25 ° C. The absolute 値 of the difference between the in-plane retardation Re (Re 80) at a relative humidity of 80%, divided by the in-plane retardation Re (Re60) at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60%, Gr system 0 · 04. In this Comparative Example 13, productivity was remarkably lowered. &lt;Example 1 Production and evaluation of polarizing plate of 6 to 17&gt;&lt;&lt;Production of fifth retardation film&gt;&gt;&gt; -145- 200831962 Dissolving polycarbonate-polystyrene copolymer in two The coating liquid solution prepared by methyl chloride was cast into a cast film, and a retardation film of Re = 140 nm and Rth = 70 nm was obtained by performing free uniaxial stretching at a temperature of 175 t. Then, the polarizing plate and the retardation film provided on the IPS liquid crystal display device (Th-26LX300, manufactured by Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.) were peeled off, and the polarizing plate of the present invention as shown in Table 7 was changed. The penetration axis is attached in such a manner as to conform to the polarizing plate attached to the article. Further, on the liquid crystal cell side (second protective film side) of the polarizing plate (upper polarizing plate) on the observer side, the adhesive is applied so as to be parallel to the absorption axis of the observer-side polarizing plate. The fifth retardation film described above is combined. The polarizing plate produced as described above was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 using a 丨P S liquid crystal display device'. The results are shown in Table 7 〇-146- 200831962 Table 7 Upper polarizing plate polarizing plate phase difference liquid crystal cell phase film difference lower side polarizing plate color change color change first protective film second protective film durability film first protective film Second protective film (25., 60% - 25 °C '60% RH) (25〇C '60% -25, 60% RH) Example 1 B-1 CF-1 ◎ 4rrr Depending on the TN mode Μ J\\\ B-7 CF-1 〇〇Example 2 B-7 CF-1 ◎ No TN mode Ατντ ΠΙΓ B-7 CF-1 〇〇Example 3 B-2 CF-1 〇4τττ Young TN mode drrr J \ w B-8 CF-1 〇〇 Example 4 B-4 CF-1 〇 no TN mode irrr Λ\\ B-10 CF-1 〇〇. Example 5 B-1 CF-2 〇TN mode B -7 CF-2 ◎ ◎ Example 6 B-3 CF-3 〇 No OCB mode No B-9 CF-3 〇〇 Example 7 B-5 CF-4 〇 No ECB mode B-11 CF-4 〇〇 Example 8 B-1 C-5 ◎ No VA mode No B-7 C-5 ◎ ◎ Example 9 B-1 C-6 ◎ No VA mode No B-7 C-9 ◎ 〇 Example B-1 C -9 ◎ No VA mode first retardation film B-7 C-9 ◎ 〇 Example 11 B-1 C-7 ◎ Second phase Differential film VA mode without B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ Example 12 B-1 C-7 ◎ Third retardation film IPS mode Fourth retardation film B-7 C-7 ◎ ◎ Example 13 B-1 C -7 ◎ Third retardation film IPS mode B-7 C-9 ◎ ◎ Example 14 B-1 C-7 ◎ Third retardation film IPS mode without B-12 C-9 〇〇 Example 15 B-1 C-10 ◎ No VA mode First retardation film B-7 C-10 〇〇 Example 16 B-1 C-11 ◎ Fifth retardation film IPS mode No B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ Example 17 B -1 C-12 ◎ Fifth retardation film IPS mode without B-7 C-8 ◎ ◎ -147- 200831962

比較例1 B-6 CF-1 X 無 TN模式 B-12 CF-1 Δ X 比較例2 B-12 CF-1 X 無 TN模式 無 B-12 CF-1 Δ X 比較例3 B-6 CF-2 X 無 TN模式 無 B-12 CF-2 X X 比較例4 B-6 CF-3 X 無 OCB模式 ΛττΤ. B-12 CF-3 X X 比較例5 B-6 CF-4 X 無 ECB模式 無 B-12 CF-4 X X 比較例6 B-6 C-5 X 無 VA模式 無 B-12 C-5 X X 比較例7 B-6 C-6 X 無 VA模式 int Μ B-12 C-9 Δ Δ 比較例8 B-6 C-9 X 無 VA模式 第一相位 差薄膜 B-12 C-9 Δ Δ 比較例9 B-6 C-7 X 第二相位 差薄膜 IPS模式 dot 热 B-12 C-8 X X 比較例10 B-6 C-7 X 第三相位 差薄膜 ips模式 第四相位 差薄膜 B-12 C-7 X X 比較例11 B-6 C-7 X 第三相位 差薄膜 ips模式 無 B-12 C-9 X X 比較例12 B-13 CF-1 Δ 無 TN模式 無 B-13 CM Δ X 如表7所示,可確認:實施例1〜1 7之偏光板具有較 比較例1〜1 2之偏光板還高的耐久性。 又,可確認:相對於比較例1〜12之液晶顯示裝置而 言,實施例1〜1 7之液晶顯示裝置係具有較優異的生產性, 色味之經時安定性較高。尤其,可確認:使用V A模式及I P S 模式之液晶胞的實施例8〜1 7,該效果特別明確;此等之中, 第二保護薄膜之醯基取代度爲在本發明所規定的範圍之實 施例8及實施例1 2的效果最顯著。 更且,具備在偏光子的兩側上使用透濕性低的薄膜之偏 光板之比較例1 3,由於在貼合後水分不會從偏光子脫離的 緣故,所以其後續所需要乾燥時間,就必須花費實施例1〜 -148- 200831962 1 7及比較例1〜1 1之數倍時間,以致製造上、實用上均不 適用,結果生產性不佳。 本發明之偏光板具有優異的生產性、均無顯示不均現 象、色味經時安定性(高耐久性),因而可以適合使用於液晶 顯示裝置。 本發明之液晶顯示裝置具有優異的生產性、均無顯示不 均現象、色味經時安定性(高耐久性),因而可以適合使用於 行動電話、電腦用監視器、電視、液晶投影機等。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1 A圖係顯示本發明之偏光板的構成之斷面圖。 第1 B圖係顯示本發明之偏光板的構成之斷面圖。 第2圖係顯示本發明之液晶顯示裝置的構成之斜視圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 I a 保 護 膜 1b 保 護 膜 1 保 護 膜 2 偏 光 子 3 機 能 性 光 學 薄膜 4 黏 著 層 11 上 側 偏 光 板 12 吸 收 軸 13 擴 大 視 角 薄 膜 15 上 側 基 板 -149- 200831962 17 液 晶 分 子 18 下 側 基 板 20 擴 大 視 角 薄膜 22 下 側 偏 光 板 23 吸 收 軸Comparative Example 1 B-6 CF-1 X No TN mode B-12 CF-1 Δ X Comparative Example 2 B-12 CF-1 X No TN mode No B-12 CF-1 Δ X Comparative Example 3 B-6 CF -2 X No TN mode No B-12 CF-2 XX Comparative Example 4 B-6 CF-3 X No OCB mode ΛττΤ. B-12 CF-3 XX Comparative Example 5 B-6 CF-4 X No ECB mode None B-12 CF-4 XX Comparative Example 6 B-6 C-5 X No VA mode No B-12 C-5 XX Comparative Example 7 B-6 C-6 X No VA mode int Μ B-12 C-9 Δ Δ Comparative Example 8 B-6 C-9 X No VA mode First retardation film B-12 C-9 Δ Δ Comparative Example 9 B-6 C-7 X Second retardation film IPS mode dot Hot B-12 C -8 XX Comparative Example 10 B-6 C-7 X Third phase difference film ips mode Fourth phase difference film B-12 C-7 XX Comparative Example 11 B-6 C-7 X Third phase difference film ips mode B-12 C-9 XX Comparative Example 12 B-13 CF-1 Δ No TN mode No B-13 CM Δ X As shown in Table 7, it was confirmed that the polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 17 have Comparative Example 1 ~1 2 polarizers also have high durability. Further, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 1 to 17 have superior productivity with respect to the liquid crystal display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 12, and the stability of the color odor is high. In particular, it has been confirmed that the effects of the liquid crystal cells of the VA mode and the IPS mode are particularly clear; in the above, the degree of substitution of the second protective film is in the range specified by the present invention. The effects of Example 8 and Example 1 2 were most remarkable. Further, in Comparative Example 13 having a polarizing plate using a film having a low moisture permeability on both sides of the polarizer, since moisture does not escape from the polarizer after bonding, the drying time required thereafter is required. It is necessary to spend several times of the times of Examples 1 to -148-200831962 1 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 1 1 so that both manufacturing and practical use are not applicable, resulting in poor productivity. The polarizing plate of the present invention has excellent productivity, has no display unevenness, and has a stable color stability over time (high durability), and thus can be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention has excellent productivity, no display unevenness, and color stability over time (high durability), and thus can be suitably used for mobile phones, computer monitors, televisions, liquid crystal projectors, and the like. . BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1A is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a polarizing plate of the present invention. Fig. 1B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of a polarizing plate of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a perspective view showing the configuration of a liquid crystal display device of the present invention. [Main component symbol description] I a Protective film 1b Protective film 1 Protective film 2 Polarized photo 3 Functional optical film 4 Adhesive layer 11 Upper polarizing plate 12 Absorption axis 13 Expanded viewing angle film 15 Upper substrate -149- 200831962 17 Liquid crystal molecule 18 Side substrate 20 enlarged viewing angle film 22 lower polarizing plate 23 absorption axis

-150--150-

Claims (1)

200831962 十、申請專利範圍·· 1. 一種偏光板,其特徵在於:其爲由第一保護薄膜、偏光子 及第二保護薄膜按照此順序積層而成的偏光板,其中前述 之第一保護薄膜之在60 °c、相對濕度爲95%下的透濕度爲 30 0克/平方公尺·日以下,前述之第二保護薄膜爲醯化纖 維素薄膜。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第一保護薄膜之透 濕度爲50克/平方公尺•日以下。 f 3 如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第二保護薄膜在2 5 °C、相對濕度爲1 0%下之面內方向的遲滯値(Re 1 0)和在25 °C、相對濕度爲80 %下之面內方向的遲滯値(Re80)間之差 的絕對値,除以在25°C、相對濕度爲60 %下之面內方向的 遲滯値(Re60)之値Gr係0.06以上。 4.如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第二保護薄膜係滿 足下述之式(I )及(Π): 2.30 S SA + SB &lt; 2.80.........式(I ) 0SSBS1.00.............式(Π) 在上述之式(I )及(Π )中,SA及SB係代表被纖維素之 羥基所取代的醯基之取代基,SA係代表乙醯基之取代度 ,S B係代表碳原子數爲3〜4的醯基之取代度。 5 .如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第二保護薄膜係經 過拉伸的,且以下述之式(瓜)所定義之面內方向的遲滯値 Re係在20〜70奈米之範圍,而以下述之式(IV)所定義之 厚度方向的遲滯値Rth係在30〜400奈米之範圍, -151- 200831962 Re- (nx- ny)xd.........· ••式(El ) Rth 二((nx+ny)/2— nz}xd· · · · · •式(IV) 在上述之式(IE )及(IV)中,nx係薄膜面內之遲相軸 方向的折射率,n y係薄膜面內之進相軸方向的折射率 ,η z係薄膜之厚度方向的折射率,d係薄膜之厚度。 6.如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第二保護薄膜Re 及Rth係爲滿足下述之式(V)及(Vi)的醯化纖維素薄膜, | Rth | ..................式(VI) 。 7 _如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其中第一保護薄膜係環 烯烴系樹脂薄膜。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之偏光板,其係在第一保護薄膜上 至少設置硬被覆層及抗反射層中之至少任一種。 9 · 一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:其係具有液晶胞及配置 在其兩側上的二枚偏光板之液晶顯示裝置,其中至少有一 側的偏光板爲如申請專利範圍第1項所記載之偏光板,該 偏光板之第二保護薄膜係被貼合在液晶胞之對向側上。 1 〇 ·如申請專利範圍第9項之液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶胞係 V A模式及I P S模式中之至少任一種。 -152-200831962 X. Patent Application Range 1. A polarizing plate characterized in that the first protective film, the polarizer and the second protective film are laminated in this order, wherein the first protective film is formed. The moisture permeability at 60 ° C and a relative humidity of 95% is 30 g / m ^ 2 · day, and the second protective film is a deuterated cellulose film. 2. For the polarizing plate of claim 1, wherein the first protective film has a moisture permeability of 50 g/m 2 •day. f 3 as in the polarizing plate of claim 1 of the patent, wherein the second protective film has a retardation Re (Re 1 0) in the in-plane direction at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 10%, and at 25 ° C, relative The absolute 値 of the difference between the retardation 値 (Re80) in the in-plane direction at a humidity of 80%, divided by the retardation Re (Re60) in the in-plane direction at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60 %, Gr 0.06 the above. 4. The polarizing plate of claim 1, wherein the second protective film satisfies the following formulas (I) and (Π): 2.30 S SA + SB &lt; 2.80... (I) 0SSBS1.00.............Formula (Π) In the above formulas (I) and (Π), SA and SB represent 醯 substituted by the hydroxyl group of cellulose. The substituent of the group, the SA represents the degree of substitution of the ethyl group, and the SB represents the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms. 5. The polarizing plate of claim 1, wherein the second protective film is stretched, and the retardation in the in-plane direction defined by the following formula (melon) is 20 to 70 nm. The range, and the retardation 値Rth in the thickness direction defined by the following formula (IV) is in the range of 30 to 400 nm, -151 - 200831962 Re- (nx- ny) xd... ·••式(El) Rth 二((nx+ny)/2— nz}xd· · · · · · (IV) In the above formulas (IE) and (IV), the nx film is in-plane The refractive index in the direction of the slow axis, the refractive index in the direction of the phase axis in the plane of the ny-type film, the refractive index in the thickness direction of the η z-based film, and the thickness of the d-type film. 6. Polarization as in the first item of the patent application The plate, wherein the second protective films Re and Rth are deuterated cellulose films satisfying the following formulas (V) and (Vi), | Rth | ........... .. (VI) 7 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ At least a hard cover is placed on the protective film At least one of a coating layer and an anti-reflection layer. A liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell and two liquid crystal display devices disposed on both sides thereof, at least one of which The polarizing plate is a polarizing plate as described in claim 1, and the second protective film of the polarizing plate is attached to the opposite side of the liquid crystal cell. 1 液晶 · The liquid crystal display of claim 9 The device, wherein at least one of a liquid crystal cell VA mode and an IPS mode. -152-
TW096135033A 2006-09-21 2007-09-20 Liquid crystal device TWI495909B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006255835 2006-09-21
JP2007010722A JP2008102475A (en) 2006-09-21 2007-01-19 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200831962A true TW200831962A (en) 2008-08-01
TWI495909B TWI495909B (en) 2015-08-11

Family

ID=39414292

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096135033A TWI495909B (en) 2006-09-21 2007-09-20 Liquid crystal device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2008102475A (en)
KR (1) KR101423764B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI495909B (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI504947B (en) * 2011-12-28 2015-10-21 Toyo Boseki Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate and polarizer protection film
TWI581039B (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-05-01 住華科技股份有限公司 Optical film set and anti-adhesion method
TWI588546B (en) * 2008-09-30 2017-06-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polarizer, liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
US9798189B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2017-10-24 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizer and protective film
TWI625242B (en) * 2016-07-12 2018-06-01 Nitto Denko Corp Long optical film laminate, long optical film laminate roll and IPS liquid crystal display device
US10054816B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2018-08-21 Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Method for improving visibility of liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device using same
US10175494B2 (en) 2011-05-18 2019-01-08 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Polarizing plate suitable for liquid crystal display device capable of displaying three-dimensional images, and liquid crystal display device
US10180597B2 (en) 2011-05-18 2019-01-15 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate, and polarizer protection film

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8652590B2 (en) 2008-07-03 2014-02-18 Konica Minolta Opto, Inc. Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
WO2010055814A1 (en) * 2008-11-11 2010-05-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical sheet
JP2011237474A (en) * 2010-05-06 2011-11-24 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2012103657A (en) * 2010-10-14 2012-05-31 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Liquid crystal display device
JP2012163607A (en) * 2011-02-03 2012-08-30 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method for the same
CN104508521B (en) * 2012-07-27 2016-08-03 富士胶片株式会社 Polarizer and liquid crystal indicator
WO2015001980A1 (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same
WO2016132606A1 (en) * 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate and polarizing plate manufacturing method
KR102183674B1 (en) * 2018-04-17 2020-11-27 주식회사 엘지화학 Elliptical polarizing plate and organic light emitting device
JP2020019936A (en) * 2018-07-19 2020-02-06 住友化学株式会社 Polyamide-imide resin and optical film
TWI755283B (en) * 2021-02-20 2022-02-11 住華科技股份有限公司 Polarizer structure, manufacturing method and evaluation method of the same, and display device using the same
TWI826255B (en) * 2022-03-10 2023-12-11 緯創資通股份有限公司 Self-sterilizing display device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005026622A (en) * 2003-07-03 2005-01-27 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Electromagnetic wave shield adhesive film and electromagnetic wave shield plate material
KR20050031439A (en) * 2003-09-29 2005-04-06 후지 샤신 필름 가부시기가이샤 Polarizing film and liquid crystal display
JP2005138375A (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-06-02 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Cellulose acylate film and its manufacturing method
JP5080258B2 (en) * 2005-02-03 2012-11-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP4681913B2 (en) * 2005-03-02 2011-05-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical laminate, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI588546B (en) * 2008-09-30 2017-06-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polarizer, liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
US10948764B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2021-03-16 Keio University Method for improving visibility of liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device using the same
US10054816B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2018-08-21 Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Method for improving visibility of liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device using same
US9798189B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2017-10-24 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizer and protective film
US9897857B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2018-02-20 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizer and protective film
US10503016B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2019-12-10 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizer and protective film
US10175494B2 (en) 2011-05-18 2019-01-08 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Polarizing plate suitable for liquid crystal display device capable of displaying three-dimensional images, and liquid crystal display device
US10180597B2 (en) 2011-05-18 2019-01-15 Toyobo Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate, and polarizer protection film
TWI504947B (en) * 2011-12-28 2015-10-21 Toyo Boseki Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate and polarizer protection film
CN106908866A (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-06-30 住华科技股份有限公司 Optical film set and method for preventing adhesion
CN106908866B (en) * 2016-06-03 2018-12-28 住华科技股份有限公司 Optical film set and method for preventing adhesion
TWI581039B (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-05-01 住華科技股份有限公司 Optical film set and anti-adhesion method
TWI625242B (en) * 2016-07-12 2018-06-01 Nitto Denko Corp Long optical film laminate, long optical film laminate roll and IPS liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008102475A (en) 2008-05-01
KR20080027186A (en) 2008-03-26
KR101423764B1 (en) 2014-07-25
TWI495909B (en) 2015-08-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI495909B (en) Liquid crystal device
JP5049033B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
TWI485445B (en) Layered optical body, an optical film using the liquid crystal display device using the optical film, and manufacturing method of the optical laminated body of
TWI411846B (en) A polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI354822B (en) Liquid crystal display of ocb or va mode
US7976914B2 (en) Resin film, production method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TW201421081A (en) Liquid crystal display device
TW201350939A (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI408422B (en) Liquid crystal display device
TW200931132A (en) Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
US8089593B2 (en) Optical resin film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
WO2007061027A1 (en) Polarizing plate with optical compensation layer and image display device using the same
TW200815193A (en) Polarizing plate and method for producing the same
JP2009251017A (en) Elliptical polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display using same
JPWO2006117981A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and transverse electric field switching mode type liquid crystal display device
JP5071257B2 (en) Retardation film, method for producing retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI354684B (en) Cellulose film, polarizing film and liquid crystal
TW201520039A (en) Cellulose acylate film, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display device
TWI437323B (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI408160B (en) Transparent protective film, optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5948870B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
TWI454801B (en) Phase differential film, polarizing film and liquid crystal display device
WO2006118234A1 (en) Optically anisotropic body and liquid crystal display device
TWI448781B (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI269893B (en) Polarizing plate comprising linearly polarizing film and phase retarder